Vk M HK.\K^ University of California. OIKT ( )1^ Received $2£^^^>r< • ^^Oy C/,/ss A'V). I PKOGEESSIVE SERIES INDUCTIVE LESSONS LATIN, BASED ON MATERIAL DRAWN FROM CLASSICAL SOURCES, ESPECIALLY FROM CAESAR'S COMMENTARIES. JOHN TETLOW, A.M., MA8TBR OF THB (JIRLS* LATIN SCHOOL, BOSTON. The mind should be introduced to principles through the medium of examples, and so should be led from the particular to the general — from the concrete to the abstract Children should be led to make their ovtn investigations, to draw their own inferences. — Herbert Spejstcbr's Essay on Education. BOSTON: PUBLISHED BY GINN, HEATH, & CO, 1884. bhivbrsitt: Entered, according to Act of Oongress, in tVie year 1884, by JOHN TETLOW, in the Ofllce of the Librarian of Congress at "Washington. J. S. CUSHINO & Co., PniNTE«8, BOSTON. PKEFAOE. THIS manual is the result of an attempt to apply the induc- tive method to elementary instruction in Latin. The value of this method as an instrument for developing and strengthening the mental faculties has long been recognized and will prob- ably not be questioned. As applied to Latin, it brings the puj)!! into immediate contact with classical examples, teaching him to view these, rather than the rules of the grammarian, as the original sources of knowledge and the final test of correctness ; and it leads him, through the observation and study of such examples, to the discovery of the syntactic laws which underlie them. In a word, it trains the pupil in the methods required for original investigation. But, while the value of the inductive method will not be denied, there will probably be various opinions as to what constitutes a successful application of it, and equally various standards by which a given application of it will be judged. Practical teachers, who know from daily experience in the class-room that the undevel- oped powers of youth are extremely feeble, are inclined to view with distrust any method of instruction wVwh iiiidertakes to make the pupil a discoverer rather than a learjicr; while, on the other liand, the mere theorist demands that the pupil be told nothing, but that he be led to discover everything. It will not be necessary for me to state in detail the principles which have guided me in determining how much or liow little the pupil should })e aided in the work of discovering and formulating rules from examples ; these principles may be readily inferred from an examination of the method of exposition adopted in any one of the lessons, taken :it random, in which the laws or usages of the language are treated. I have striven to keep constantly in view the mental immaturity of the pupils for whom these lessons are intended, and the limitations as to time by which their teachers are necessarily IV PREFACE. restricted. Keeping these in view, I have felt that it would be safer to err on the side of affording too much rather than too little help. From the character of the material used in the exercises and read- ing lessons of this manual, it will be seen that I do not agree with those who think that the pupil should be introduced to the study of Latin through the medium of entertaining stories written by modern Latinists. On the contrary, that method seems to me the best which takes the pupil by the shortest road into the domain of classical antiquity, and which, by bringing him into direct contact with the subject-matter, the modes of thought, the forms of expres- sion, and the choice and arrangement of words peculiar to the clas- sical writers, most thoroughly equips him for the intelligent study of the acknowledged masterpieces of Latin literature. Accordingly, I have drawn not merely the examples used for purposes of expo- sition, but also the short sentences supplied for practice on forms and constructions, and the longer passages selected for connected translation, from classical sources. The short sentences supplied for practice on forms and construc- tions are arranged in separate sets entitled respectively " Exercises " and " Supplementary Exercises." Of these two sets, the Exercises will probably in most cases furnish ample material for the gram- matical work of the first year; the Supplementary Exercises, which are somewhat more difficult, may be drawn upon for additional practice or for periodical reviews, or they may be reserved for the second year, to be studied as progressive exercises in Latin com- position in connection with the first author read. The material provided for connected translation consists of easy anecdotes from Cicero, and of those passages from Caesar in which the usages of the Druids and the manners and customs of the Gauls and Germans are described. The latter, owing to their intrinsic value and interest, and to their comparative freedom from the con- structions of indirect discourse, seem especially suited to the needs of the beginner. The plan of the book also contemplates the early introduction of the study of the simpler modes of word-formation as an aid to the development of power to read at sight. Special suggestions relating to the lessons on word-formation and the anec- dotes from Cicero will be found in the notes introduced at pages 74 and 224. In the special vocabularies of the earlier lessons, in the lessons PEEFACB. V (^n word-formation, and in the general Latin-English vocabulary, English words or parts of words that are cognate with the Latin forms under which they appear are printed in small capitals ; whereas English words or parts of words that are borrowed (directly or indirectly) from the Latin forms under which they appear are printed in Gothic Italic. This distinction, the use of which was suggested to me by a similar distinction in Professor White's excel- lent Greek Lessons, I have tried to render as serviceable as possible l>y confining the differences in type just mentioned to those letters of the English word which alone mark its relationship to the Latin. I'hus, consulatus is translated consulship, and peditatus, foot- X, though a double consonant (— c -|- s) , is treated as a single consonant in syllabication. QUANTITY. III. Quantity. X^J^^^-^ 12. EXAMPLES. 1. Recti' sat, he refuses. 4. Lau'dAt, he commends. 2. TVmeSf you fear. 5. Proe'Uum, battle. :». »7i7'stus, jiist. 6. ^e'vum, age. 13. Observation and Inference: Note that the italicized syllable in each of the foregoing examples contains a long voicel (see Exs. 1—3) or a diphthong (see Exs. 4-6). Such a syllable is long. Frame a rule for the Quantity of a Syllable containing a Long Vowel or Diphthong. Note that the syllables not italicized in the foregoing examples contain a short vowel. Such syllables are short. Frame a rule for the Quantity of a Syllable containing a Short Vowel. NoT£ : For an exception to the rule implied in the last paragraph, see 15 below. 14. EXAMPLES. 1. An'nuH, year. 4. tfii' sins, just. 2. Jiel'gsui, the Behjac. '>. FVI^'lum, icall. 3. Xfn'gua, tongue. G. L>uXf leader. 15. Observation and Inference : Note that the vowel of the iiali(;ize(l syllable in each of the foregoing examples is followed In/ tiro consonants (see Exs. 1-5) or by a douf)le consonant (see a:,^ Ex. <>). The vowel so placed may be long (see Exs. 4 and 5) or short (see Exs. 1, 2, 3, and C) ; but the syllable is long. Frame a rule for the Quantity of a Syllable whose Vowel ia followed by Two Conso- nants or a Double Consonant. NoTK : For an exception to the foregoing, see A. k O. 18, e\ H. 10, TIT. ; O. 11. ACCENT. 16. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Amici'^ia, friendship. 3. Proe^ium, battle. 2. Ha'feeo, I have. 4. Fi'ae, iva7/s. 17. Observation and Inference : Note that the vowel of the italicized syllable in each of the foregoing examples is followed hy another vowel (see Exs. 1-3) or by a diphthong (see Ex. 4). Both the vowel so placed and the syllable containing it are short. Frame a rule for the Quantity of a Syllable whose Vowel is followed by another Yowel or by a Diphthong. ^x = c-\-soxg-\-s. IV. Accent. - la exampt.es. 1. An'nus, year. 3. Ju'stus, just. 2. Lau'do, I commend. 4. Lin'gua, tongue. 19. Observation and Inference : Note that the foregoing examples are words of two syllables. Which syllable is accented ? Frame a rule for the Accent of Latin Words of Two Syllables. 20. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Habe'mus, roe have. r,. Ha'beo, / have. 2. Recusa'mus, toe refuse. ('). Axolci'^B., friendship. 3. Confir'mo, / establish. 7. Op'pidum, town. 4. TTanspoi'to, I trayisjmrt. 8. To'puluB, people. 21. Observation and Inference : Note (1) that the forego- ing examples are words of more than tico syllables, (2) that in Exs. 1-4 thepenuW^ is long, and (3) that in Exs. 5-8 the penult in short. Which syllable is accented when the penult is long (see Exs. 1-4) ? Which syllable is accented when the penult is short (see Exs. 5-8) V Frame a rule for the Accent of Latin Words, of More than Two Syllables. THE FOUR CON.TTJGATIONS. 22. EXERCISE. Spell each of the following words, syllable by syllable ; give the Quantity of each syllable when you have spelled it ; then Pronounce the complete word ; thus, r-e, re, short; c-u, cu, long ; s-a, sa, long ; iii-u-s, uius, short; amo, / love. moneo, / warn. con-flrnia8,2 you (sing.) establish. habes, yoti (sing.) have. laudat, he commends. manet, he remains. recusainiis, we refuse. parenius, we obey. probatis, you (pi.) approve. tenetis, you (pi.) hold. trans-portant,^ they transport. tinient, they fear. 1 The Penult is the last syllable but this book the parts of compound wordt one; the Antepenult, the last but two. will be separated by the hyphen. > Compound ; in the vocabularies of LESSON I. The Four Conjugations. Note : It is assumed that the pupil is already familiar with the parts of speech and their properties (as person, number, gender, mood, tense, etc.), or, falling tliis, that the teacher will explain and illustrate them as occasion requires. The long vowels are marked throughout this book ; vowels not marked are to be pronounced short. As a practical aid in the observance of quantity, it is recom- mended that the papil be required, in written exercises, to mark the long vowels. 23. EXAMPLES. 1. Anift, / loi^e ; am&re, to love. 2. !Nfone5, / warn ; nionfire, to warn. 3. TegC, / cover ; tegere, to cover. 4. Audid, / hear ; audire, to hear. 24. ExPLANATiox : The foregoing examples show that in L.it in the present injimtive active is formed, not as in English by placing the preposition to lx;fore the simple form of tlie verb, but by artant. 6. Confirmas. 7. Non pro- 1>rimiis. 8. Laudatis. 9. Habeo. 10. Manet. 11. Parent. \'l. Tcnes. 13. Non timemus. 14. Manes. 15. Manetis. 16. Non paret. 17. Recusant. 18. Timed. 19. Tnliis- portat. 20. Habemus. 21. Tenetis. 22. Laudfis. 23. Non confirmant. 24. RecubO. 25. Non pfires. 10 THE PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. II. 1. I approve. 2. He transports. 3. We commend. 4. They do not refuse. 5. You (pi.) establish. 6. You (smg.) do not commend. 7. They approve. 8. He refuses. 9. You (sing.) have. 10. We are not obeying. 11. I am holding. 12. He does not fear. 13. You (pi.) fear. 14. They are not remaining. 15. He has. 16. You (sing.) are remaining. 17. He does not commend. 18. I obey. 19. We transport. 20. I am remaining. 21. You (sing.) do not obe} . 22. He establishes. 23. We do not approve. 24. You (pi.) have. 25. They are establishing. 33. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Probat. 2. Paiemus. 3. N^on laudant. 4. Recusa- tis. .5. Maiieo. 6. Times. 7. Confirmamus. 8. Habetis. 9. Noil tenet. 10. Recusas. 11. Pareo. 12. Probant. 13. Trans- portatis. 14. Non probo. 15. Man emus. II. 1. He holds. 2. They do not commend. 3. You (sing.) approve. 4. He does not obey. 5. We are remaining. 6. You (sing.) fear. 7. I am establishing. 8. You (pi.) approve. 9. They transport. 10. We do not have. 11. You (pi.) hold. 12. You (sing.) refuse. 13. They obey. 14. I do not fear. 15. I am commending. LESSON III. The Present iNDicATrvE Active: Conjugations III. and IV. 34. Learn the inflection, with meanings, of the Pres- ent Indicative Active of tegro (rego or emo) : A. & G. p. 82 ; H. p. 94 ; G. p. 64. 35. Inflect (like tego, reg-o, or emo) the Present Indicative Active of dice, I say ; cluco, I lead ; mitto, / %end ; pono, I place ; quaero, I inquire. THE PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 11 36. Learn the inflection, with meanings, of the Pres- ent Indicative Active of audio : A. & G. p. 86 ; H. p. 98; G. p. 68. 37. Inflect (like audio) tlie Present Indicative Active of lufinio, I fortify ; punio, I punish ; venio, / come; vestio, I clothe ; inipedio, / hinder, 38. Learn the inflection, with meanings, of the Pres- ent Indicative of sum : A. & G. p. 68 ; H. p. 84 ; G. p. 50. Inflect the Present Indicative of absum,^ / am amay, 39. EXERCISES. I. 1. DTcit. 2. Ducinius. 3. Mittis. 4. Pununt. o. Qiiaero. 6. DTcitis. 7. Muniunt. 8. Non pfinT- imis. 9. Venio. 10. VestTs. 11. Inipcdit. 12. Mumtis. 13. Es. 14. Absunt.^ 15. Non Landamus. IG. Mittimus. 17. Timet. 18. Impedio. 19. Sumns. 20. Non habent. 21. Confirmat. 22. Abestis. 23. Ducis. 24. Non pono. 25. Timetis. 26. Venlmus. 27. Abes. 28. Vestiunt. 29. Non quaerit. 30. Sum. II. 1. We say. 2. He is not leading. 3. I am placing. 4. You (sing.) inquire. 5. They do not send. 6. You (pi.) lead. 7. I do not punish. 8. They are fortifying. 9. He hinders. 10. We are coming. 11. You (sing.) clothe. 12. You (pi.) arc fortifying. * 13. You (pi.) are. 14. He approves. 15. They are awa}*. 16. We do not inquire. 17. I have. 18. You (sing.) punish. 19. We are. 20. You (pi.) do not obey. 21. I refuse. '2i. He is away. 23. They say. 24. You (sing.) send. 25. We do not fear. 26. They piniish. 27. You (sing.) are away. 28. You (pi.) do notconuj. 29. 1 am hindering. 30. He is. 12 substantives: fikst declension. 40. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Dicis. 2. Punit. 3. Absumus.i 4. Non laudatis. 5. Sunt. 6. Noil duco. 7. Manent. 8. Impedimiis. 9. Quae- ritis. 10. Absum.i 11. Munis. 12. Non probas. 13. Estis. 14. Mittunt. 15. Tenemus. 16. Yenit. II. 1. You (sing.) are. 2. You (pi.) do not refuse. 3. We are away. 4. I am fortifying. 5. He sends. 6. I am not away. 7. He inquires. 8. You (pi.) are hindering. 9. They do not have. 10. You (sing.) lead. 11. We obey. 12. They are. 13. We are sending. 14. We establish. 15. He does not come. 16. You (pi.) clothe. 1 b before s is sounded likep; hence, pronounce apsum, apstirmis, apsunt. LESSON IV. Substantives: Fikst Declension. Note : It is assumed that the teacher will here prepare the way by oral instruc- tion for the declension of a Latin noun vith the translation of its cases. For sugges- tions, see A. & Gr. § 31, 41. Learn the declension, with meanings, of stella (A. & G. 35) or mensa (H. 48 ; G. 27). • 42. Define jStem^ and give the stem^ of stella (A. & G. 21, coarse type) or mensa (H. 46 ; G. 24). 43. Observe the gender of the substantives in the vocabulary of this lesson ; then learn the Rule for Gender : A. & G. 35, to the second period ; H. 48 ; G. 28. ABLATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS. 13 44. Decline, giving stem, gender, and meanings, the substantives in tlie following VOCABUIiARY.* ainicitia, -ae, ¥., friendship. contr5versia, -ae, f., dispute. Aquitania, -ae, f., Aquitania.^ Galba,'' -ae, m., Ga/ba.^ Belgae,* -arum, m., the Belgae^ injuria, -ae, f., //i/'w/y. (or Belgians). patria, -ae, f., native countrif. causa, -ae, f., cause. porta, -ae, f., gate. t'opia, -ae, f., abundance ; in pi., proviucia, -ae, f., province. forces, troops. sententia, -ae, f., opinion. ' The Bteni vowel of the first declen- paring this vocabulary, therefore, lie sion will be treated as -S- in this book, the should not content himself with being long quantity being original. StenS-and able merely to name the cases of each inenRft- will therefore be considered the substantive in their order, but should htem.s of stcUa and mensa respectively. practise such exercises as the following : The teaching of the grammars on this Express in Latin, of friendsltip, the l>oint is not uniform. Belf/ians\ by disputes, to the gate, ' The pupil should remember that &c. ; express in English, AquTtSniae, the only object for which he is required causrirum, injuriS, sententiSs, &c. to learn declensions is, that he may be- ^ for fuller information, see the gen- come so familiar with the forms as to be eral vocabulary. able to give the English equivalent of a * Omit the singular in declining. I^tin form, or the Latin equivalent of an = Read A. 85 G. 75, 1 ; H. 130, 1, 1). English form, on the instant. In pre- '^^c LESSON V. Ablative with Prepositions. — Subject-Nomina- tive. — Accusative op Direct Orject. Note : It is asiiumed that the pupil is familiar with the structure of the simple ■entence, or, failing this, that the teacher will orally explain such terms as ifuhject, predicate, object, etc. *5. kxamples.» 1. Ab injOrifl (l, 31, 16)2, y-;.^^ injury. 2. A prSvincia (1,33,4), (away) /rom the^ province. 3. Cum copiva n,2\,Z)^ with the forcett. 1. D§ injflrila {1,1^,^*), for injuries. '). Ex (or 6) prdvinciS, (7, 65, l), /rom (out of) the province, i). Pr6 patria, (Cic. Tu$c. 4, 19, 43), in behalf of [one's] country. 7. Sine causa (i, 14. 2), without cause. 14 SUBJECT. — DIRECT OBJECT. 46. Observation and Inference : ^ Note (1) the preposi- tions in the foregoing examples, and (2) the case of the substan- tives with which they are used. Frame a rule for the Case of Sub- stantives used with the foregoing Prepositions. 47. References for Verification r^ A. & G. 152, h\ II. 434 ; G. 418. 48. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Aquitania pertinet (l, l, 7), Aquitania extends. 2. Controversia est (6, 13, 5), there is a^ dispute. 3. Belgae pertinent (l, l, 6), the Belgians extend. 4. Patent portae (Cic. Cat. i, 5, 10), the gates are open,^ 5. Praestat amicitia (Cic. Lael. 5, 19), friendship takes pre- cedence,* 49. Observation and Inference : Note (1) the number, per- son and case of the substantives, (2) the number and person of the verbs, and (3) the oj'der of the words in the foregoing examples. What is the usual order of subject and predicate (see Exs. 1-3) ? What seems to be the effect when this order is reversed (see Exs. 4 and 5)? Frame rules (1) for the Case of the Subject of the sentence in Latin, (2) for the Number and Person of the Verb, and (3) for the Position of Subject and Predicate. 50. References for Verification : A. & G. 173, 204, 343, 344, a; H. 368, 460, 560, 561, 1. ; G. 194, 202, 676, 675, 1, 1. 51. EXAMPLES. 1. Causam probant (6, 23, 7), theg approve the cause. 2. Sententiam laudant (Sail. Cat. 53, l), they commend the opinion. 3. Amicitiam confiimRre (1,3, l), to establish friefidship. 4. Sententias dicere {Caes. B.C. 1,1, 2), to express opinions. 5. Laudamus divitias (Sail. Cat. 52, 22), we commend riches,^ 52. Observation and Inference : Note (1) the class (i.e., whether transitive or intransitive) to which the verbs belong, (2) the case of the substantives construed with them, and (3) the order of the words in the foregoing examples. Frame rules for the Case and Position of the Direct Object of a transitive verb in Latin. VOCABULARY AND EXERCISES. 15 53. Referkxcks for Verification: A. &. G. 237; 11.871; (i. 327. For the order of the words, see the references in 50; also H. 561, II. ' The pupil should first study care- fully the examples in connection with the paragraph designated " Observation and Inference," and should commit the ex- amples to memory. Before consulting the sections in the grammar referred to under the heading " References for Veri- fication," he should strive to discover for himself the principles which the exam- ples illustrate, and to frame independ- ently the rule for construction. When he has framed such a rule to the best of his ability, he may consult the gram- mar for the purpose of verifying or correcting his inferences or his phrase- ology. The references, or their equiva- lent in grammatical English, should then be fixed in the memory for use in the exercises which follow. 2 Citations given without name arc from Caesar's Gallic "War. 3 There is no article in Latin, in translation from Latin into English, the article must be supplied wherever the English usage requires it ; in translation from English into Latin, the article must be disregarded. * This tyj}e in the English trans- lation denotes emphasis. >i*:< LESSON VI. Vocabulary and Exercises. 54. VOCABUI.ARY, ab, 5,2 prep. w. abl., nwai/ from, longe, adv., far. from. ciini, prvp. w. abl., with. de, prt'p. w. abl., yroTO, about. c-diieo, -ere, lead out. ox, e,^ i)n'j». w. a])l., out. of, from. Ciallla, -ae, v., Gaul. (icnava, -ac, r., Geneva. pro, prep. w. abl., in front of in be- half of KOK. pug^o, -S.rc^ff/hf. red-do, -ere, return (trans.), restore. sine, prep. w. abl., without. Tolosa, -ac, F., Toulouse. vita, -ae, f., life. 55. I. 1. Gal])a (Ificit. < opias ex Galliu ducit. EXERCISES. 2. (iall)a copifis ilficit. 3. Galba 4. AmTcitiam eonfirmant. 5. Cum 1 U'igis amicitiam confirraant. 6. Belgae timent. 7. Bclgae sine causa timent. 8. Gcnfiva abcst. 9. Gcnava longe abcHt. 10. Gcnava a Tolosa longe abcst. 11. De inju- rils (luacrit. 12. Vitam pro vita rcddunt. 16 substantives: second declension. II. 1. The Belgians lead-out."* 2. The Belgians lead- out their^ forces. 3. We are leading-out our^ forces from the province. 4. They are inquiring about the forces. 5. He establishes friendship. 6. We are establishing friend- ship with the Belgians. 7. You (sing.) fear without cause. 8. He leads his forces out-of Italy. 9. They are fighting for their'' country. 56. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Copias ex provincia educiint. 2. De pugna cognoscit. 3. Galliam ab injuria defendit. 4. Messalla lacrimas non tenet. 5. Amicitiam recusamus, non appetimus. II. 1. Toulouse is at a great distance (is-distant far) from Geneva. 2. They learn about the injuries. 3. Galba is trans- porting his^ forces from (out-of) Gaul. 4. We do not keep-back our^ tears. 5. You reject friendships, you do not seek after [them].^ '-i^^ ,i»^ 1 This vocabulary and subsequent spe- ^ Use ex before words beginning with cial vocabularies will contain the words a vowel ; use ex or e before words be- of the " Exercises" only; the words of ginning with a consonant, the " Supplementary Exercises" will be * Words connected by a hyphen are found in the general vocabulary at the to be treated in translation as a eingle end of the book. Words once given in a expression. special vocabulary will not be repeated in 5 Orait the possessive here. See A. subsequent special vocabularies. & G. 197, c; H. 447; Gr. 299. - Use ab before words beginning with « Words in brackets are to be omitted a vowel ; use S, before words beginning in translation. with a consonant. For fuller informa- tion, see general vocabulary. »J<«c .•■■;-M LESSON vri. Substantives: Second Declension. 57. Learn the declension, with gender and meanings, of servus (or hortus), puer, ager, vir, bellum (or templum) : A. & G. 38; H. 51 ; G. 29, 31. substantives: second declension. IT 58. Give the 9tem of each of the substantives in the foregoing paragraph, and explain the formation of the nominative from the stem. For this purpose read: A. & G., first paragraph of the note preceding 38, and first sentence of the second paragraph ; H. 51, 1, 2, 1), 2), 4), 5); G. 29, 31,323. 59. Observe the gender of the substantives in the vocabulary of this lesson ; then learn the Rule for Gen- der : A. & G. 39 ; H. 51 ; G. 30. 60. Decline, giving stem, gender, and meanings, the substantives in the following VOCABUlJiRY.i a^er, -gri, m,, land, Jield ; in pL, also country districts. CHJitra, -5ruin,- n., camp. cuiiloquium, -li, n., conference. fruinentu#i, -i, s., grain (usually of harvested grain); in pi., grain (especially of standing grain). <;alli,' -orum, m., the Gauls. gener, -eri, m., son-in-law. Helvetli,^ -orum, m., the Hel- vetians. hiberna,^ -orum, n., vnnter-quar- te.TS. impedlmentum, -i, x., hindrance ; in pi., baggage. imperium, -ii, n,, command, con- trol. Labienus,^ -i, m., Labienus.* legatus, -i, m., ambassador ; lieu- tenant. murus, -i, m., wall. oppidum, -i, n., town (viewed as stronghold). popiilus, -i, M., people, race. proeliuin, -ii, n., battle. puer, -eri, m., child, bog. studium, -II, N., zeal ; devotion ; pursuit. vicus, -f, M., tillage. vir, virf, M., man. « See foot-note 2, LcHnon IV. * Omit the sini^ular in decliniD({. * Bee foot-note 5, LeHHon TV. * For fuller infurniatlon, hco Kent-ral vocabulary. 18 THE PREPOSITION IN. LESSON VIII. The Preposition in. — Genitives : Possessive, Subjective, Objective. 61. EXAMPI.ES. 1. In Galliam contendit (i, 7, i), he hastens into Gaul. 2. In conloquium venire (l, 35, 2), to come to a conference. 3. Frumenta ex agris in oppida comportant (3, 9, 8), they collect the grain from the country districts [and convey it] into the towns. 4. In vico hiemare (3, i, 4), to j^ciss the winter in the village. 5. In miiro (2, 6, 3), on the wall. 6. In Gallia in hibernis (2, i, i), in winter-quarters in Gaul. 62. Observation and Inference : Note that in the first three of the foregoing examples in means into or to, and therefore answers the question ivhither?] note, on the other hand, that in the last three examples in means in or on, and answers the question where ?. Note, further, the case of the substantives construed with in in the two sets of examples. With what cases, thenfmay in be used, and with what difference of meaning? Frame a rule for the Case of Substantives used with in. 63. References for Verification: A. & G. 152, c, last two lines; H. 435, n.l; G. 419. 64. EXAMPI.ES. 1. In castris Helvetiorum (i, 29, i), in the camp of (i.e., belonging to) the Helvetians. 2. Oppidum Remorum (2, 6, i), a town of (i.e., belonging to) the Remi. 3. Divitiaci studium (i, 19, 2), the devotion of Divitiacus (Divitia- cus manifests the devotion). 4. Fuga Gallorum (l, 40, 8), the fight of the Gauls (the Gauls flee). 5. Pro injuriis popull (l, 30, 2), in return for the injuries of (i.e., done to) the people. 6. Britanniae imperium (2, 4, 7), authority over (i.e., exercised towards) Britain. genitives: possessive, 19 65. Observation and Inferenck : Note (1) that the genitive in each of the foregoing examples limits a substantive, (2) that the genitive denotes a different person or thing from that denoted by the limited substantive, and (3) that the relation of the genitive to the limited substantive is (in most of the examples) expressed in English by the preposition uf. Frame a rule for these and similar Genitives. 66. References for Verification : A. & G. 213 ; H. 393, 395. 67. Observation and Inference: Note the oi-der of the words in the examples just considered. What seems to be the usual position of the genitive with reference to the substantive which it limits? 68. Ih II i: INC Es for Verification: H. 565; G. 678. 69. Observation: Note further (1) that in Exs. 1 and 2 the genitive expresses possession, and may therefore be called a Pos- sessive Genitive; (2) that in Exs. 3 and I the genitive expresses the subject of the feeling or action denoted by the limited substantive, and may therefore be called a Subjective Genitive ; (3) that hi Exs. 5 and 6 the genitive expresses the object of the action denoted by the limited substantive, and may therefore be called an Objective Genitive. 70. Kkferences: A. & G. 214, 217; II. 396, I., II., III. ; (i. 300, 3., w. HOC, i\/o (opp. ex); vastd^ -are, /ay ivaste. w. abl., IN, (.s. OF THH ^^ V 7BR 20 SUBJECTIVE, OBJECTIVE. 72. EXERCISES. I. 1. Labienus est in Gallia in hibernis. 2. In Galliam legatum mittit. 3. Beneficiorum memoriam non deponimus. 4. Aecluorum agros vastant. 5. Gener socerum occidit. G. Ab castris oppidum Aeduorura longe abest. 7. Divitia- cus Britanniae imperiiim obtinet. 8. Saxa in muro conlo- cant. 9. In castra cum impedimentis veniimt. 10. Sta- dium Galbae non neglegit. II. 1. They send ambassadors into the town. 2. We do not demand control of the war. 3. He strives-to-secure the friendship of the Romans. 4. The Romans are in winter- quarters. 5. The fathers-in-law kill their sons-in-law. 6. They execute the orders (imperium) of the lieutenant. 7. We do not disregard the wrongs (injuria) of the Aedu- ans. 8. The baggage is in the camp. 9. They come into camp without their baggage. 73. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Frumentum in provinciam portant. 2. Sunt frumenta in agris Aeduorum. 3. Aeduorum injurias non neglegit. 4. Fuga Gallorum Romanos commovet. II. 1. He puts-aside the remembrance of his injuries. 2. The fields of the Aedui are at a great distance (are-distant far) from the camp. 3. They carry the baggage into the camp. 4. [There] are stones on the wall. 1 Omit the singular in declining. '^ For fuller information, see general 2 See foot-note 5, Lesson IV. vocabulary. ADJECTIVES : 21 LESSON IX. Adjectives: First and Second Declensions. 74. EXAMPLES. SINGULAR. M. Vir bonus (Cic. Q^. 3, 15, 61), a good man. F. Villain bonam (Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55), a good country-house. N. Solo bono (Cat. R. R. 1), hy good soil. PLURAL. M. Viros bonos (Cic. Tusc. 5, lo, 28), good men. F. Bonas horas (Mart, i, 113), good {i.e., valuable, precious) liours. N. Verborum bonorum (Cic. Brut. 66, 233), o/good (i.e., well-chosen) expressions. 75. Observatiox and Inference : Note (1) the number, gender, and case of the substantives in each of the foregoing examples, and (2) the form of the adjective associated with it. Does the Latin adjective, like the English, remain unchanged in form, or is it varied to suit the number, gender, and case of the substantive to which it belongs? Are Latin adjectives, then, declined? 76. References for Verification : A. & G. 186 ; H. 438 ; G. 285. 77. Learn the declension, with stems, of bonus : A. .^ G. 81 ; H. 147, 148 ; G. 33. 7a Learn the declension, with stems, of miser (or ITl>er) and niger (aeger or pigrer) : A. & G. 82 ; H. 149,150; G. 34. 79. Decline, giving stems, the adjectiven in tlie fol- lowing VOCABULARY. ad-scendo, -<»ro, ascend. asper, -era, -«tuiii, jkIJ., rowj/i, aeger, -gra, -grum, adj., ill, sick. rnyyed. 22 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. divide, -ere, separate. periculum, -i, n., danger, peril. im-ploro, -are, implore. prae-cedo, -ere, excel. jugum,-i,N., YOKE, (mount. )nc?9'e. re-linquo, -ere, leave behind. lacrima, -ae, r., tear. reliquus, -a, -um, adj., remaining. liber, -era, -erum,/ree. Rhodanus, -i, .^r., the Rhone. magnus, -a, -uni, adj., great. Roniauus, -a, -um, adj., Roman. multus, -a, -um, a.(\]., much ; in Sequani, -orum, M,, ^Ae Se^wa/?/. pL, many. servus, -i, m., slave. noster, -tra, -trum, adj., our. supero, -are, conquer, defeat. numerus, -i, m., number. 80. OBSERVATiOiSr AND Inferexce : Note the order of the words in the examples of 74. What seems to be the usual position of the adjective with respect to its substantive? 81. Keferences for Verification : A. & G. 343, c ; H. 565, with 1 ; G. 678. 82. Decline together, with meanings: piier aeger, a sich child ; jiig-iim asperum, a rugged ridge ; populus Romanus (in sing.), the Roman people ; reliquae copiae (in pi.), the remaining for ce%. 83. EXERCISES. I. 1. Populi Romani amicitiara recusat. 2. Liberos Gal- liae populos superat. 3. Miiltos pueros aegros relinquunt. 4. Multis de^ causis^ Helvetil reliquos Gallos praecedunt. 5. Magnum servorum numerum habet. 6. Rhodanus pro- vinciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit. ^^ II. 1. The Rhone separates the Sequani frcBi our province. 2. Our forces are ascending the rugged ridge. 3. The sick children are in^ great danger. 4. He implores with^ man}^ tears. 5. He leads-out the remaining forces of the Helvetians. 84. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Auxilium a populo Romano implorant. 2. Divitiaci magnum in^ populum Romanum studium cognoscit. 3. Multis PREDICATE ADJECTIVES. 23 11' caiLsls in jugo aspero legatiim relinquit. 4. Legatum magno :im periculo in Galliani niitto. II. 1. For* many reasons our forces excel the Helvetians. 2. The sick child implores aid with many tears. 3. The free races of Gaul refuse the friendship of our lieutenant. I A. & G. 345, a ; G. 6S0, 2. s Translate : to. 5 Translate : for many reasons. * See 83, 1., sent. 4. oj*;< LESSON X. Adjectives : Attributive and Predicate. — Dative with Adjectives. 85. EXAMPI.ES. 1 . Amicitia ntimqnam molesta est (Cic. Lael. 6, 22), friendfiliip is never troublesome. L'. Verae amicitiae sempiternae sunt (Cic. Lael. 9, 32), true friend- ships are everlastinr/. ■ '>. Fortuna caeca est (Cic, Lael. 15, 54), Fortune is blind. 1. Imbecilla est natura (Cic. Lael. ii, c. Tanta est stultitiae inconstantia (Cic. Cat. yfaj.2,4), such is the hi consistency ^ of Jolly. . Sumus otidsl (Cic Lael. 5, 17), we are at'leisure,^ 7. At 2 sunt mdrSsI, et anxil, et Iracundi senSs"' (Cic. Cat. Mnj. 18, 65), but^ you will .say,- the old are full^of-whimSf uw easy, and irritable.^ 86. Observation : Compare the foregoing examples with those of 74. Xote that in the latter the adjectives simply qualify their substantives without the intervention of a verb, whereas in the ex- amples of 85 the adjectives are connected with their substantives by some form of the verb sum. The adjectives of 74 merely desig- nate an attribute or quality, and are called Attributive Adjectives; the adjectives of 85 unite with the verb to form the predicate, and are called Predicate Adjectives, Xote, further, that the predicate 24 DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES. adjective, like the attributive, agrees* with its substantive in gender, number, and case. 87. References: A. & G. 186, a, 5; II. 438, 2; G. 284, I., 285, 2022. 88. Observation and Inference : Xote the order of the loords in the examples of 85. Does the predicate adjective appear regularly to follow or to precede the verb (see Exs. 1-5)? What appears to be the effect when this order is reversed (see Exs. 6, 7) ? Why is the subject placed last in Ex. 5? Why does Imbecilla est stand at the beginning of the sentence in Ex. 4 ? 89. References for Verification : A. & G. 343, with a, 344, a; II. 5G0, 501, I., II.; G. G7G, 1, 2, 3, G75, 1, 1. 90. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Mauro carus (Sail. Jug. 108, 1), dear to the Moor. 2. Populo Romano periculosum (l, 33, 3), dangerous to the Roman people. 3. Castris idoneum (1,49, i), suitable for a camp. 4. Helvetiis amicus (l,9,Z),friendlg to the Helvetians. 5. Cupidis^ odiosum et molestum (Cic. Cat. Maj. 14, 47), vexatious and annoying to [those who are] desirous. 6. Flnitimi Belgis (2, 2, 3), adjacent to the Belgians^ 7. Inimicumi Pompejo (Sail. Cat. 19, l), hostile to Pompeij. 91. Observation and Inference : Note (1) the meaning of the adjectives in the foregoing examples, and (2) the case of the substantives construed with them. Frame a rule for the Case of Substantives construed with such Adjectives as the foregoing. 92. References for Verification : A. & G. 234, a ; H. 391, I. ; G. 356. 93. Observation and Inference : Note Irhe order of the words in the examples of 90. Does the dative appear regularly to follow or to precede the adjective (see Exs. 1-5) ? VOCABULARY AND EXERCISES. 25 94. VOCABUI.ARY. adversus, -a, -um, adj., unsuccess- Justus, -a, -um, ml]., Just, founded fid, adverse. in right. aedifieium, -li, n., building. magister, -tri, m., master; teacher. amicus, -a, -um, adj., friendli/, fa- miser, -era, -erum, adj., tcretched. vorahly-disposed. numqoam, adv., never. bellicosus, -a, -um, adj., icarlike. periculosus, -a, -um, adj., danger- carus, -a, -um, adj., dear. ous, perilous. rreber, -bra, -brum, adj., /re- perniciosus, -a, -um, adj., c?es^/-?. Supplicium soceri gencro non est gratum. 6. Helvetii ount liljerl. 7. Magister discipulTs cams est, discipull*' ma- gistro. 8. In Britannia sunt crebra aedificia. II. 1. The Romans have beautiful temples. 2. Divitia- cus is favorably-disposed to the Helvetians. 3. The horses of our lieutenant are beautiful. 4. Tlie authority (imperium) of the Roman people in Gaul is founded-in-right. 5. Aqui- l:inia is adjacent to the Roman province. 6. The life of slaves is wretched. 7. An unsuccessful battle is ruinous to the Romans. 8. Free men are never wretched. 96. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. VictSriae copiaruin nostranun viri.s honi« ^fttae sunt. 2. Divitiacus multis cum lacrimls obsecrat. 3. Reliquos Belgas 26 indicative: present, imperfect, future. in officio continet. 4. Diligentia discipulorum niagistris grata est. 5. Divitiaci magnum in populum Romanum studium cognoscit. 6. Nostri equi n5n sunt nigri, sed rubri. II. 1. The idleness of pupils is annoying to their teachers. 2. The Belgians are free. 3. Ariovistus is savage, passionate, [and] headstrong. 4. He selects a place suitable for a camp. 5. He carries-on war for (de) many reasons. 6. The Helvetians excel the rest-of-the (i.e., remaining) Gauls. 1 See foot-note 4, Lesson V. * otiosi in Ex. 6 agrees with nos, 2 At here introduces an objection we, the omitted subject of suiuus. which the speaker sujjposes will suggest " A. & G. 188; H. 441, 1; G. 195, 1. itself to the minds of his hearers. " sc. carl sunt. ^ senes, the old, belongs to the third declension, which will be treated later. LESSON XL Verbs : Present, Imperfect, and Future Indica- tive OF Both Voices. 97. Learn the inflection and synopsis, with meanings,^ of the Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative of sum: A. & G. p. 68; H. p. 84; G. p. 50. 98. Inflect (like sum) in the same tenses: absum; also learn the synopsis. 99. Learn the inflection and synopsis, with meanings,^ of the Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative, Ac- tive and Passive, of amo : A. & G. pp. 76, 78 ; H. pp. 86, 88 ; G. pp. 54, bQ. 100. Inflect (like amo) in the same tenses of both voices : confirmo, laudo, probo ; also learn the synopsis of these verbs. EXERCISES ON THE INDICATIVE: 27 101. Learn (as in 99) the inflection and synopsis of moiieo (or deleo) : A. & G. p. 80 ; H. pp. 90, 92 ; G. pp. 58, 60. 102. Inflect (like iiioneo or deleo) : habeo, teneo, timed ; also learn the synopsis of these verbs. 103. Learn (as in 99) the inflection and synopsis of tego (rego or emo) : A. & G. p. 82 ; H. pp. 94, 96 ; G. pp. 64, 66. 104. Inflect (like tego, reg^o, or emo) : duco, mitto, pono ; also learn the synopsis of these verbs. 105. Learn (as in 99) the inflection and synopsis of audio: A. & G. p. 86 ; H. pp. 98, 100; G. pp. 68, 70. 106. Inflect (like audio) : impedio, puiiio, vestio ; also learn the 83'^nopsis of these verbs. 1 The teacher will make such oral ex- purpoaes) adequate translation of the planationH on the T^ttin use of the tcnaes paradiijmB. See A. & (1. 276, 277, 278; here considered as maybe needed to lead H. 466, 467, I., II., 468, 469, I., II., 470; the pupil to a correct and (for present G. 218, 222, 234. 5tautur reliqui Belgae a Xerviis. 6. Undique loci natura Ilelvetil continentur. II. 1. The camp will be defended by our-men.* 2. A place suitable for a camp is selected. 3. The towns were fortified, and the grain was conveyed from the country districts into the towns. 4. The lieutenant will be harassed with difficulties by the Yeneti. 5. You (pi.) will recompense the lieutenant with a great reward. 1 See the general vocibulary. the second member : A. & G. 156, a; 11. * et, and, simply connects; -que, 554, 1., 2; G. 477, 478, 479. (ind, implies close connection and is en- 3 Place the adverb before the verb : clitic (appended to the second member) ; A. & G. 343; H. 567; G. 676 with Rem. atque (Ic), a»id also, gives emphaeis to * See foot-note 5, Lesson X. ^i^c LESSON XIV. SUBSTANTIYES OB^ THE ThIRD DECLENSION: MUTE Stems. 118. Learn the paradigms of declension given in tlie following sections of the grammar : A. & G. 46 ; H. 57, 58,59; G. 54. 119. Decline : ^ princeps, -ipis, M., chief; rex, -gris, M., king ; dux, -cis, C.,^ leader; miles, -itis, M., soldier ; een led away. 5. We had demanded. 6. He will have had. 7. You (sing.) will have l>een. 8. I shall have fortified. 9. I shall have l)een clothiMl. 10. I led. 11. We did not lead. 12. You (pi.) were not head- ing. 13. You were wont to be led. 14. They had come together. 15. He had been away. 16. You (pi.) had been called together. 17. They will have been filled. 18. I shall have established. 1!>. You (sing.) had been. 30. They were away. 38 AGREEMENT OF PARTICIPLE. LESSON XVII. Agreement of the Participle in Compound Tenses. — Dative of Indirect Object. 142. EXAMPLES. 1. Murus nudatus est (2, 6, 2), the wall was stripped. 2. Gallia posita est (i, 16, 2), Gaul is situated. 3. Proelium restitutum est (i, 53, i), the battle was renewed. 4. Reperti sunt equites Romani (Cic Cat. i, 4, 9), Roman knights were found. 5. Tabulae repertae sunt (i, 29, i), lists were found. 6. Castra posita erant (2,8,3), the camp had been pitched. 143. Observation and Inference : Note the gender, num- ber, and case of the participle and of the substantive m each of the foregoing examples. Does the participle, like the adjective, agree with its substantive ? Frame a rule for the Gender, Number, and Case of the Participle^ in the tenses for completed action. 144. References for Verification : A. & G. 186 ; H. 438, 1. 145. EXAMPLES. 1. Umbreno negotium dat (Sail. Cat. 40, l) , he assigns the work to Umbrenus. 2. Dumnorigi custodes ponit (i, 20, 6), he puts guards over Dum- norix. 3. Neque nostris cedebant (Caes. B. C. i, 57, 3), nor did they yield to our men. 4. Labieno timebat (7, 56, 2), he feared for [the safety of] Labienus. 5. Patriae consulere (Nep. Epam. lo, i), to take thought for [the welfare of] one's country. 6. Praeterita Divitiaco condonare (i, 20, 6) to overlook the l^ast [out of regard] for Divitiacus. DATIVE OF INDIEECT OBJECT. 39 7. Favere Helvetiis (1,18,8), to favor the Helvetians. 8. Legatis imperat (5, l, l), he (jives orders to the lieutenants, 9. Verciiigetorigi parent.(7, 63, 9), they obey {i.e., yield obedience to) Vcrciiiyetorix. 10. Lacedaemouiis servire (Xep.^iZc. 9,4), to be em-slaved to the Lace- daemonians. 11. Semper civitati indulserat (7,40,i), he had always been partial to the comrnunity. 12. PersuSdent Rauricis (i, 5, 4), they prevail upon the Raurici. \',i. Famae suae pepercit (Sail. Cat. 52, 32), he has spared his own reputation. 14. Miseris succurrere (Verg. Aen. i, 630), to succor (lit., run under) the ivrctched. 15. Invidere bonis (Sail. Cat. 51, 38), #o envy (lit., look askance at) the good. 10. Dux suls aderat (7, 62, 5), the leader.stood hy (i.e., supported) his men. 17. Negotio praefuerant (5,2,3), they had been in charge o/ (lit, had been before) the work. 18. CSnsiliis obstitit (Nep. Con. 2, 3), he opposed (lit., stood against) the plans. 146. Observation and Inference : Note that the datives in tlie foregoing examples express the person to or for whom, or the thing to or for which, something is done; in other words, these datives denote the object indirectly affected by the action expressed by the verb. Frame a rule for the Case of the Indirect Object. Note, further, the order of the trords in the foregoing examples. Does the indirect object usually follow or precede the verb? AVHiat appears to be the effect when this order Is reversed (see Exs. 7, 12, and 15)? 147. Uefekences for Vp:kifk'ation: A. & G. 224, 554^^, '344; JI. 382, 567, 1 ; G. M'i, 070, 2, 'i, 075, 1, 1. 14a OiJSEKVATioN : Note that the verbs in Exs. 1, 2, and 6, are transitive; and that they take, be8id<> iIm 1 iti\> .f iln indirect 'O*^ OF THB V^ 40 DATIVE OF INDIRECT OBJECT. object, an accusative of the direct object. Note also the order of the words in these examples. Does the indirect object usually follow or precede the direct (see Exs. 1 and 2) ? What appears to be the effect when this order is reversed (see 'Ex. 6) ? 149. References : A. & G. 225 ; H. 384, II., 567, 3 ; G. 344, 676, Rem., 2, 3. 150. Observation : Note that the verbs in the remaining ex- amples are intransitive, and that they take the dative of indirect object only. 151. References : A. & G. 226 ; H. 384, 1. 152. Observation and Inference : Note that in Exs. 7-13, the dative is used with verbs of favoring (favere, 7), commanding (imperat, 8), obeying (parent, 9), serving (servire, 10), indulging (indulserat, 11), persuading (persuadent, 12), sparing (pepercit, 13). Frame a rule for the Case of the Substantive construed with these and similar verbs. 153. References for Verification : A. & G. 227 ; H. 385, I., II. ; G. 345. 154. Observation and Inference : Note that the verbs in Exs. 14—18 are compounded with the prepositions sub (suc-cur- rere, 14), in (in-videre, 15), ad (ad-erat, 16), prae (prae-fuerant, 17), and ob (ob-stitit, 18) respectively. Note further that, in the compounds given above, the force of the preposition is felt inde- pendentlg of the verb."^ Frame a rule for the Case of the Substan- tive construed with such Compounds. 155. References for Verification : A. & G. 228 ; H. 386 ; G. 346. 1 Participles in -iis, -a, -iiin, are 2 The learner must not infer that all declined like adjectives in -us, -a, verbs compounded with these preposi- -UIKU tions take the dative. VOCABULARY AND EXERCISES. 41 LESSON XVIII. Vocabulary and Exercises. 156. VOCABULARY. coinmodum, -i, x., advantage. obses, -idis, c, hostage. eon-(lono, -are, -avi, -atus, over- ob-sto, -are, -stiti, STAnrf agamsf, look. oppose. consilium, -ii, x., plan. Orgetorix, -igis, m., Orgetorix. consul©, -ere, -lui, -Itus, take pareo, -ere, -ui, oheij. thought, have regard, consult. pax, pacis, f., peace. Dumnorix, -igis, 3i., Dumnorix. per-suadeo, -ere, -suasi, -sua- f ania, -ae, f,, reputation. sus, persuade. faveo, -ere, favi, fautuni,^ fa/or. preces,^^ -uin, f., entreaties. fortOna, -ae, f., fortune. pro-video, -ere, -vidi, -visas, ini-pello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, provide. urge on, impel. scrxituSt-utiSf F., slaver >/, servitude. im-pero, -are, -avi, -atus, com- sub-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventuin,^ viand; demand. coyiF. to the support of. indulged, -ere, -sf, -tus, indulge, sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus, intcr-sum, -esse,-fui, /a/ie;>or< IN. take, (of punislimont) inflict. In-vldco, -ere, -vidi, -visas, envy, vester, -tra, -trum, poss. pron., ira, -ae, f., anger, passion. your (pi.). liberi,^ -orum, m., children. virtus, -utis, f., manliness, valor, meuH, -a, -um, poss. i)ron., my. virtue. 157. EXERCISES. I. 1. Virtu tl nostrae fortfma iiividet. 2. Magis (ra^A^r) fTimae vestrae qiiani (tlutn) Irae coiisulitis. 3. Provinciae iiifignuin milituin nuincruin imperat. 4. Cur (why?) mels ommodls ob.stas? .'). Celeriter (quickly) socils subvene- nint. C. Pax coiilirrnata est. 7. Oppidum munltum erat. ■s. LTberi Aeduorum in sorvitutem abduct! erant. 0. Acduis obsidCvs reddit. 10. Haec (noni. pi. ncut., these thinrfft) sT (if) eiifintiata ernnt, de obsidibus supplicium suiru't. 1 1 . Ariovistus mllites In bcrvitutem Itoniania nOu tradiderat. 42 EXERCISES. 12. Dumnorix favebat Helvetiis. 13. Cousiilerans miseris. 14. A reliqiiis obsides traditi sunt. II. 1. Orgctorix persuaded the Helvetians. 2. The Gauls have been defeated by the Romans. 3. lie overlooked the injury [out of regard] for the entreaties of Divitiacus. 4. He has placed guards over'' Orgetorix. 5. The plan was approved by the leaders. G. Expressions^ were heard. 7. The leader had demanded of the Gauls^ a great number of hostages. 8. Labienus had provided grain for the sol- diers. 9. The leader indulges the soldiers, but (sed) the soldiers do not obey the leader. 10. The horsemen had not taken part in the battle. 11. The leader will quickly (celeriter) come to the support of the soldiers. 12. The Gauls have been urged on by their chiefs. 158. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Juventus Catilinae inceptis favebat. 2. Divitiacus con- silils Dumnorigis obstabat. 3. Ariovistus Ilomaiiis salutem non committit. 4. Ab Arvernis Sequanlsqiie German! mercede arces- siti erant. 5. Arma Gallormii ex oppido tradita erant. 6. In castris Helvetiorum tabulae repertae erunt. 7. Dux Gallorum suis aderat. 8. Equitibus celeriter subveniunt pedites. II. 1. I shall not restore the hostages to the Aeduans. 2. He had given the boy a beautiful book. 3. Many hostages had been given by the rest. 4. They will prefer friendship to many advan- tages. 5. We shall take thought for the safety of the unfortu- nate soldiers. 6. Dumnorix envied Divitiacus and did not"^ yield obedience to the Roman people. 7. The ditches have been filled with light branches. 8. The beautiful temples had been destroyed by the Roman soldiers. 1 Verbs that are invariahly intransi- their parents; pueri,c^iZc?re7i,a8acIass. tive have the perfect participle in the 3 fTsnally phiral. neuter gender only; accordingly, in the * Sign of dative, principal parts of such verbs, the neuter c vox, v5cis ; see 123. form of the participle will be given. 6 Use the dative. 2 llberT, children, with reference to ^ ^nd not, neque. THIRD DECLENSION. 43 LESSON XIX. SUBSTANTIVES OF THE ThIRD DpXLENSION : LiQUID AND -aS'-StEMS. 159. Learn the paradigms of declension given in the following sections of the grammar : A. & G. 49 ; H. 60, t;i; G. 40, 43, 46, 49. 160. Decline: consul, -is, :m., consul; contentio, -onis, F., contention; homo, -iiiis, C.^man; flunieii, -iiiis, N., river ; latus, -eris, N., side ; pater, -tris, M., father; tempus, -oris, N., tme ; timor, -oris, M., /ear. 161. Note that the stents of the foregoing nouns are : consul-, contention-, lioniin-, flumin-, lates-,^ patr-, tempos-,^ timor-. 162. Explain the formation, from the stem, of the nominatives in 160: A. & G. 48, a, ^, c^d\ H. 60, 1, 1), 2), 3), 61, 1, 1), 2), 3), 4) ; G. 42, 48. 163. Decline together, with meanings : consul desig- niitus, consul elect; contentio nostra, our contention ; homo misev, tvretched man ; flfimen latum, iroac? river; latus sinistrum, left side ; pater vester, your father ; tempus alicnum, an unfavorable time ; timor magrnus, (jreatfear. 164. VOCABinLABT.' altus, -a, -uin, adj., high, tall. com-p5no, -ere, -posul, -posltus, arbor, -oris, f., tree. set at rest, settle. Caesar, -aris, m., Caesar. con-tine5, -gre, -timily -tentus, com-mitto, -ere, -niisi, -missus, ' hem iu. engage in, corpus, -oris, v., body. 44 LIQUID AND ->S'-STEMS. ex-erceo, -ere, -cui, -citus, exer- opus, -eris, n., work. cise, train. parco, -ere, peperci (parsi), honos or honor, -oris, m., honor. spare. legio, -onis, f., legion.^ per-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, nomen, -inis, n., name. arrive, come. occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, seize; tribuo, -ere, -ui, -utus, award. employ. 165. EXERCISES. I. 1. Consulem designatura accusant. 2. Contentiones nostrae compositae sunt. 3. Homini misero parces. 4. Flu- mine lato continentur. 5. Tempore^ alieno proelium com- misit. 6. Magnum in timorem homines pervenerant. 7. Arbores sunt altae. 8. Caesari honorem tribuit. 9. Mi- lites in opere occupati erant. 10. Nomen Caesaris legioni- bus est carum. II. 1. The consuls elect have been called to account. 2. Honors will be awarded to Caesar. 3. Caesar's honors are acceptable^ to the legions. 4. The wretched men obeyed the consuls. 5. The legions engage in battle at an unfa- vorable time.*^ 6. A broad river hems in the Helvetians. 7. The contentions of the wretched men will be set at rest. 8. The horsemen trained their bodies. 166. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Latus sinistrum. castrorum fluinine muniebatur. 2. Vir- guiT pulchrae parcemus. 3. Legiones ab opere deductae erant. 4. Galll nomen Caesaris timebant. Patres vestri magis (rather) virttite quam (than) dolo contendebant. II. 1. Rivers protected the sides of the camp. 2. The fear of the legions is disquieting to Caesar. 3. The commander will recall his men from the work. 4. The beautiful maidens will obey their fathers. 1 s in the oblique cases between two * Ablative of time when ; use j^repo- vowels becomes r : A. &G. 11, a; H. 31, sition at in translating: A. & G. 256; 1; G. 482. H. 429; G. 392. 2 See also, for vocab., 160 and 163. ^ grStus, -a, -um, adj. 3 See also general vocabulary. « See 165, 1., sent. 5. LMPERATIVES. 45 LESSON XX. VeFwBS : I]MPEKATIYES OF BOTH VOICES. — ThE Vocative. 167. Learn the inflection, with meanings, of the Im- peratives, Present and Future, of sum : A. & G. p. 69 ; H. p. 85 ; G. p. 51. 168. Learn, as in 167, the inflection of absum. 169. Learn the inflection, with meanings, of the Im- peratives, Present and Future, Active and Passive, of amo: A. & G. pp. 77, 79; H. pp. 87, 89; G. pp. 54, 56. 170. Inflect (like amo) in the foregoing tenses of both voices : confirmo, establish ; laudo, commend. 171. Learn, as in 169, the inflection of moneo (or deleo) : A. & G. p. 81 ; II. pp. 91, 93 ; G. pp. 58, 60. 172. Inflect (like moneo or deleo) in the foregoing tenses of both voices: habeo, have, hold; compleo, fiii. 173. Learn, as in 169, the inflection of tego (regro or emo) : A. & G. p. 83 ; II. pp. 95, 97 ; G. pp. 64, (j(j. 174. Inflect (like tejfo, r<»Kr<>» or emo) in the foregoing tenses of both voices : duco, lead ; mitto, se7ul. 175. Learn, as in 169, the inflection of audio : A. & G. p. 87 ; H. pp. 99, 101 ; G. pp. 68, 70. 176. Inflect (like audio) in the foregoing tenses of l)oth voices: pfinio, jmfiish ; vestio, clothe. 46 IMPERATIVES. — THE VOCATIVE. 177. EXERCISES. I. 1. Confirma. 2. Tenemini. 3. Vestire. 4. Ponite. 5. Teiietor. 6. Mittitote. 7. CoDvocantor. 8. YestT- tor. 9. Ilabeto. 10. Munito. 11. Mittunto. 12. Es. 13. Abeste. 14. Laiidamini. 15. Ne^ ducuntor. 16. Com- plete. 17. Coiiveniunto. 18. Este. 19. Confirmato. 20. Abestote. 21. Mittere. 22. Esto. 23. Pone. 24. Ne^ habento. 25. Ducitor. II. 1. Be (thou) established. 2. Be (ye) sent. 3. You (ye) shall hold. 4. Eortify (ye). 5. Thou shalt establish. 6. They shall be clothed. 7. It shall be placed. 8. Fortify (thou). 9. He shall send. 10. It shall be had. 11. They shall not^ be called together. 12. Be it [so] (fut.). 13. They shall notM)e. 14. Come (ye) together. 15. Thou shalt be praised. 16. Thou shalt 1111. 17. He shall not^ be clothed. 18. Be (ye) away. 19. Commend (thou). 20. Be (thou) clothed. 21. Thou shalt not^ be established. 22. Be ye led. 23. Thou shalt hold. 24. They shall lead. 25. Ye shall be. 178. Supplementary Exercises. T. 1. Yestimmi, 2. Habere. 3. Xe confirmatote. 4. Mitte. 5. CoiiYocate. 6. Ne ponuntor. 7. Laudare. 8. Ducimini. 9. Abesto. 10. Sunto. 11. Munltote. II. 1. Hold (ye). 2. Be (ye) called together. 3. Be (thou) placed. 4. You (ye) shall clothe. 5. Have (thou). 6. They shall not be called together. 7. He shall not be. 8. Be (thou) away. 9. Call (ye) together. 10. Have (ye). 179. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Desillte, milites (4, 25, 3), jump overboard, my men (lit., soldiers) ! 2. Sic existimo, patres conscriptT (Sail. Cat. 51, 15), this is my opinion (I think thus), conscript fathers. 3. Est ut dicis, Cats (Cic. Cat. Maj. 3, 8), it is as you say, Cato. 4. Tu^ vero perge, Laeli^ ! (Cic. Lael. 9, 32) j^ray go on, Laelius ! 5. Te* hortor,^ m¥> Cicero (Cic. OJ. l, 3), / exhort you, my [dear] Cicero. VOCABULARY. 47 180. Observatiox and Inference : Xote (1) that the. suJh- ■ uth-e ill each of the foregoing examples represents the person addressed, (2) that this substantive is in the vocative, and (:J) that it stands, not at the beginning of the sentence, but after one or more words. Frame a rule for the Case and Position of the sub- stantive used in Direct Address. 181. References for Verification : A. & G. 241 ; H. 369, 5G9, VI. ; G. 191:, Rem. 3 with fine-print note. » Use ne (not non) when the future * Te, pron. 2d pers. ace. sing., thee, imperative is negatived ; the pi-esent im- you. !>■ rative does not take a negative in ^ iiortor has a passive form, but >e. an active meaning; such verbs are called - Tu, pron. 2d pers. nom. sing, thou, deponent, and will be treated later. yon. Sec A. & G. 40, c; II. 185, note 1; = See A. & G. 40, c; H. 51, 5; G. 29, G. 2D, Rem. 2. Rem. 2. LESSON XXI. Vocabulary and Exeucises. 182. VOCABULARY. ago, -cro, egi, actus, do. faciiltas, -atis, f., opportunity. animoHUs, -a, -uiii, adj., fidl of fillii.s,'- -li, m., son. courofje. 31. TuIUus,'- -ii, m., Marcus Tul- bonusy -a, -um, adj., (jood. //us. Catilina, -ae, m., Catiline. prtic-sto, -are, -Iti, -atus or-ltus, C* Fannlus,'- -ii, m., Gajus Fan- txhihit. niu8. purgo, -arc, -avi, -titus, r/nmsr, C* Laclius,^ -ii, M., Gajus Laelius. purge. cSnscriptus,'' -a, -um, enrolled, Iionli^ -ac, v., Rome. onscript. se-cerno, -ere, -crevi, -crgtus, .~" The participle must be neuter. '* Place the verb before its objects. " Place vero after the verb. ''•• vos. " Vos, pron. 2d pers. nom. pi. you. 20 Yor gender, see A. & G. 187; II. " From yuirls, -Itis ; in the plural, 439, 1 ; G. 286. appUed to the llomans when acting in a 21 Place the verb Jifter its objects ; see civil capacity. Translate: fellow dti- A. & G. 344,/; H. 562; G. 684. 22igritur. * See foot-note 2, Lesson XX. ^ apud (prep.) Laecam. '•'•/ srty; inquani is a defective verb, 2* Arrange thus: your towards me i.e., it lacks most of its parts. (ergS me) favorable disposition. LESSON XXII. Substantives of the Third Declension: Vowel Stems. 185. Learn the paradigms of declension given in the foHowing sections of the grammar : A. & G. 52 ; H. 62, 63; G. 59. 186. Decline : collis,^ -is, M., hill ; hostis,^ -is, C, enemy ; igTiis,^ -is, M., /re; navis,^ -is, F., Mi) ; pup- pis,^ -is, F., stern; rupes, -is, F., rock; insigne, -is, N.. hadf/e ; vectijfal, -alis, N., revenue. 187. Note that the stems of the foregoing nouns are : colli-, liosti-, ijnii-, navi-, piippi-, rupi-, insigiii-, vec- tifffili-. 188. I.xplaiii the formation, from tlu; stem, of the nominatives in 186: A. & G. 51, a, c; H. 63, 1, 1) ; G. 58 (first three paragraphs). 189. Decline together, with meanings : collis aspor, a nii/tjed hill ; hostis noster, our enemy ; ignis clams, a ; bright fire ; nftvis longa, a ahip of war (lit., lo7iy ship) ; puppis alta, a high stern ; rupes sinistra, a rock on the left ; iii.si|;pie pulclirum, a beautiful badge ; masruum \ «'ctTgral, a large revenue. 50 VOCABULARY AND EXERCISES. 190. TOCABULAKY.* ac-commodo, -are, -avi, -atus, sing.), boimdari/ ; in j)l.,ahoterri- adjust. tories. altitudo, -inis, f., height. mare, -is, n., sea. augeo, -ere, auxi, auctus, in- op-pugno, -are, -avi, -atus, as- crease. sault. barbarus, -a, -iim, adj., rude; prae-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, used subst., barbarian. send Fonward. classis, -is, f., fleet. prae-sum, -esse, -fui, he in com- com-pello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, mand of. drive in a body, drive. silva, -ae, r., ivood, forest. cremo, -are, -avi, -atus, hum. terra, -ae, r., earth, land. figiira, -ae, f., shape. turris, -is, f., tower. finis, -is, m. (sometimes f. in 191. EXERCISES. .1. 1. In fines Helvetiorura pervenerunt. 2. Ab hostibus igni corpora sunt cremata. 3. Legatum cum navT longa praemittit. 4. Caesar class! praeerat. 5. Navium figura permoti sunt barbarl. 6. Nostri hostis In silvas collisque coinpulerunt. 7. Insignia accommodata erant. 8. Op- pidum oppugnat terra^ marlque.^ II. 1. They had persuaded the enemy .^ 2. The height of the sterns exceeded^ [that of] the towers. 3. The bodies of the enemy will be burned.^ 4. The lieutenant has arrived with ships of war.^ 5. The shape of the ships alarmed^'' the barbarians. 6. The enem}'^ will be driven by our men into the hills. 7. The revenues have been in- creased by Caesar. 192. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Magna hostiuiii multitudo sitl consumebatur. 2. Naves longae aedificantur in fliimine. 3. Galli aniniaUa immolant. 4. N^eque terra neqiie mari effugium dabatur hostibus. 5. Turris bas excitant. II. 1. They were building ships of war on the river. 2. Living ADJECTIVES : THIRD DECLENSION. 61 creatures are sacrificed by the Gauls. 3. The enemy erect a high tower on the hill. 4. A lieutenant >vas in command of the enemy's fleet. » Decline collis and liustis with * See also, for vocab., 18G and 189. only -em in the accusative, and only -e ^ Ablative of ^^/ace where; use prepo- in the ablative; otherwise like turris. sitiou 6«/ in translating. (The rare instances in wliich coUis has « Use the plural, -I in the ablative may be disreg-arded.) ' supero, -5re, -5vT, -Stns. = Decline Isrnis with only -em in the » Translate : will he burned by fire. accusative; othenvise like turris. » " Ships of war" = lomj ships. 3 Decline nllvis and puppis through- "> per-inoveo, -ere, -movl, -ino- out like turris. tus. LESSON XXIII. Adjectives of the Third Declension: Vowel Stems. 193. Learn the declension of the adjectives levis (tris- tis or facilis) and acer : A. & G. 84 ; H. 153, 154 ; G. 82. 194. Decline (like levis, tristis, or facilis) : oniiiis, ally every ; fortis, brave ; militaris, military ; declivis, sloping ; humilis, lotv. 195. Note that the stems of the foregoing adjectives are : omni-, forti-, militari-, cledivi-, liuiuili- ; explain the formation, from the stem, of the nominative forms : Cf. A. &G. 51, (?; G. 81. 196. Decline (like acer): alacer, eager; equester, pertaining to cavalry ; pc See sent. 7 of the preceding exercise. LESSON XXIV. Apposition. — Predicate Agreement. — Accusa- tive WITH Prepositions. 202. EXAMPLES. 1. Divitiacus Aeduus respondit (1,32,3), Divitiacus the Aeduan replied. 2. DivitiacI frStris studium (l, 19, 2), the devotion of Divitiacus, pi is] brother. 3. Praeterita Divitiacd frStri conddn&re (i, 20, 6), to overlook the pa.st [out of regard] /"or JJirlfincus, [his] brother. 4. Flaccum et Pomptlnum praetdrSa vocavl (Clc Ccrf. 8, 2, 5), / summoned Flacctm and Pomptinus, the praetors. ' In flflmen Rhodanum Influit (i, 8, l), it flows into the river Rhone. A Bibracte, oppidS Aedu5ruin (l, 23, \)yfrom, Bibracte, a town of the Aeduans. 54 PREDICATE AGREEMENT. 203. Observation and Inference : l^ote, in the foregoing examples, that Aeduus, fratris, fratri, praetores, flumen, and oppido denote the same person or thing as Divitiacus, Divitiaci, Divitiaco, Flaccum et Pomptlnum, Rhodanum, and Bibracte, respectively ; and that the former are added to the latter ior further description merely. A substantive thus added for further descrip- tion is called an Appositive, and the usage is called Apposition. Does the Appositive differ from the principal substantive in case, or agree with it ? Does it usually agree in gender and number (see Exs. 1-4) ? Does it invariahly agree in gender (see Ex. 5) ? Does the Appositive appear regularly to precede or to follow the principal substantive ? Frame a rule for the Case of the Appositive. 204. References for Verification: A. & G. 183, 184, 6; H. 363, 1 ; G. 319. 205. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Legationis Divico princeps fuit (i, 13, 2), Divico was the leader of the embassy. 2. Testis est Italia (Cic. Manil. ii, 30), Italy is a luitness. 3. Pausanias Lacedaemonius magnus homo fuit (Nep. Pmis. i, i), Pausanias, the Lacedaemonian, was a great man. 4. [Castici] pater populi Romani amicus appellatus erat (1, 3, 4), the father of Casticus had been called the friend of the Roman people. 5. Audaoia fortitude vocatur (Sail. Cat. 52, 11), audacity is called fortitude. 206. Observation and Inference : Note, in the foregoing examjDles, that princeps, testis, homo, amicus, and fortitude, denote the same person or thing as Divico, Italia, Pausanias, pater, and audacia, respectively ; and that the former are added to the latter for further description. Xote, however, that the descriptive substantives here illustrated are not, like those of 202, merely appended to the principal substantive, but that they are connected with it by the verb ; also that they unite with the verb to form the predicate of the sentence. As they thus form a part of the predicate, they are called Predicate Substantives. Does the ACCUSATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS. 55 Predicate Substantive differ from tlie subject in case, or agree with it? Does the Predicate Substantive appear regularly /o /o//ow or precede the verb ? Fianie a rule for the Case of the Predicate substantive. 207. Refkukn( Ks FOR Veiufication : A. & G. 183, 185; H. :;t;L>, 1 ; G. 324. 208. EXAMPLES. 1. Ad Caesarem revertgrunt (i,3l, l), thei/ returned to Caesar. 2. Ante oppidum (2, 32, 4), before the town. 3. Apud Sequanos (l, 9, 3), among the Sequani. 4. ContrS populum Romanum (2, 13, 2), against the Roman people. ". Inter fings Helvetiorum et Allobrogum (i, 6, 2), between the boundaries of (he Ilelc'etians and AUobroges. Per finSs Aeduorum (i, 12, i), through the territory of the A eduans. 7. Post tergum (4, 15, l), behind [one's] back. ^. Propter timorem (Caes. B. C. 2, 35, 5), because of fear. !'. Tr^s Rhodanum (l, lo, 5), across the Rhone. 209. Obsekvatiox and Inference: Note (1) the prepositions in the foregoing examples, and (2) the case of the substantives \\ ith which they are used. Frame a rule for the Case of Substan- t Ives construed with the foregoing Prepositions. 210. Refekexcks for Verification : A. & G. 152, a ; II. 433 ; (i. 117. LESSON XXV. Vocabulary and Exercises. 211. VOCABULARY. AediiuA, -I, M., nn hedu(n). timlciiH, -I, m., friend. Allobroggs, -utn, ^r , i'^' Alio- appelI5, -fire, -fivf, -fitus, call, brogea. entitle. 56 VOCABULARY AND EXERCISES. apud, prep, w, ace, among. lingua, -ae, f., tongue, language. Atheniensis, -is, c, an Athenian. L. Piso, -onis, m., Luc/us Piso.^ atque,' conj., and also, and. maturus, -a, ^um, ripe. aviis, -i, M., grandfather. nam,"^ conj., for. consanguinei, -orum, m., blood- propter, prep. w. ace, on account relations, kmsmen. of, owing to. eques, -itis, m., hught.'^ scientia, -ae, f., knowledge, skill. extra, prep. w. ace, beyond. Sequanus, -i, m., a Sequanian. frater, -tris, m., brother. trans, prep. w. ace, across. frigus, -oris, n., cold, frost. vergo, -ere, incline. Gallicus, -a, -um, adj., Gallic. vergobretus, -i, 31., vergobret (see honestus, -a, -iim, adj., honorable. also general vocabulary). iter, itineris, n., way ; journey, march. 212. EXERCISES. I. 1. Orgetorix in itinere persuadet Castico,^ Cataman- taloedis^ filio, Sequauo. 2. Ariovistus rex atque amicus a senatu {senate) appellatus est. 3. Procilluni^ propter linguae Gallicae scientiam ad Ariovistum misit. 4. Collis aequaliter {uniformly) declivis ad fliimen Sabim^ vergebat. o. Divico^ dux Helvetiorum fuerat. 6. Thrasybulus,^ Lyci^ filius, Atheniensis.^ 7. Apud Aediios summus magistratus {the thief magistrate) vergobretus appellatur. II. 1. The Roman knights, honorable and good men, ap- prove. 2. The^' send ambassadors to Dumnorix the Aeduan. 3. For, owmg to the fi-osts, the grain was not ripe in the fields. 4. Lucius Piso the lieutenant was the grandfather of Lucius Piso, Caesar's father-in-law. 5. Geneva is a town of the Allobroges. 6. The Segusiavi^ ^re beyond the province, across the Rhone. 7. The Aeduans have often- times^" been called brothers and kinsmen by the senate." 213. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Trans Sabim fliimen omnes Nervii consederant. 2. Iter Caesaris per fugitives hostibus nuntiatur. 3. Omnes Belgae con- tra populum Romanum conjuraverunt obsidesque inter se (ace. pi. STEMS APPARENTLY CONSONANT. 57 themselves) dederuiit. 4. C. Valerius Procillus, familiaris Caesaris, habebatur priiiceps Galliae provinciae. *5. Ejus roi {of this fact) Iiopiiliis IvGinauus est testis. G. Is {this) pugus appellabatur Tiguriuus. 11. 1. Titus Labienus, an experienced leader, has been ap- pointed lieutenant. 2. The reputation of the Treveri for valor (gen.) is unparalleled among the Gauls. 3. The river Arar flows through the territory of the Aeduans and Sequanians into the Rhone. 4. Duinnorix was the brother of Divitiacus. 5. The village of the Veragri is called Octodurus. 6. You have attacked Cicero, the consul elect, Catiline. 7. The tenth legion, through the military tribunes (tribunes of the soldiers), returned thanks to Caesar. 8. And he also persuades Duiniiuiix the Aeduan, the ],,.,,ti,..,. -.f Divitiacus. .. ^ i-note 2, Lessson XIII. * bee eques in the general vocabu- lary. ' .*^ee PIro in the general vocabulary. * Nam, /or, should be placed at the beginning of the sentence. * The English form is the same as the Latin nominative. • Catamantaloedes, -is, M., Cata- muntaloetles (a ruler of the Sequani). ^ Sabis, -is, M., the Sabis (modem Sambre, a river in Belgic Gaul). " Divico, -onis, M., Divico (a prominent Helvetian). '■> 6C. f uit. '" saepennmero. 11 See,212, 1., second sentence. LESSON XXVI. ^ri;>r.\\il\'KS of THE Thii;i> I ) IOCLENSION : StEMS Apparently Consonant.— Adjectives of One Termination. — Present Paiiticiple. 214, Learn the paradigms of declension in the follow- ing sections of the graininar : A. & G. 54; H. G4. In G. read 54, Rem. (first six lines), 59, Rem. 3, and 00. 1. 215. Decline: pars, -tiH, F., part; civitas, -atis, F., 58 ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION. community ; coliors, -tis, F., cohort; adulescens, -entis, C, youth; mens, mentis, F., mind. 216. Decline together, with meanings : sinistra pars, the left side (part) ; finitima civitas, the neighboring community ; reliqua coliors, the remaining cohort ; adu- lescens fortis, a brave youth; mens mollis, a yielding disposition. 217. Learn the declension of the adjectives atrox (au- dax or felix) and eg-ens • (or prudens) : A. & G. 85, «; H. 155, 156, 157; G. 83. 218. Decline velox, -ocis, sivift ; ferax, -acis, fertile ; Ingens, -entis, huge ; potens, -entis, powerful. 219. Decline together, with meanings : pedes velox, a sivift foot-soldier ; ag-er ferax, fertile land ; ingens insula, a huge island ; rex potens, a powerful king. 220. Learn, Avith meanings, the present participles of amo, moneo (or deleo), tego (rego or emo), audio: A. & G. 113, a with pp. 77, 81, 83, 87 ; H. pp. 87, 91, 95, 99 ; G. pp. 54, 58, 64, 68. 221. Decline the present participles : amans, monens, (or delens), tegens (reg-ens or emens), audiens : A. & G. 85, a (egens), 87, a; H. 157 (amans) with note ; G. 83 (prudens), 85, 2 (second paragraph). 222. Decline together, with meanings : mulier flens, the IV Oman iveeping ; laborantes nostri, our men strug- gling against odds ; civitas florens, a flourishing com- munity ; continens silva, an uninterrupted forest. VOCABULARY AND EXERCISES. 59 223. Learn the declension of vetus ; A. & G. 85, h ; il. 158; G. 83. 224. Decline together, with meanings : vetus injuria, a former injury, 225. VOCABUI.ARY.1 animus, -i, M.,mincf; heart. latus, -a, -um, adj., broad, exten- cou-ioco, -are, -avi, -atus, place ; sive. (jive in marria'>. Noote ad Nervios pervSuSrunt (2,17,2), thei/ came by night to the Xcrvii. 232. Observation and Inference : Note, in the foregoing examples, that vigilia, hora, tempore (Exs. 3 and 4), aunis, and nocte express time at which or time within which. In what case are these substantives ? Frame a rule for the Case of Substantives de- iiotiiig /////' irhm or within which. 233. Kkferences for Verification: A. & G. 256 (to the .umiculon) ; H. 429 ; G. 392. 234. VOCABULARY. Aquitani, -orum, m., the Aquitani inltlutn, -ii, n., beginning. or Aguitaniang. iiiHtitutiim, -i, n., institution. CeltHey-arumyM., the Ce/ts{ICefts). latitudo, -inis, f., breadth, ex- coni-tncmoro, -fire, -fivi, -fitus, tent. recount. Ifix, ISgis, F., law. ettam, conj., also, even. multltfi<15, -Inis, f., multitude, ex-Istimd, -fire, -fivi, Stus, reck- nuwf" on, consider. nox, i i- m iit. 62 VOCABULARY AND EXERCISES. opportunus, -a, -uin, adj., j'?^, op- suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their. portune. tempestas, -atis, r., time. oratio, -onis, f., speech, address. tertius, -a, -um, third. prae-sto, -are, -iti, -atus or -Itus, uiivis, -a, -tini, one. excel. video, -ere, vidi, visus, see. regio, -onis, r., territory. 235. EXERCISES. I. 1. Helvetiivirtute omnibus Gallis praestabaiit. 2. Cae- sar initio (Iratiouis sua in Ariovistum beneficia commeraoravit. 3. Aqultania et regionum latitudine et multitudine liominum tertia pars Galliae existimatur. 4. A castris oppidum Re- morum^ nomine Bibrax^ longe aberat. 5. Paene^ uno tem- pore et ad^ silvas et In fluniine hostes visi sunt. 6. Multa nocte^ se^ in castra recepit.^ II. 1. The Belgians, Aquitanians, [and] Celts differ^ from one another^ in language, institutions, [and] laws. 2. Among the Suessiones, even within our-own remembrance, Divitiacus has been king. 3. The Suessiones have towns to the num- ber of twelve^ (twelve in number). 4. Caesar arrived at an opportune moment (time). 5. [There] was at this^" time at Kome^^ a Numidian^^ named Massiva.^^ 236. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Populi Roniani socii atque ainici gratia, dignitate, honore auctiores {increased, made richer) sunt. 2. Una nocte omnes hermae^'* dejecti sunt.^^ 3. Intempesta noctei*^ conjurationis prin- cipes convocat per M. ]*orcium Laecam. 4. Duae^"* fuerunt Ariovisti uxores, una Sueba natione, altera Xorica. 5. Cato cum modesto pudore, cum innocente abstinentia certabat. 6. Tertia vigilia omnibus copiisi^ ex oppido eruperunt. II. 1. Our fleet excelled the ships of the Veneti in speed. 2. Accordingly in the beginning kings trained, sonie^^ the mind, others the body. 3. There was, not far from the road, a town of the Numidians named Vaga. 4. You were, then, at Laeca's on that (ilia) night, Catiline. 5. The Bellovaci were foremost^^ THIRD DECLENSION: GENDER. 63 among tlie Belgians in valor, in influence, and in population (number of inhabitants). 6. Xor in the last-^ war with (obj, gen.) the AUobroges did the Aeduans render^"^ assistance to the Romans. 1 The English form is the same as the I^tln nominative. - Bibrax, -actis, r., Bihraa (mod. Bi^vre)'. ' paene, adv., almost. ♦ ad, prep., close by, at. ^ inuItS nocte, late at night. " se receplt (perf. of recipio, take back), returned. • differunt. ^from one another, inter se (lit., among themselves). ^ duodecim, indecl. adj. '" e5 (fem. sine, to agree with the proper case of tempest^). " Use the locative form : A. & G. 36, c ; 11.48, 4; G. 27, 2. '* Nuuiida, -ae, m. i'» Massiva, -ae, M. ; see 338, Ex. 4. " Hermes (or Henna), -ae, m., nermes-pillar (see general vocabulary) ; for declension, see A. & G. 37; H. 50; G. 72. ^^ Perf. pass, of deicio, throw down. '" inteinpesta nocte, at an unsea- sonable hour of the night. " Nom. pi. fern., two. 18 A. & G. 248, a; H.419, 1., 1, 1), (1) ; G. 391, Rem. 1, i'-* pars (in apposition w. *' kings"). 20 were foremost, plurimum vale- bant. *^ proximus, -a, -um., adj. " did render, tiilerunt, perfect of fero. LESSON XXVIII. Third Declension: (^endeu.^ 237. 1. Caesar, m., Caesar. '2. vir, M.. man. . rex, .M., kiufj. 1. Sempr5nia. F., Sempronia o. mulier, f., woman. EXAMPLES. (1. rSgina, f., queen. 7. civis, c, citizen. 8. hostis, c, enemy. U. cftstds, c, (J Hard. 238. Observation axi> Inference: Note (1) that Exs. l-'J • '••signate malea, and that they are of the masculine gender; (2) that Exs. 4-0 designate females, and that they are of iXxa feminine (fender; (3) that Exs. 7-1) umnorix, -iffis, Dumnorir. dux, duels, leader. eques, -Itis, horseman. 66 THIRD DECLENSION: GENDER. facultas, -atis, opport.unit)j. familiaritas, -atis, intimacy. flfiinen, -inis, river. foedus, -eris, treaty. furor, -oris, rage. gens, gentis, race. homo, -inis, man (including 'wo- man), insigne, -is, badge. juventus, -utis, youth. latitudo, -inis, breadth. latro, -onis, robber. levitas, -atis, lightness. leo, -onis, lion. litus, -oris, shore. longitudo, -inis, length. lux, lucis, light. miles, -itis, soldier. mors, mortis, death. nemus, -oris, grove. obses, -idis, hostage. opinio, -onis, opinion, notion. ovile, -is, sheep-fold. palmes, -itis, vine-shoot. pater, -tris, father. pavo, -onis, peacock. pectus, -oris, breast. pedes, -itis, foot-soldier. proles, -is, offspring. puppis, -is, stern. radix, -icis, root. regio, -onis, direction. scelus, -eris, crime. sedes, -is, seat. sedile, -is, seat (poetic). semen, -inis, seed. servitus, -utis, servitude. sidus, -eris, constellation. stipes, -itis, stock (of a tree). suspicio, -onis, suspicion. temo, -onis, carriage-pole. umbo, -onis, boss (of a shield). virgo, -inis, virgin. 247. Note the gender of each of the following sub- stantives,2 and fix its gender in the memory by associat- ing it with an appropriate adjective selected from 245. animal, -alis, n., animal. arbor, -oris, f., tree. caput, -itis, N., head. collis, -is, M., hill. ignis, -is, M.,Jire. iter, itineris, 's., journey. lapis, -idis, m., stone. vectlgal, -alls, n., revenue. 1 The rules for gender suggested in this lesson are deemed sufficient as prac- tical aids to the memory. The gender of substantives of the third declension not here provided for, should be learned by observation and practice in reading and writing Latin. 2 These substantives have already ap- peared in special vocabularies; they are introduced here because their gender is not provided for in the rules of this lesson. substantives: fourth declension. 67 LESSON XXIX. Substantives: Fourth Declension. 248. Learn the paradigms of declension given in the following sections of the grammar : A. & G. 68 ; H. 116; G. 67. 249. Decline : fructus, -us, M., fruit ; exereitus, -us, M., army ; manus, -us, F., hand ; cornu, -us, N., horn. 250. Explain the formation, from the stem, of the nominative singular and dative plural of the foregoing >ubstantives: A. & G. note preceding 68; H. 116, 1, 2; (;.r)7. 251. Note the gender of the substantives in 249, and frame a Rule for the Gender of substantives of the luurth declension. For verification, see A. & G. 69, a (first sentence), 6; H. 116 ; G. 68. 252. Decline together, with meanings : vetiis exeroi- f 'IS. luteran army ; omnis fructus, /// ili>- fruit ; niaiins sinistra, left hand ; dextrum corufi, right wing (lit., hor?i). 253. VOCABULARY.' fi-mitt5, -ere, -mlsi, -missus, lose, eqtiitfitus, -us, m., cavalry. «'<>K5, -ere, coSfp, cofictiis, co//"V. linpetiiH, -us, m., attack, onset. <-on»pectu8, -us, M., .s/f//»^ Iocmih, -i, m., place; pi. (usually) consulatus, -us, m., consulship. luca, -drum, n., placen. de-duco, -ere, -dfixi, -ii,parative and superlative is formed by the addition of -ior (x. -ius) and -issimus (-a, -um),^ respectively, to the stem of the positive ; and (2) that in vowel-stems the final vowel of the stem disappears before these endings. Frame I rule for the Comparison of Adjectives. 258. References for Verification: A. & G. 80; 11. 102; (,. sf; 259. Lcarii tlie (Iccleiisioii of tlic ( <.ni|);niiLivc nielior (tristior or altior) : A. & G. 86 ; II. 1 :> 1 ; G. 87. 70 adjectives: regular comparison. 260. Compare : (like altus) latus, hroad^ long-us, long ; (like fortis) levis, lights gravis, heavy ; (like prudens) poteiis, poiverful^ sapiens, wise; (like felix) velox, swift^ ferax, fertile ; also decline their Comparatives. 261. Decline together, with meanings : mons altior, higher mountain ; gravior f ortuna, harder lot ; longius iter, longer road. 262. VOCABUI.ARY.2 aetas, -atis, f., age. regnum, -i, n., kingdom ; sover^ circum-duco, -ere, -duxi, -due- eignty. tus, lead around. re-sisto, -ere, -stiti, resist. civitas, -atis, f., community, state, salus, -utis, f., safety. com-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, semper, adv., alicays. commit, intrust. Sequani, -orum, m,, the Sequan^ filia,^ -ae, r., daughter. or Sequanians. gravis, -e, adj., heavy ; severe, hard, vulgo, adv., commonly. nobilis, -e, adj., high-horn, noble. 263. EXERCISES. I. 1. De obsidibus gravius"* supplicium stimet. 2. Op- pidum ex^ omnibus partibus altissimas^ rupes habebat. 3. Omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae. 4. Filiam homini nobilissimo conlocat. 5. Resiste, miles fortissime. 6. Om- nes gravioris aetatis^ convenerant. 7. Peditum fortissimo- rum salutem equitatui non committam. 8. In Gallia a potentioribus vulgo regna^ occupabantur. 9. Cohortes longiore itinere^ circumductae erant. II. 1. The swiftest foot-soldiers are not always the bravest. 2. The Helvetians were hemmed in b}' a broader and deeper river. 3. They send the noblest men in^ the state. 4. The punishment of the Sequani is too severe."* 5. The lands of the Suessiones were very extensive'* and (very) fertile. 6. On^ one side the Helvetians are hemmed in by the river Rhine [which is] exceedingl}' broad and (ex- ceedingly) deep. ADJECTIVES : REGULAR COMPARISON. 71 264. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Carinae plaiiiores sunt quaiiii^ nostrarum navium. 2. Ubi de Caesaris adventu Helvetii certiores" fact! sunt,^=2 legatos mittunt nobilissinios civitatis.^^ 3. Est gravior fortuiia Sequauorum quam^* reliquorum. 4. Suessiones latissinios fera- cissimosque agros possident. 5. Locus ex omni Gallia opportu- iiissiiiius ac fructuosissimus judicatus est. II. 1. Ariovistus will inflict the severest punishment on '^ all the hostages. 2. The Romans will be more faint-hearted (of feebler courage '*). 3. Xor according to Swabian notions (accord- ing to the customs " of the Suebi) is anything '* esteemed baser or more spiritless. 4. Among the Helvetians Orgetorix was by- far the most-exalted-iu-rank.^^ 5. The ^Morini were-maktng-for the denser woods. 6. Dumnorix, for-the-sake ^^ of [extending his] political power, gave his mother [in marriage] to a man of- verj'-high-rank '^ and of-very-great-influence.'-^^ 1 Superlativee, therefore, are adjec- » A. & G. 258, //; H.420, 1, ,3) ; G. 387- tives of the first and second declensions, ° " in the state " = of the Atate. and arc declined like bonuft. J** so. carinae. - For vociibularj', see also 236, 360, " PrediciJte atljective with tlie pas- 261. eive verb fact! sunt and limiting Hel- 3 For irregularity in the declension of vetiT. the plural, see A. & G. 3C, e; H. 49, 4; '-fact! sunt, perf. paws, of fncid, G. 27, 3. make ; certiures facti sunt, (were * The I^tin comparative and superla- made more certain, and so) wen', in- tivc admit of other transLitions than formed. those given In 256. Thus, g^^vior may »» See 263, II., sent. 3. mean severer, rather severe (i.e., severer " sc. f ortGna. than usual), too severe {i.e., severer i" See 263, 1., sent. 1. than U fitting) ; grravissimus may ""• of feeler courtige, TnflrmlSre mean severest or very {exceedingly) se- aniniO: A. & G. 251; H. 419, II.; G. rere. 402. ' Sec foot-note 4, I^won XXVI. " Express " according to " by putting '^ All [who were] of advanced age, the word for " cuHtoiim " in the ablative : i.e., all the elders. For the genitive A.&G. 253: H. 416; G. :fi»8. aetStiH, see A. & G. 215; II. 396, V. '» qulcqil»m,noMiinaliveneuterBlng- n. 1 ; G, :j«U. ular. » Translate by the singular, sorn-- "• Suin-rlatlve <>f nm>III>«. eiffnty or rtryal power; the plural is ^causll; causil follows the goniUTO used in the Latin l>ecause repeated in- that limits it. stances are referred to. *' Superlative of potSns. 72 SUBSTANTIVES : FIFTH DECLENSION. LESSON XXXI. Substantives : Fifth Declension. 265. Learn the declension of res, F., thing ; dies, M.,^ day ; fides, F., faitJi ; spes, F., hope ; acies, F., edge^ line of battle, line: A. & G. 72, 74, d', H. 120, 122, 1, 2 ; G. 69, Rem. 1. 266. Explain the formation, from the stem, of the nominatives in 265: A. & G. note preceding 72; H. 120, i ; G. 69. 267. Note the gender of the substantives in 265, and frame a general Rule for the Gender of substantives of the fifth declension. For verification, see A. & G. 73 ; H. 123 ; G. 70. 268. Decline together, with meanings : in sing., res militaris, the military art; in pL, multae res, many things; in sing., dies septimus, the seventh day; in pi., pauci dies, a few days ; in sing., magna fides, great confidence ; in sing, and in nom. and ace. pi. spes aspe- rior, a more discouraging prospect ; in sing., acies tri- plex, triple line of battle. 269. TOCABUI.ARY.2 ac-cido, -ere, -cidi, happen, occur, juventus, -litis, f., youth. con-stituo, -ere, -ui, -utus, sfa- inedius, -a, -um, adj., midd/p, mid- tion, post. nle ]>arf. of.^ di-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, occasio, -oiiis, F.,occas/o/j, cAance. dismiss ; Jose. *posterus,* -a, -um, nd}., following. dolus, -i, M., treacheri/. premo, -ere, pressi, pressus, fruinentariiis, -a, -um, pertainiiKj press hard, distress. to grain ; res frumentaria, pro- quaero, -ere, -sivi or -ii, -itus, visions. seek; inquire. SUBSTANTIVES : FIFTH DECLENSION. T3 secundus, -a, -um, adj., second. tra-rto, -ere, -didi, -ditiis, sKnrn- servo, -are, -avi, -atus, keep ; fi- der ; impart. dem servare, to keep one's trij»inta,in(lecl. num. adj., thirty. jrord. usus, -us, m., experience. 270. EXERCISES. I. 1. Die septimo perveilit. 2. Hostes sine fide tempiis atque occasionem dolT quaerunt. 3. Dierum tiiginta babe- bant fi-umentum. 4. In una^ virtute omnem spem salutis ponunt. 0. Multade rerum uatura juventuti tradunt. G. In coUe medio"* triplicem aciem instruxit. 7. Omnem rei fiu- mentariae spem dimiseraut. 8. Reliquas legioues pro cas- tris in acie constituit. II. 1. The army* of the enenij^ had been beaten on the left wing. 2. A very opportune incident'^ occurred. 3. On the following day he inquired about the remaining matters/ i. Caesar will keep his word as-to^ the number of days. .'. The remaining legions take position in line of battle on the middle of the hill. G. The soldiers of the second line ♦were distressed for provisions.'-* 7. The tribunes had no great experience in military affairs. ^^ ^ dies is Bometimt'rt feminine in the ein- » nloiie. gular. " exercitu» = army (generic term); * See al«o 265, 268. agmen = «rm;/ (on the march) ; acirn • tnedius in agreement with a Bub- = army (drawn up in battle array). stantivc usually denotes the middle of; Which is to be preferred here? thus, in colle medio, on the midftle of ' res. the hill : see A. & O. 193; II. 440, notes » dS. I and 2; G. 2S7, Rem. » Vac the ablative. « The asterisk (*) indicates that the "> rSs in the singular, form to which it is attached is not in use. 74 PECULIARITIES OF COMPARISON^. LESSON XXXIL Adjectives: Peculiarities of Comparison. Note ; As the four conjugations in verbs, and the several declensions in substan- tives and adjectives, have now been treated, the special vocabularies hitherto printed in connection with the exercises will be discontinued. The pupil will henceforth be obliged to depend wholly, therefore, on the general vocabularies at the end of the book. In consulting the Latin-English vocabulary for the meaning of a word whose formation or composition is given, he should study carefully what is printed in brackets, so as to be able to trace the meaning of the complete word from the mean- ing of the parts which enter into its formation. Right habits formed at this stage will greatly facilitate the acquisition of power to translate at sight. At this point also, or a little later at the discretion of the teacher, the pupil may with profit begin to take occasional short lessons on the formation of w ords (see les- sons beginning p. 209), and to translate and commit to memory passages from the anecdotes introduced at p. 224. The lessons on formation and the anecdotes should be completed before the continuous extracts from Caesar (p. 234) are begun. 271. Compare, with meanings : acer, sharp ; celer, swift ; miser, wretched ; pulclier, beautiful : A. & G. 89, a; H. 163, 1; G. 88, 1. 272. Compare, with meanings : facilis, easy ; difflci- lis, difficult ; similis, lihe ; liumilis, low : A. & G. 89, 6; H. 163, 2; G. 88, 2. 273. Compare, with meanings : bonus, good ; malus, had ; magnus, great ; parvus, small ; multus, much : A. & G. 90 ; H. 165 ; G. 89. 274. Compare, with meanings ; citerior, hither^ on this side ; interior, inner ; prior, former ; propior, nearer ; ulterior, /ar^Aer ; A. & G. 91 ; H. 166; G. 89, Rem. 2. 275. Compare, with meanings : exterus, on the out- side ; inferus, helow ; * posterus, coming after ; supe- rus, above : A. & G. 91, a ; H. 163, 3 ; G. 89, Rem. 1. PECULIARITIES OF COMPARISON. 76 276. EXERCISES. I. 1. Pulcherrimam totiiis^ Galliae nrbcm suis manibus siiccendunt. 2. Inter uovissiinuin- hostium agmen et nos- trum primiim, longum spatiuni intererat. 3. Cum proximis civitatil)us pacem et amicitiam coufirraant. 4. Tamen humil- limus homo de plebe ope^ dignus est. 5. Majorl tamen parti placuit castra defendere. 6. In Galliam ulteriorem contendit. 7. Majores natu* legatos ad Caesarem mTserunt. 8. Quam^ maximis potest*^ itineribus contendit. 9. Sed Sequanis pejus aecidit. 10. TraductI sunt plures.^ 11. Sum- mae virtutis difficillima est via. II. 1. Geneva^ is the last^ town of the Allobroges and nearest to the territories of the Helvetians. 2. [There] was but® one legion in farther Gaul. 3. At night-falP*' they will hasten to the Rhine. 4. The}' had the greatest abundance of ships. 5. He had stationed the legions on the summit-of" the ridge. 6. The bravest soldiers had been posted'- in the upper line. 7. They collect as man}' ships as they possibly can." 8. The lot of the Sequani was most pitiable. 277. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Caesar Procillo^* suniinam oniniuiu rerum fidem habebat. 2. Belgae ab extrtjmis Galliae finibus oriuntiir,^^ pertinent ad in- feriorem partem fluniinis Rheni. 3. Proximo die Caesar e castrls copias suas eduxit. 4. Multo^*^ major alacritas studiumque mujua exercitul injectum est." 5. Dei Mercurii sunt plurima shmilacra. 6. Plura' Gallorum scuta uno ictu pilorurn traiisfixa et conligata sunt. 7. Nostri majores*^ exemplum posteris^^ prodiderunt pul- cherrimuni.'^' 8. CoUis infimus" apertus erat, ab superiore parte silvestris. II. 1. The Sequanian land is the best in «» alP Gaul. 2. He hastens by forced niarches'® into farther Gaul atid arrives at (ad) Geneva. 3. Caesar treats with Ariovistus on matters pf-the-high- estrimportance.** 4. At night-falP" they hastened to the Rhine 76 NUMEEALS : CAEDINALS. and the marches 2° of the Germans. 5. He stationed all the auxili- aries in front of the smaller camp in sight of the enemy, G. In- that-place was the shortest route into farther Gaul. 7. The river Axona is in the remotest [part of the] ^3 territories of the Remi. 8. The lot of the Sequani is more pitiable and grievous than [that] of the rest. 1 Genitive feminineof totus,-a, -urn, all, whole ^ see A. & G. 83; H. 151, 1; G.35. 2 novissimum ag;iuen, the rear ; for comparison, see A. & G. 91, c, 2; H. 167,2; G. 89, 3. 3 Ablative with dignus : A. & G. 245, a (first line) ; H. 421, III. ; G. 373, Rem. 3. * majores natu, [those who are] greater by birth, i.e., the elders. ^ quaiu strengthens the superlative maximis ; read A. & G. 93, 6; H. 170, 2, (2) ; G. 317. 6 Pres. indie. 3d sing, of possum, be able, can ; translate : by the greatest possible marches, by forced marches. potest might have been omitted. ' More (than one, i.e.) several. For declension, see A. & G. 86; H. 165, note 1; G. 89. 8 Put the word for " last " at the be- ginning, and the word for " Geneva " at the end. "What is the effect of this ar- rangement? •' Erat omnino. 10 " At night-fall " = at the first part of the night= prima nocte ; see A. & G. 193; H. 440, notes 1 and 2; G. 287, Rem. " Superlative of superus in agree- ment with substantive; see preceding references. 12 " had been posted " = had taken position; use consisto. 13 possiint, 3d pi. i)re8. indie, of possum; imitate 376, I., sent. 8. " Procillo (dat.) habebat, reposed in Procillus. 15 begin ; oriuntur has a passive form, but an active meaning. 10 greater by much, i.e., far greater; for the ablative, see A. & G. 250; 11. 423; G. 400. 1" injectum est, perf. pass, of in- icio : loas infused. i« Comparative of inagnus used sub- stantively : ancestors. 19 Plural of *posterus used substan- tively: posterity. 20 Note the emphatic position of pul- cherrimum. 21 at the bottom. 22 cf . foot-note 9, Lesson XXX. 23 Imitate 376^ I., sent. 8. 2* Superlative of superus. 25 «< marches " = borders, frontiers ; use the plural of finis. 20 Superlative of exterus in agree- ment with substantive ; cf . foot-note 10. >>»Jc LESSON XXXIII. Numerals : Cardinals. 278. Learn, with meanings, the cardinal numerals : A. &G. 94; H. 174; G. 93. numerals: cardinals. 77 279. Learn the decleusion of: uiiiis (A. & G. 83, a; H. 175 ; G. 35), duo (A. & G. 94, b ; H. 175 ; G. 92), tres (A. & G. 94, c ; H. 175 ; G. 92), ducenti (A. & G. M,d; H. 177). 280. .Decline together : duae legriones, two legions ; itinera duo, Uvo roads ; tres senatores, three senators ; passus ducenti, two hundred paces. 281. Decline together, with meanings: in the sing., ununi iter, one route ; in the sing., una spes, the only hope ; in the pi., uni Suebi, the Suebi alone ; in the pL, una castra, one camp. See A. & G. 94, a ; H. 175, n. 1 ; G. 95, Rem. 2 (second line). 282. exampi.es. 1. EquitSs mHIe (Cic. Fam. lo, 9, 3), a thonmnd horsemen. 2. Equitum mille (Caes. B. C. 3, 84, 4), a thousand horsemen (lit., a thousand of horsemen). 3. MIlia passuum tria (i, 22, 5), three miles (lit., three thousands of paces). 283. Observation : Note (1) that mille (Ex. 1) is an inde- clinable adjective; (2) that mille (Ex. 2) is a substantive in the singular number limited by the genitive equitum;* (3) that milia (Ex. 3) is a substantive in the plural number limited by the genitive pasBuum.^ 284. References : Read carefully : A. & G. 94, e with note (to the semicolon) ; H. 178 with note (to the semicolon) ; G. 308. 285. Decline together : dies quindecim, fifteen days ; nillia sexaginta tria, sixty-three thousand. See A. & G. 94, c (second sentence) ; II. 176 ; G. 92. 286. EXERCISES. I. 1. Factiones sunt dime. 2. MIlia hominuiii vTginti quattuor* ad Ariovistum venemiit. 3. Vieos quadringeutos 78 NUMERALS : CARDIXALS. incendunt. 4. Cum duabus legionibus jugum adscendit. 5. Gallia est divisa in partes tres. 6. Caesar scutum ab novissimis tini militl^ detraxit. 7. Oppida sua omnia, immero ad* duodecim, vicos ad quadringent5s, incendunt. 8. Quindecim milia Atrebates poUicentur,^ Ambiani decern milia, Morini vigiuti quinque^ milia, Menapii septem milia, Aduatuci decern et novem^ milia. II. 1. The place was six hundred paces^ distant. 2. There were only two routes. 3. The Belgians inhabit one part. 4. The Nervii were reduced from six hundred senators to three. '^ 5. Six thousand men hastened to the Rhine. 6. The Nervii were reduced from sixt}' thousand men to barely^ five hundred. 7. lie stationed two legions on the topmost ridge. 8. The sum totaP was^*^ about"* three hun- dred sixt^'-eight thousand. 287. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Omnium rerum smiwna erat capitum Helvetioruin milia ducenta et sexaginta tria, Tulingorum milia triginta sex, Latovico- rum quattuordecim, liauricorum viginti tria, Bojormn triginta duo. 2. Ex litteris Caesaris dierum^i viginti supplicatio a senatii decreta est. II. 1. In twenty-five days they raised an embankment three hundred and thirty feet ^ broad [and] eighty feet^ high. 2. He pitches his camp three miles^ from the camp of the enemy. 3. The Helvetians with five hundred horse had routed a great force of cavalry. lit will be enough for the pupil at < ad with numerals = «6ow<. present to note that the substantives ^> pollicentur, promise, has a pas- mnie and milia are followed by the sive form with active meaning, genitive; the Jcind of genitive used after c xjse the accusative; this use of the these substantives will be discussed in accusative will be discussed in the next the next lesson. lesson. 2 W'hat other form of expression is ^ Express '.from six hundred to three possible ? senators. 3 uni militl, from a soldier, dat. of 8 Express : barely to. Ind. obj. after detraxit; in the Latia » "sum total " = SMm o/aZZ. expression, the soldier is viewed as the i" was, fuerunt. See A. & G. 204, person to whom the action is done. See b; H. 462; G. 202, Rem. 1, 3). A. 85 G. 229 ; H. 385, 2 ; G. 344, Rem. 2. ii of. Lesson XXX., foot-note 6. PARTITIVE GENITTVE. 79 LESSON XXXIV. Partitive Genitive. — Accusative of Duration OF Time and Extent of Space. 288. EXAMPLES. 1. Magna est corporis pars aperta (4, l, lO), a great part of the Iil Is <'.rj>(>s((L 2. Impedimentorum magnum numerum (2, 17, 2), a great quantity of htiggage. 8. Nihil vini (2, 15, 4), no wine (lit,, nothing of wine). 4. Milia hominum viginti quattuor (i, 31,10), twenty-four Ihous- (iiid men. 5. Omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae (i, i, 3), the Belgians are the bravest of all. V). N5bilissim5s civitStis (1,7,3), the men of highest rank in the community. 7. Multum aestatis (5, 22, 4), a considerable part of the summer. 8. Satis Sloquentiae, sapientiae parum (Sail. Cat. 5, 4), enough eloquence, [but] not enough discretion. 289. Observation and Inference: Note, in each of the foregoing examples, that the genitive designates the whole, and that the word which the genitive limits df^sio nates a. part. The genitive thus used is called the Partitive ^ // /V-. Frame a rule for the I'artit'nf riciiitive. 290. References for Verification: A. &G. 21(5; II. iiOT; (;. ma. 291. Observation : What part of speech is the partitive word in Ex8. 1-4? in Exs. 5-7? in Ex. 8? Read A. & G. 216, a, 1, 2, 3, 4; II. 307, 1, 2, 3, 4; G. 367, 308, 369, 370, 371, Rem. 4. 292. EXAMPLES. 1. Difis continues quinque Caesar pro castris buJUi c5pift8 prSdfbdt (1,48, 3), /or ^Ve days in succession Caesar led out hi^ forces [and arrayed them] in front of the camp. 80 ACCUSATIVE OF DURATION OF TIME 2. [Castici] pater regnum in Sequanis multos annos obtinu- erat (l, 3, 4), the father of Casticus had held regal power among the Sequani for many years. 3. Repugnantes diem noctemque obsident (7, 42, 6), they besiege day and night those that resist. 4. Oppidum aberat milia passuum octo (2, 6, i), the town was eight miles distant. 5. Duas fossas qulndecim pedes latas perduxit (7, 72, 3), he made (carried) two trenches fifteen feet ivide. 6. Hercyniae silvae latitude novem dierum iter patet (6, 25, i), the breadth of the Hercynian forest extends over nine days' journey. 293. Observation axd Inference : Xote, in Exs. 1-3, that dies, annos, diem, and noctem answer the question how long? In what case are they? Note, in Exs. 4-6, that milia, pedes, and iter answer the question how far? In what case are they? Frame a rule for the Case of Substantives denoting Duration of Time or Extent of Space. 294. References for Verification: A. & G. 256 (last part), 257 ; H. 379 ; G. 335, 2, 336, 337. 295. EXERCISES. I. 1. Magistratus Aeduorum antiquitus^ regiam potes- tatem aDnum obtiuere consiierant.^ 2. A castris oppidum Reraorum nomine Bibrax aberat milia passuum octo. 3. Sueborum gens est longe maxima et bellicosissima Ger- manorum omnium. 4. Milites aggerem latum pedes trecen- tos tiiginta, altum pedes octoginta exstruxerunt. 5. Paucos dies ad Vesontionem rei friimentaviae causa ^ moratur.^ II. 1. Night lasts (is) thirty days together ° at the winter season.^ 2. Nor was there left much time before (to) sunset. 3. The territories of the Helvetians extended two hundred and forty miles in'' length, [and] a hundred and eighty iii^ breadth. 4. He selected a place suitable AND EXTENT OF SPACE. 81 for .a camp about six hundred paces from the Germans. 5. After the destruction of the Cimbri, they had been for many years harassed by their neighbors. 296- Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Prima legio in castra venerat, reliqnaeque legiones magnum spatium aberant. 2. Exploratores hostium omni flu- mmis parte* erant dispositi. 3. Aedui et Arverni de potentatu inter se^ nmltos annos contendunt.i'^ 4. Friimenta tanta nmlti- tudine jumentorum atque hominum consumebantur. 5. A lacu Lemanno ad montem Juram milia passuum decern noveni murum perducit. G. Ariovistus multos menses castris^^ se^^ ao paludi- bus" tenuerat. II. 1. He was distant a few days' ^^ march from the Germans. 2. The enemy not only^'* blockades tlie roads, but also^* leaves behind a strong enough garrison ^^ for the camp. 3. Storms ensued^^ several days in succession.^^ 4. The place was distant about six- hundred paces from the enemy. 5. There was the greatest abundance of everything in the town. G. For several years he has farmed** the revenues of the Aedui. * antTquitns, jm former times. " As the ablative of place where In ' consuerant, contracted from c5n- this instance expresses also means by fineverant: A. & O. 128, a; H. 235; which, the preposition in is omitted- G. l.il.l. . II. 42.'), 1, 1); G.387. ' See Lesson XXX., foot-note 20. " himself, accusative sinirular. * inorStur, he delays, has a passive '^ " a ft-w days' march " = « march of form with reflexive meaning. a few days; cf, 5887, I., sent. 2 and ' " thirty days together " =■ thirty foot-note. succesttire days. '* not only . . . hut also, et . . . . et. <* at the tpinter season, sub brflmft. ''^ " a strong enough garrison " = ' in with accusative. enmigh of f/arrison. » Ablative of place where with prep- " fiecutae sunt (passive form with osition omitted ; read A. & G. 258,/; active meaning). H. 42.'), 2; O, 386. «' " in succession " = successive. » inter sS, among themselves, with '» "has farmed the revenues " = has each other. the revenues firmed. Farmed, re- "» content! lint, have been contend- dSmptus, -a, -urn. inj : A. & O. 276, a; U. 467, 2; O. 221. 82 NUMERALS : ORDINALS. — ADJECTIVES : LESSON XXXV. Numerals: Ordinals. — Adjectives: Genitive in -ius, Dative in -i. 297. Learn, with meanings, the first twenty-five ordi- nal numerals: A. & G. 94; H. 174; G. 93. 298. Study the following table of alternative expres- sions : thirteenth, tertius decimus or decimus et tertius (similarly 14-17). eighteenth, duodevicesimus or octavus decimus (similarly 19). twenty-Jirst, vicesimus primus or unus et vicesimus. twenty-second, vicesimus secundus or alter et vicesimus. twenty-third, vfcgsimus tertius or tertius et vicesimus (simi- larly 24 and 25). • 299. Decline^ together: in the sing., legio decima, the tenth legion; censores vicesimi sexti, the twenty- sixth censors. 300. Learn the declension of: alius, other; nulliis, not any^ no; solus, alone; totus, whole; ullus, ajiy ; unus, one ; alter, other (of two) ; uter, which (of two) ; neuter, neither : A. & G. 83 with a and h ; H. 151, 1 ; G. 35 with Rem. (end). 301. Decline together : aliud iter, another road ; nulla vox, not a word ; uUum periculuin, any danger at all. 302. Decline together, in the sing. : provincia tota, the whole province ; altera pars, the other side ; utra pars, which part (of two) ? GENITIVE IN -ius, DATIVE IN -1. 83 303. EXERCISES. I. 1. Die sexto dccimo pervenit. 2. Aliud iter habent nullum.- 3. Anno uiidevicesimo^ post consulis mortem, urbs expugnata est. 4. Prima et secunda acies ^ hostibus* resistit. 5. Dierum^' viginti supplicatio acciderat uuUI.^ 6. Sequani soli auxilium nou implorant. 7. Censores vicesimi sexti^ a primis censoribus fuerunt. 8. Galliae totius factiones sunt duae. 9. Alter alteii^ utilis est. 10. De quarta vigilia summum jugum moutis adscendit. 11. Cum legione duodecima contendit. 12. Uter utrl ante- ferendus® est ? 13. Potestas erat neutri.^ II. 1 . The soldiers of the ninth and tenth legions''' arrived. 2. Some resisted the enemy^ in one quarter, others in an- other." 3. He left behind the fourteenth legion. 4. There he places the baggage of the entire army. 5. In the twenty- sixth year the town was taken by assault. 6. Some'- hast- ened to the mountain, the others'- to the baggage. 7. He waited until" the ninth hour." 8. Neither-party'^ makes'^ a beginning. 9. He will arrive at about the fourth hour'* of the day. 10. They do not govern according-to'^ the dictates'® of another. 11. [It] was the eighteenth purifica- tory sacrifice. 12. He makes a requisition on'^ the whole province. 304, Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Aliud alii"^' nutura iter ostendit. 2. Alterius factionis I'lincipatuin teuent Aedui, alterius Arvenii. 3. Aniiuiu jam tertium et viccsimum* rei^nat.'-^^ 4. Prima et secunda acics* victis ac summotis resistcbat, tertia venientcs sustiiiebat. 0. Post sex legioncs totius exercitus impedimenta conlocarat ; *» inde duae legiones totuni agmen claudcbant. G. Legiouis^'' nonae et docimae mllitcs Atrebates celerit^r ex loco superiore in flumeu coinpulerunt. 7. Alter alter! "^ inimicus erat. II. 1. He makes a requisition on ^* the entire province [for] the greatest possible number of soldiers. 2. He sent Galba with the 84 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. twelfth legion and a part of the cavalry against ^"^ the Veragri. 3. They ask of one another ^^ the cause of the tumult. 4. The first and second lines* are under ^^ arms, the third is fortifying the camp. 5. The Helvetians go in quest of another dwelling place, other habitations. 6. Lysander conquered the Athenians when they had been carrying on war twenty-six years.^^ 1 Ordinals are of the first and second declensions, and are declined like bonus. ' Note the emphatic position. 3 What is the alternative expression ? * Note the difference hetween the Latin idiom and the English ; acies is here singular, but must be translated plural. c A. & G. 227 ; H. 385, I. ; G. 345. 6 cf. 287, I., sent. 2 and foot-note. ■? Translate : They are. useful to each other (the one is useful to the other) : A. & G. 203. ** is to he preferred. » Trans. : Neither had poiver (power was to neither). For the dative, see A. & G. 231 ; H. 387 ; G. 349. 10 cf. foot-note 4. " Translate as if the entire sentence were . Others resisted the enemy in an- other part. See A. & G. 203, c ; H. 459, 1; G. 306 (illustrations). 12 Some ... the others, alterl . . . alteri. 13 ad. 1* See hoi*a in the general vocabu- lary. 1^ Use the plural of neutei*. 16 f aciunt, 3d pi. of facio. " ad. '^^ dictates (pi.), praescriptum, -T, N. (sing.). 10 "on" is here a sign of the dative of indirect object. 20 See references under foot-note 11. 21 He has been reigning these ttventy- three years ; cf. Lesson XXXIV., foot- note 10. 22 conlocarat = conlocaverat ; cf . Lesson XXXIV., foot-note 2. 23 cf. foot-note 7. 24 ill with accusative. 2^5 Another asks from another ; cf . foot-note 7. 20 jji with ablative. 27 Translate; Lysander conquered the Athenians carrying on war in the ttoenty-sixth year. LESSON XXXVI. Ablative Absolute. 305. EXAMPI.ES. I. Time. Caesar necessariis rebus imperatis, ad legionem devenit (2, 21, 1), Caesar, when he had issued the necessary ORDERS (the necessary things having been ordered), came to the legion. ABLATIVE ABSOU Ti:. 85 _. Magna multitudine peditatus coacta, ad castra venerunt (4, 34, 5), HAVING COLLECTED A LARGE FORCE OF INFANTRY (a large force having been collected), they came to the camp. 3. [Orgetorix], M. Messalla et M. Pisone consulibus, civi- tiiti j>ersuasit (i, 2, i), Orgetorix, in the consulship of Marcus Messalla and Marcus Piso (Marcus Messalla and Marcus Piso being consuls), persuaded his countrymen. 4. Coguito Caesaris advents, Ariovistus legates mittit (1,42,1), on learning the arrival of CAESAR (the arrival having been learned), Ariovistus sent ambassadors. 5. Scuto dStracto, processit (2, 25, 2), he snatched a shield and (a shield having been snatched, he) went forward. II. Cause. 6. GermanI reliquS fug5 dSspSrSta, se In flumen praecipita- verunt (4, 15, 2), the Germans, despairing of further flight (farther flight having been despaired of), cast them- selves into the river. 7. Fetentibus RSmis, impetrant (2, 12, 5), at the intercession of the Remi (the Remi asking), they obtain [their request]. III. Concession. 8. Faucis dgfendentibus, expugnare non potuit (2,12,2), though BUT few defended (few defending) [i7], he could not take IV. Means. 9. Milites, pTlIa missis, hostium phalangem perfregcrunt (1,25,2), the soldiers, BY throwing THEIR HEAVY JAVELINS (javcUns having been thrown), broke through the enemy's phalanx. V. Condition. 10. Nihil decet repflgnante natar& < i, no), nothing is becoming if naturk opposes (nature opposing). 11. SSquanIs invltis, In^ non poterant (1, 9, l), if the Siv' ^m WITHHELD consent (the Sequani [being] unwilling) they could not proceed. 86 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 306. Observation and Inference : ]S^ote that the ablative expressions prmted in boldface type in the foregoing examples might be omitted without injury to the construction. In other words, they are grammatically independent. Ablatives which are thus grammatically independent of the remaining parts of the sentence are called Ablatives Absolute (i.e., independent ablatives). Note, further, that all the examples, except 3 and 11, contain a substantive in the ablative absolute with a participle, whereas, in Ex. 3, both ablatives are sid>stantives, and, in Ex. 11, the second abla- tive is an adjective (invitis). Note, again, that the ablatives absolute express : in 1-5, time ; in 6 and 7, cause; in 8, concession; in 9, means ; in 10 and 11, condition. Note, finally, that the literal construction of the words is fre- quently disregarded in the English translation. Thus, in Exs. 1, 8, 10, and 11, the ablative absolute is translated by a subordinate clause ; in Exs. 2, 4, 6, and 9, a passive participle is translated by an active; in Exs. 3, 4, 7, and 9, a preposition with a substantive is used in translation ; and in Ex. 5, the participle is translated by a verb connected with the main verb by a coordinate conjunction. Frame rules embodying the foregoing observations. 307. References for VeriIfication : A. & G. 255, a; H. 308. EXERCISES. I. 1. Nullo lioste prohibente, legionem iu Allobroges per- duxit. ^ 2. Conloquium, interposita causa, tollit. 3. Non- yL null! ab novissimis, deserto proelio,^ excedebant. 4. Propter ^ latitudinem fossae murique altitudiuem, panels defendentibus, ^ expugnafe non potuit.^ 5. Mnlieres, passis manlbus, flentes auxilium implorabant. 6. Repugnante natura, frustra con- ^ tendimus. 7. L. Tullo M'. Lepido consiilibus, P. Autronius ^ et P. Sulla, designati consules, poenas dederant. II. 1. They had not given battle the-day-before, although they had seized the higher places.^ 2. Having made this^ address, he dismissed the council. 3. At the intercession of ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 87 DumnoHx, they obtain their request of ^ the Sequani. 4. The women and children on^ the wall, with hands outstretcJied aceoiding to^ their wont, besought peace of* the Romans. 5. The Caturiges seize the higher places and^ impede the army's march.'' 6. Li Caesar's consulship^ Ariovistus had sought the friendship of the Roman people. 7. The Helve- tians, if Caesar ivithhold consent,^ will endeavor to force a passage ^^ through the province. 309. Supplementary Exercises- I. 1. Secundiore equitum proelio hostibus, Caesar suos in castra rediixit. 2. Xocte intermissa, circiter hominum milia sex ad Rhenum contenclerunt. 3. !Male re gesta, fortfina defuit impera- tori. 4. Aequuto omnium periculo, spem fiigae toUit. 5. Coiu- mutato consilio atque itinere converse nostros a novissinio agmine lacessunt. II. 1. Labienus having seized the mountain, awaited our men. 2. Although two cohorts were sent by Caesar as-a-reenforcement,i* the enemy, inasmuch as our men were overcome with terror, broke boldly through the midst [of them], 3. In the consulship of Cotta and Torquatus, a great many objects on the Capitol were struck ^^ l)y lightning.^^ 4. On hearing the shouting, they all broke ranks ^ and hastened to seek safety in flight.^* 1 Imitate .305, Ex. 5. « See 305, Ex. 11. * non potnit, he was not able. 'o Translate : iri7/ attempt a passage 3 I'asHaKes in this exercise printed in through force (per vim). I'or dcclen- Italica are to be translated by the abla- sion of vig, Jforce, see A. & O. 61 ; tivc absolute. II. 66. 4 hSc, abl. sing. fem. " HubsldiS (dat.). " &, ab. " peroussae sunt (perf. pass, of ex. percutiO). 7 cf, foot-note 17, lesson XXX. " hy lightning, dS caelO (fromhcav- • Translate : restrain the army from en) . the march .• A. & 0. 243 ; H. 413 : G. 388. " Ablative of meanB. 88 PERIPHKASTIC CONJUGATIONS. LESSON X-XXVII. Periphrastic Conjugations : Active and Passive. 310. Review the present active and perfect passive participles of amo, nioneo (or deleo), tego (reg-o or emo), audio ; and learn, with meanings, the future active participle and the gerundive : A. & G. pp. 77, 79, 81, 83, 87; H. pp. 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 97, 99, 101; G. pp. 54, 57, 58, 61, 64, 67, 68, 71. Learn also the future participle of sum : A. & G. p. 69 ; H. p. 85 ; G. p. 51. 311. Observation and Inference : Note, in the foregoing forms, the following facts : — 1. The present active participle is formed by the addition of -nt-,i nom. -ns,i to the present stem,^ and the gerundive by the addition of -ndo-,^ nom. -ndus, to the same stem. 2. The future active participle is formed by the addition of -turo-, nom. -turus, to the verh stem, as it appears in the perfect passive participle.^ Frame rules for the formation of the Present Active Participle, the Gerundive, and the Future Active Participle in the several conjugations. 312. Form and translate the Present and Future Active Participles, and the Gerundive, of: — a-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus,^ lose, ex-istimo, -are,-avi,-atus, reckon, cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus, com- think. pel. habeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, have. com-moveo, -ere, -movi, -inotus, muiiio, -ire,-ivi or -ii, -itus, fort if i/. alarm. reperio, -ire, repperi, repertus, do, dare, dedi, datus, give. find. PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 89 313. Learn, with meanings, the Indicative forms of tlie First (Active) Periphrastic Conjugation^ of amo: A. (S: G. 129 ; H. 233 ; G. 149. 314. Learn, with meanings, the Indicative forms of the Second (Passive) Periphrastic Conjugation ^ of amo : A. &G. 129; H. 234; G. 150. 315. EXERCISES. I. 1. Popull Roman! gratiam repudiaturus est. 2. Aqiil- tania tertia pars Galliae est existimanda. 3. Obsides daturi erant. 4. Aeduonim auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificaturus erit. o. BeUum gereiidum erit. 6. Neque obsides repetituri neque auxilium a populo Romano irnplo- raturl fuerunt. 7. Omnia unO tempore erant agenda. 8. Mllites ab opere sunt revocaudi. 9. Iter per pro- vinciam per vim tentaturi sunt. II. 1. They had been on-the-point-of- restoring the hos- tages. 2. They were about-to-compel the Allobroges. 3. The opportunity must not be lost. 4. The [soil] of the Gauls^ was not to-be- compared with that^ of the Ger- mans. 5. The signal will havo-to-bo-given with the trumpet. 6. Neither will men oC liosiik; disposition® be likely-to-refrain from injury and mischief. 7. lie had been on-the-point-of-obtaining control of his own state. 8. The force of the epemy will have-to-bc-kept-asunder. 316. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Allobrogibus vel persuusuri siunus vel vi* coacturi. 2. Omnia iino tempore erant agenda: vexillum proponendum,!*' signum tuba dandum,*^ ab opere revocandi" mllitgs, acigs Instni- . enda.w 3. Aeduorum injuries n6n neglecturus erit. 4. Occasio negotii bene gerendi'- aniiitenda non est. 5. Nos^^ neque legates missuri neque ullam condicioneni pacia accepturi" sumus. 0. Uter utri anteferendus est? 90 DATIVE OF AGENT. 11. 1. The Germans' mode of life is not to be compared with [that] of the Gauls.^ 2. Ariovistus is not^^ likely to reject either ^^ my good will or^^ the Roman people's. 3. The authority of the Aeduans ought to have been increased among all the Belgians. 4. They were on the point of sacrificing an opportunity of bringing the matter to a successful issue.^^ 5. The wrongs of the Aeduans ought not to be neglected. 6. The enemy will not be likely, if an opportunity is afforded [them],i' to refrain from mischief. 1 Note that the vowel of the present ^ Use ager here, and omit it at the participle is short before -nt- and long beginning. before -ns. « Use the ablative ; cf . foot-note 16, 2 The i^resent stem may be obtained Lesson XXX. by droi^ping -re of the present infini- ^ For declension, see references under tive active; see 136, 1. Note, however, foot-note 10, Lesson XXXVL that the present stem of verbs of the i** sc. erat. fourth conjugation (as, audio) ends in ^^ sc. erant. -ic- (as, audie-) in the present parti- 12 Opportunity of the matter to be well ciple and gerundive. conducted =: oppor-tuniti/ of bringing 3 Xote that the voAvel preceding -nd- the matter to a successful issue. is short. ' 13 jpe 4 If the perfect participle ends in -sus, ^* Fut. act. part, of accipio. the future participle ends in -Gurus. ^^' not . . . either ... or = neither . . . " Note, in studying Jl\c forms of this nor = neque . . . neque. conjugation, that the tense is determined i" See sentence 4 of the preceding ex- by the form of sum used. ercise with accompanying foot-note. '^ Gallicus, -a, -um, adj. 17 Ablative absolute. j-i^c LESSON XXXVIII. Dative of Agent. — Descriptive Gexitive. — Desckiptive Ablative. 317, EXAMPLiES. 1. Caesari omnia uno tempore eraut agenda (2, 20, i), Caesar had to do everytJnng at once (lit., all things were to Caesar to be done). 2. Nostris navibus casus erat extimescendus (3, 1.3, 9), the risk was greatly to he dreaded hy our ships. DESCRIPTR^E GENITIVE. 91 3. Militibus cum hostibus erat pugnandum (4,24,2), the sol- diers had tojight with the enemy (lit., the necessity of fighting \vas to the soldiers). 4. Cum luxuria nobis i certandum est (Cic. Cat. 2, 5, ii), 2ve have to contend icith dissipation (lit., the necessity of contending is to us). 318. Observation and Inference : Note that with the gerundive^ in tlie foregoing examples, the person upon whom the necessity rests, or by whom the work is to be done, is expressed by the dative (see Caesari, uavibus, militibus, nobis). Frame a rule for such Datives. 319. References for Verification : A. & G. 232 ; H. 388 ; G. 353. 320. Observation and Inference: Note further, that (1) the verbs in Exs. 1 and 2 are transitive, and the periphrastic forms have a subject expressed, with which they agree in person, number, and gender; whereas (2) in Exs. 3 and 4 the verbs are intransitivey the periphra.stic forms have no subject, but are of the third person singular, and the gerundive is neuter. In the latter case the verb is said to be used impersonally. State the second of the foregoing observed facts in the form of a General Rule. 321. References for Vekifica i I(».\ ; A. it G. 146, c; H. 301, 1. J. (1. 199, Rem. 1. 322. EXAMPLES. 1. VolusSnua, vir consilil mSgnl (3,5,2), Volusenus, a man of great sagacity. 2. Faucorum diSrum iter (4, 7, 2), a few days' march. 3. Castra in altitHdinem pedum duodecim vSlld miinire (2, 5, r.), to fortify the camp with a wall (of) twclce feet high (in Ijeight). 4. Omnes BritannI capillo sunt promiss5 (5, 14, 2), all the Britons have (are oi) flowing hair. 5. [Thvl^s] barba erat prdmissft (Ncp. Dat. .3, i), Thuys wore (was of) a /lowing heard. 92 DESCRIPTIVE ABLATIVE. 6. [Cato] singular! f uit industria (Nep. Cat. 3, i) , Cato was [a man] of unexampled industry. 323. Observation and Inference : Xote, in Exs. 1-3, that the substantives added for description (see coiisilii, dierum, pedum) are in the genitive, and that this genitive is limited by an adjective (see magui, paucorum, duodecim). A genitive thus added to a substantive for further description is called a Descriptive Genitive or a Genitive of Quality. Frame a rule for the Descriptive Genitive. 324. References for Verification : A. & G. 215 ; H. 396, v., Note 1 ; G. 364. 325. Observation and Inference: Note, in Exs. 4-6, that the substantives added for description (see capillo, barba, industria), are in the ablative, and that this ablative is limited by an adjective (see proniisso, promissa, singular!). An ablative thus added to a substantive for further description is called a Descriptive Ablative or an Ablative of Quality. Frame a rule for the Ablative of Quality. 326. References for Verification : A. & G. 251 ; II. 419, II. ; G. 402. 327. Observation and Inference : Note that the descrip- tive expressions in Exs. 2 and 3 denote measure; does the ablative, or the genitive, appear to be preferred for this kind of description ? Note, further, that the descriptive expressions in Exs. 4 and 5 denote physical characteristics; which of the two cases appears to be preferred for this kind of description ? Compare Ex. 1 with Ex. 6 ; does there appear to be any differ- ence between the genitive and ablative in these examples ? 328. References for Verification : A. & G. 215, b, 251, a; H. 419, II., 2, 1), 2), 3) ; G. 402, Rem. 1. 1 Dative plural of nos, we. ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 93 LESSON XXXIX. 329. Illustrative Exercises on the Fore- going Constructions. I. 1. Aduatnci Caesar! sunt conservandi. 2. Tuin niagni ponderis saxa in muro conlocabant. 3. IngentI niagnitudine corpornm German!, incredibil! virtute atque exercitatione in arm!s sunt. 4. Non omittendura est Nerviis consilium. 5. Fluminis erat altitude circiter pedum trium. 6. Procillum, summa virtute et humanitate adu- leseentem, ad Ariovistum mittit. 7. Num homines tantu- lae staturae tanti oneris turrini movere possunt?^ 8. Cum tanta multitudine hostium legato non est dimicandum. II. 1. Sabinus will have to keep^ the forces of the enemy asimder. 2. Our horsemen and liglit armed"' foot-soldiers li^ht flight in^ anotlier direction. 3. A mouni.iin "i -n;iL iieight bounds the remaining space. 4. Tlie com- mander must exercise^ no slight diligence. 5. Protected [as they were] by a rampart (of) fifteen miles in circuit, they kept themselves* within the town.* 6. Iccius the Reman, [a man] of tlie highest rank and influence among his [coun- trymen], sejit a messenger to Caesar. 7. Neitiier ought tiie Romans to have feared^ without cause. 8. Tlie Romans move forward with remarkable speed® engines of great Iieight. 330. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. VoIusCmius, tribuuus inilituiii, vir et consilii nmq:ni ot vir- t litis, ad Galbani accurrit. 2. Militibus auteni, imixjditis manibus, iiiiul et de nuvibuA desilienduni et in fluctibus conHiatenduiii et lun hostibus erat pugnanduni. 3. Civilis erat magna inter Bel.^as "ictoritate. 4. Ab utrckiue' latere collia tiiinsversaiii fossam 94 NUMERALS: DISTRIBUTIVE. obduxit circiter passuum quadringentorum. 5. Sequanis vero omnes cruciiitus erant perferendi. 6. Uri sunt specie et colore et ligura tauri.^^ II. 1. Agesilaus was of small stature and spare figure. 2. [It is] not in vain [that] men of such valor venture to cross a very- broad river. 3. Caesar will have to inflict punishment on the Veneti. 4. The general should distribute his army more-widely." 5. The Britons have all parts of the body shaved ^^ except the head and the upper lip. 1 are able, can. 8 cf . foot-note 4, Lesson XXIII. 2 cf. 317, Ex. 1. 9 uterque, -traqtie, -trumque, 3 Translate: foot-soldiers of light each (of two). armor. lo The descriptive ablative here takes * in with accusative. a genitive instead of an adjective. ° sese (ace, pi.). " latins. G Ablative without prepositioa : cf. ^^ Translate : are of every part of the 896, 1., sent. 6, with foot-note. body shaved. "' cf. Ex. 3 in 317 ; see also 330 (2). LESSON XL. Numerals : Distributive. 331. Learn, with meanings, the distributive numerals from one to twelve: A. & G. 95 ; H. 174: G. 95. 332. Decline together : binae naves, sJiips [taken] tivo and two ; duodena niilia, twelve thousand apiece : A. & G. 95; H. 179. 333. exampi.es. 1. Priiicipes singulos (5, 6, 4), the chiefs one at a time. 2. Singuli singulos delegerant (l, 48, 5), they had each selected one. 3. Eiuae ac teniae naves (3, is, i), ships in groups of two and three. 4. Quaternae cohortes ex quinque legionibus (Caes. B. c. 1,83,2), four cohorts from each of the Jive legions. NUMERALS: DISTRIBUTIVE. 95 ."). Una^ castra (Caes. B. C. l, 74,4), one camp. G. Bina^ castra (Caes. B. C. 3, 19, i), two camps. 7. Trims ^ castris (7,66,2), in three camps. 334. EXERCISES. I. 1. Singulas binae fic teniae naves eircumsteteraiit. 2. Imperant Sequanls duodena mllia. 3. Teruas^ cohortes ex qiiattuor legionibus relTquit. 4. Inter bina^ castra Pompei^ atque Caesaris unum flumen intererat Apsus. 5. lb! tuiTes cum terms tabulatis erigebat. 6. Circiter mllia pas- suum decem ab Romanis, trinis* castris Vercingetorix consedit. II. 1. Caesar and Ariovistus brought ten [soldiers] each to the conference. 2. Soldiers in groups of five^ and six >uiTounded single [soldiers]. 3. The floats he made fast l>y means of four^ anchors at*' each of the four corners. 1. He resolved to spend the winter with three legions in three' camps. 5. He erected towers of two stories each. 335. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legates praefecit.'^ •J. Imj)erant Morinis qulna niilia. 3. Binis^ cohortibus relictis, I'liquuin exercitum in copiosissimos agros Biturigum inducit. 1. Priniam aciem quaternae cohortes ex quinque legionibus tt'iicbant. II. 1. A I il-so with equal courage they matched® [their ships] M.- liy oiH- against the ships of the enemy [taken] two and two. . One camp seemed now to-have-been-formed ^"^ out of two. » A. & G. !•'., //; H. 174, 2, 3); G. » Perfect indicative of prHoflciff. , Ueni. 2. » The distribuUve hIiows that two ' cf. 33.3, Ex. 4. from each legion is meant. 3 Gcuitive of P«>inp?Ju8. " oblciebant (pronounced : obji- * Would ternTs be admbidble here ? clvbant), imperf. indie, of obicKXpro. Sec foot-note 1. nounced : obJlciS). = cf. 3,33, Ex. 8. " facta. « " at " =i/rom; cf. foot-note 4, Les- son XXVI. 96 PRONOUNS : PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE. LESSON XLI. Pronouns: Personal and Reflexive. 336. Learn, with meanings, the declension of the Personal Pronouns: A. & G. 98 ; H. 184; G. 98, 99. 337. EXAMPLES. 1. Audlte Romanos milites (7, 20, 8), listen to [these] Roman soldiers. 2. Est ut dicis, Cato (Cic. Cat. Maj. 3, 8), it is as you say, Cato. 3. Nos, nos consules desumus (Cic. Ca<. 1,1, 3), ive, we the con- suls are remiss. 4. Vosnei Domitium, an vos Domitius deseruit (Caes. B. C. 2, 32, 8), did yoil desert Domitius, or did Domitius desert you? 333. Observation and Inference : Xote that, in Exs. 1 and 2, the personal pronouns vos and tu, subjects of audite and dicis, are not expressed ; whereas, in Exs. 3 and 4, nos and vos are ex- pressed. What appears to he the reason of this difference ? Frame a rule for the Nominative of the Personal Pronoun. 339. References for Verification: A. & G. 194, a; H. 440; G. 198. 340. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Habetis ducem memorem vestri (Cic Ca<. 4, 9, 19), you have a leader [who is] thoughtful of you. 2. Grata mihi vehementer est memoria nostri tua (Cic Fam. 12, 17, 1), your remembrance of us is exceedincjly (/ratifying to me. 3. Designat ad caedem uniim quemque^ nostrum (Cic Cat. 1, 1, 2), he marks each one of us for slaughter. 4. Minus habeo virium quam vestr^m utervis^ (Cic. Cat. Maj. 10, 32), / have less strength than either of you. pronouns: personal and reflexive. 97 341. Obsehvatiox AND Inference: Oi the tico forms oi geni- tive ill the plural of the personal pronouns, which appears from the foregoing examples to be preferred for the objective genitive ? which for the partitive genitive ? 342. References for Verification: A. & G. 194, h] H. 440, n. 3; G. 90, Rem. 1. 343. Learn, with meanings, the declension of the Reflexive Pronoun; A. & G. 98, c; H. 184 with 2; (i. 100. 344. EXAMPI^S. I. Axiovistus tantos sibi splritus sumpserat (1,33,5), Ariovis- tiis Jidd taken upon hinise/f such airs. _'. Reliqui sesS fugae mandarunt* (i, 12, 3), the rest Jled (gave tliems»'lves up to flight). 3. Duo de principatii inter sg contendebant (5, 3, 2), two were contending with each other (between themselves) for supre- macy, 4. Inter sS differunt (l, 1, 2), they differ from one another (among themselves). .'•. D6 m5 pauca dicam (Cic Cat. 4, 10, 20), / will speak briefly of myself. 0. Tu tS in custodiam dedisti (Clc. Cat. 1, 8, 19), you offered to give yourself into custody. 345. Observation and Inference: Note (1) that the fore- going examples are simple sentences, and that the reflexive pronoun refers to the subject; (2) that the preposition inter with the reflex- ive, in Exs. 3 and 4, gives the latter a reciprocal force {each other, one another) ; (3) that in Exs. 5 and 0, where the subject of the sentence is of the first or second person the personal pronoun (see mS and tS) performs the office of the reflexive. Frame rules embodying the foreiroing ol)s«'rvations. 346. Referen* i.» t«»ii Vkkikicauon; A. iw G. 190,/, 98, a; I I. 448 with note, 449 ; G. 295, 212. 98 PRONOUNS: PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE. 347. EXAMPLES. 1. [Patria] tecum, Catilina, sic agit (Cic. Cat, 1,7, is), your couji- try, Catiline, thus remonstrates with you. 2. Haec^ vobiscum una consul agara (Sail. Cat. 20, 17), these [measures] / shall as consul carry out in conjunction with you. 3. ... secum habebat (3, 18, i), he kept about his person (had with himself). 348. Observation and Inference : Note, in the foregoing examples, that tecum, vobiscum, secum are used in place of cum te, cum vobis, cum se. Frame a rule for the Position of cum used with the Ablative of the Personal Pronouns. 349. References for Verification : A. & G. 99, e ; H. 184, 6; G. 414, Rem. 1. 1 -ne is here an interrogative parti- (whichever of the two) and vTs {you cle introducing the first part of the wish or you please) ; the first part double question; the second part is in- is declined, the second remains un- troduced by an : A. & G. 211 ; II. 353, changed. 1 ; G. 460. 4 Contracted from mandaverunt ; 2 Ace. masc. sing, of quisque, each. cf. Lesson XXXIV., foot-note 2. 3 This pronoun is made up of uter ^ Ace. neut. pi. of lilc, this. LESSON XLII. Illustrative Exercises on the Personal and Reflexive Pronouns. 350. exercises. I. 1. Ego vigilo ad salut^m, tu ad perniciem rei publicae. 2. Ab exercitu meo te removed. 3. Orgetorix sibi mortem conscivit. 4. Habetis ducem meraorem vestri/ oblitum sui.^ 5. Tu, C.^ Aviene, mihi reique publicae inutilis fuisti. 6. Catilina secum suos educet. 7. Obsides inter sese dant. 8. Nullum ego a vobis praemium virtutis postulo. 9. Utri- que^ nostrum gratum est. 10. Nimium mihi sumam. 11. Equites vobiscum de amore rei publicae certant. PRONOUNS: PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE. 99 II. 1. Which-one^ of us does not know? 2. Your fellow citizens all fear you. 3. We seek the safety, you (pi.) the destruction of our common couutrj'. 4. The citizens will vie with us in* patriotism (love of the commonwealth). ."). The Aedui and Arverni had been contending'' with each (jther many years. 6. To you our common country' com- mits herself. 7. No one has [ever] contended with me without [effecting] his own destruction. 8. I do not m3self^ commend myself. 9. It will be gratifying to you both.® 10. It is with difficulty^ that I keep from'*' you the hands of your countrymen. 11. Review with me [the events of] the night before." 351. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Vobis supplex manus tendit patria communis, vobis se, vobis vitam omnium civium commendat. 2. Equitum Romanorum ego ^ix abs^*^ te jam diu nianus ac tela contineo.^'-^ 3. Ego meis copiis ineoque exercitu vobis regna conciliabo. 4. Belgae, Aquitani, Galli legibus inter se differunt. 5. Gallos auxilil causa secum habebat. 6. Cicero ainantissimus utriusque nostrum est. II. 1. I, I the consul, am remiss. 2. Lead out''* with you, too, all your [associates]. 3. Dismiss your khid solicitude for i* ine, and think of yourselves and your children. 4. The Belgians unite in a sworn league against the Roman people and exchange ^^ hostages. 5. Your house and mine^^ are building '^ rapidly. 0. And-8o they surrendered themselves and all their [effects] to Caesar. ' vegtrl l8 In the objective genitive "cf.wnt. 9 of the preceding exercise. after memorem ; iiul In in the same » Translate : / with difficult}/ keep. construction after oblTtmn. '" ab» may be used for 3 before te. . » C. is here an abbreviation for GBT, " Translate : the preceding niyht. vocative of Gftja*; see Lesson XXI., " cf. Lesson XXL, foot-note 6. foot-note 1. '•■' Sdfic' (accent the final syllable) : 3 each (of two), both ; decline like A. & O. 128, c; H. 238, n. 2; O. 151, 4. ater, appending -qne throughout. '* Arrange : yout for me (ers:ft niS) • Qui* ? kind aoUcitude. » dS. '* Translate : pire nmont/ themselves. « A. & G. 277, 6 ; H. 469, 2 ; G. 22.5. " Translate : the house of each of us. ' ipse, nona. singular masculine. " Present passive. 100 GENITIVE WITH ADJECTIVES. LESSON XLIII. Genitive with Adjectives. — The Gerund. 352. EXAMPLES. 1. [Plebes] cupida rerum no varum bello favebat (Sail. Cat. 48, l), the commons^ desirous of a change (of new things), favored war. 2. [Cousidius] rei militaris peritissimus habebatur (i, 21, 4), Considius ivas accounted very well versed in the military art. 3. Belli haud ignarus (Sail. Jug. 28, 5), not unacquainted with war. 4. Habetis ducem memorem vestri, oblitum sui (Cic. Cat. 4, 9, 19), you have a leader [who is] thoughtful of you, forgetful of himself. 5. Plena erant omnia timoris (Caes. B. c. 2, 4i, 8), all (lit., all things) were filed with fear. 6. Erant complures consilii partioipes nobiles (Sail. Cat. 17, 5), there were a great many nobles concerned in the plot. 7. Flaccum et Pomptinum, amantissimos rei publicae viros, ad me vocavi (Cic. Cat. 3, 2,5), / summoned . Flaccus and Pojnptinus, men warmly attached to the commonwealth. 8. Corpus [Catilinae] patiens mediae [fuit] (Sail. Cat. 5, 3), Cati- line's constitution was capable of enduring abstinence from food. 353. Observation and Inference: Note, in the foregoing examples, (1) that the adjectives cupida, peritissimus, ignarus, memorem, oblitum, plena, partioipes, amantissimos, patiens, from the nature of their signification, require an object of reference to complete their meaning ; and (2) that the substantive added in each instance to complete the meaning of the adjective is in the genitive case (see rerum, rli, belli, vestri, sui, timoris, consili, rei publicae, inediae). Also, after noting carefully the meaning of the adjectives that govern the genitive in the foregoing ex- amples, frame a rule stating what Classes of Adjectives take a Genitive to complete their meaning. THE GEKUND. 101 354. Referexces for Verification : A. & G. 218, a, b ; H. 390,1., 1,2,8,11.; G. 373, 374. 355. Learn, with meanings, the gerunds of amo, inoiieo (or deleo), tego (rego or emo), audio: A. & G. pp. 77, 81, 83, 87 ; H. pp. 87, 91, 95, 99; G. pp. 55, 59, 63, 69. 356. EXAMPLES. 1. Jus vocandi senStum (Liv. 3, 38, lo), authority to convene (of convening) the senate. 2. HominSs bellandi cupidT (l, 2, 4), men fond of fghting. 3. De rgbus pertinentibus ad beate vivendum (Cic. 0#. i, 6, 19), concerning matters which contribute to a happy life (to living happily). 4. Oratorem aptum ad dicendum (Cic Tusc. l, 3, 5), an orator with aptitude for speaking. 5. M5rS3 [puerSnim] sS inter ludendum dStegunt (Quint, i, 3, 11), the moral traits of children reveal themselves in play (amid playing). 6. Hominis mens dificendo alitur (Cic. Off. i, 30, 105), the mind of man is strengthened by study (by studying). 7. ReperiSbat in quaerendo Caessir (i, 18, lo), Caesar learned on making inquiry. 357. Observation and Inference : Note, in Ex. 1, that the gerund voceindi governs the accusative of direct object (see senS,- tnm) ; and, in Ex. 3, that the gerund vivendum is modified by the adverb beStS. In view of tliese facts, wliat part of speech does the Gerund appear to be? What is the case^ and what tlie construction, in the foregoing examples, of the gerunds vocandi, bellandT, vivendum, dicen- dom, Iftdendum, discendd, quaerendS. In view of the several constructions here illustrated, what part of speech does the Gerund appear to be? The Gerund, then, shares the nature of what two parts of speech? In what constructions may it be used?^ 102 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 35a References for Verification : A. & G. 295, 297 ^ 298 (to the semicolon), 300, 301; H. 541, 542, I., III., IV.; G. 427, 4293, 4333, 4323, 4343. 1 A. & G. 40, b; H. 51, 5; G. 29, genitive after an adjective, as in Ex. Rem. 1. 2, etc. 2 The Gerund may be in the genitive ^ Omit, for the present, in reading, after a substantive, as in Ex. 1; in the the reference to the Gerundive. 3;«>Oio«^ LESSON XLV. Demonstratives : iil<-, Iste, Ille. 361. Leam the declension of the demonstratives; liic. this; iste, that (of yours); ille, that. A. & G. p. 52 (including the first sentence of a) ; H. 186, I., II., III.; G. 102, I., II., III. 362. Decline together : liaec legio, this legion ; hoc responsiim, this answer ; ista mens, that purpose of yours; {gladiator Iste, thit [ wortliless] (jhuJiator ; iUud teiiipus, that time ; Socraticus ^ ille, the famous disciple of Socrates. 104 DEMONSTRATIVES. 363. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Senatus haec intellegit : hic tamen vivit (Cic. Cat. i, i, 2), tlie senate knows these things (just referred to by tlie speaker) ; yet this man. (in sight of the speaker, and perhaps designated by a gesture) lives. 2. Huic legionl Caesar indulserat praecipue (i, 40, 15), Caesar had especially favored this (just referred to) legion. 3. Muta istam mentem (Cic. Cat. l, 3, 6), change that purpose of yours. 4. Nemo est istorum tain misericors (Cic Cat. 2, 7, 16), there is no one of those men (with a touch of contempt) so comjmssion- ate . . . 5. At ille diem noctemque navem teiiuit in ancoris (Nep. Th. 8. 7), yet he kept his vessel at anchor a day and a night. 6. nio tempore (Caes. B. C. l, 7, 5), at that time. 7. Ille mansuetiidine clarus f actus ^ ; huic severitas dignita- tem addiderat (Sail. Cat. 54, 2), the former became illustrious through his clemency ; to the latter austerity gave^ dignity. 8. Medea ilia (Cic Manil. 9, 22), the famous Medea. 364. Observation and Inference : Are the demonstratives in Exs. 1, 4, 5, 7 used substantively or adjectivelyf Answer the same question for Exs. 2, 3, 6, 8. Does the demonstrative, when used adjectively, appear regularly to follow or to precede its substan- tive ? Which of these demonstratives may appropriately be called the demonstrative of the frst person f Which the demonstrative of the second person f Which of the third f What other distinctions or peculiarities in the use of these pronouns do the translations of the foregoing examples reveal ? 365. References for Verification : A. & G. 101, 102, a, b, c, 343, d; H. 450, 2, 4, 569, L, 1 ; G. 290, 291, 292, 2, Rem. 1, 678, Rem. 2. 366. EXERCISES. I. 1. Si deerit hoc remedium, ad illud'' declmandum est. 2. Xenophon, Socraticus^ ille, scripsit historiam. 3. Nos DEMONSTRATIVES. 105 autem,* virT fortes, istiiis*' furorem ac tela vitamus. 4. VTtam istam fiigae solitudiiilque manda. 5. Ille per me crevit. 6. Illlus facilitas, hujus coiistantia laudabatur. 7. Illo tempore regiium obtinebat. 8. Ad has snspiciones certissi- mae res acceduiit. 9. Magna hiiic Jovi' habenda est gratia. 10. Gladiator! isti nihil dabo. n. 1. Of all these, the Belgians are the bravest. 2. The beaut}' of the former,* the virtue of the latter,* was com- mended. 3. Two Roman knights relieved you of tliat^ anxiet}'. 4. Indeed,'^ I suppose, that^^ centurion Manlius declared war in his own name.^ 5. Having given this answer,^^ he withdrew. 6. How long will that insane folly of yours mock us ? 7. Swords are drawn both b\' those and by our party. 8. He, yonder" Jupiter, resisted [them]. He [preserved] the Capitol, he [preserved] these temples, he preserved the whole '* city. >'V i 1 SScratfcuA, -a, -um, belonging to 7 gge Juppiter In general vocabu- Socrates ; hence, used substantively, lary. disciple of Socrates. 8 See 363, Ex. 7. * 8C, est ; perfect paHsive of faclS. » See 363, Ex. 3. » Lit., Imd added. lo Etenim (at the beginning). * nie (eBp(«cial^y the neuter illud) " Contemptuous. often, as here, means thefollotcing. » Ablative of manner. 5 Conjunction, however, but ; for posi- " What construction ? cf. 305, Ex. 2. tlon. see : A. & G. 345, 6; H. 569, III.; " " yonder " = that. O. 486, Rem. is cunctus, -a, -am ; see c¬us » Contemptuous ; translate : that mad- in general vocabulary. man or that wretch. 106 DEMONSTRATIVES. LESSON XLVL Demonstkatiyes (Determinatives) : Is, Ipse, Idem. 367. Learn the declension of the demonstratives (de- terminatives) : is, Ae, this^ that ; ipse, self ; idem, the same : A. & G. 101 ; H. 186, IV, V, VI. ; G. 101. 368. Decline together: ea miinitio, that fortification ; id iter, that journey ; hoc ipsum tempus, this very time ; eadem fortiina, the same fortune ; idem prin- ceps, the same chief. 369. EXAMPLES. 1. Id hoc facilius eis persuasit (i, 2, 3), lie persuaded them to it (persuaded it to them) more easily hecause-of-the-followingfact (hoc). 2. In eo itinere persuadet Castico (i, 3, 4), on this journey he prevails upon Casticus. 3. Dixi ego idem In senatu (Cic. Cat. l, 3, 7), / also (I the same) said in the senate. 4. Haec eadem centurionibus mandabant (7, 17, 8), they deliv- ered these same [assurances] to the centurions. 5. Eodem tempore equites fugam petebant (2, 24, l), at the same time the cavalry took to flight. 6. Ipse eodem itinere ad eos contendit (i, 21, 3), he hastened in person to them (he himself hastened, etc.) hy the same route. 7. Ipse sibi inimicus est (Cic. Fin. 5, lo, 28), he is an enemy to him- self (i.e., he is his own enemy). 8. Ipso terrore equorum 6rdin§s perturbant (4, 33, i), by the mere fright (fright itself) of the horses, they throiv the ranks into confusion. 9. Hoc ipso tempore (6, 37, l), at this -very time. DEMONSTEATIVES. 107 370. Observation: Compare id (Ex. 1) with eo (Ex. 2); which is used substantively^ which adjectively? Note that eis (Ex. 1) and eos (Ex. G) are used as personal pronouns. Com- pare idem (Ex. 3) and eadem (Ex. 4) with eodem (Ex. 5) and eodem (Ex. 6); which are used substantively f which adjectively f Note that idem (Ex. 3) is translated also. Note that ipse is translated, in Ex. 6, in person ; in Ex. 8, mere ; and in Ex. 9, very. Note that ipse (Ex. 7) does not, as the English translation might lead us to expect, agree with sibi, but with the subject of the sentence. 371. References: A. & G. 195, e, /, /; H. 451,3,452,1,2; G. 100, 296, 297, 298. 372. EXERCISES. I. 1. Magna^ huic ipsi Jovi habenda est gratia.^ 2. Eo- dem tempore legati ab AeduTs veniebant. 3. Initium ejiis^ fugae factum est'^ a Dumnorige atque ejus* equitibus. 4. Id ab ipsis per eorum iiuntios com peri. 5. Ipse sib! mor- tem conscTvit. 6. Atrebates eandem belli fortunani experiuntur.^ 7. Hoc idem in reliquis fit^ civitfitibus. 8. Pompejus eadem ilia agit. 9. Ipsorum lingua Celtae, nostra Galli appcUantur. 10. Ob eas causas el mfinltioni T. Labienum legatum praefecit;'' ipse in Italiam contendit. 11. Ipse ad eos contendit equitatumque omnem ante se* mittit. II. 1. From Pontus also* the famous Medea once fled.'** 2. For" this reason Caesar hastened into Gaul. 3. With equal ^ speed they hastened to our camp. 4. Learn these [facts] from the very [persons] who'' have escaped" from the massacre itself. 5. All [men] love themselves. 0. The Gennans came in-great-numbere to him in" camp. 7. Having called" together their chiefs, he tf\ke8 them severely to task. 8. Divitiacus the Aeduan again'" re- sponded. 9. He, in the consulship" of Marcus Messalla and Marcus Piso, persuaded his countrymen. 10. This district was called the Tigurine. 11. < )n the following day 108 DEMONSTRATIVES. the^' move their camp from that place. Caesar cloes^^ the same. 1 iSTote the emphasis produced by the separation of the adjective from its sub- stantive. 2 Used adjectlvely, this. 3 Perfect passive of facio, malce. * Used as a j^ersonal pronoun, his. " From experior, which has a pas- sive form with active meaning. " 3d sing. pres. of fio, be done. "^ 3d sing. perf. indie, of praeficiS. 8 Couid eum be substituted for se ? See A: & G. 196; H. 449, 1) ; G. 295. 9 cf, 369, Ex. 3. 10 prof ugit, perf. of profugio. " cf. 373, sent. 10. 12 Translate : the same. 13 qui, nominative plural masculine. " fugerunt, perf. of f ugio. 12 Note the difference of idiom : " to him in camp " = to him into camp. i« What construction must be used? 1" Translate : the same Divitiacus. 18 f acit, 3(1 sing. pres. indie, of facio. 373. Supplementary Exercises on Lessons XLV. and XLVI. I. 1. Ilic testamento, ille proximitate nititur.i 2. Ipso terrore equorum et strepitu rotarum ordines pleruinque perturbant. 3. Magna 2 dis^ immortalibus habenda est atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, antiquisshno custodi hujus urbis, gratia. ^ 4. Exclusi eos quos (whom) tu ad me miseras. 5. Idem* principes civitatum ad Caesarem reverterunt. 6. Ego unius usuram horae gladiator! isti ad vivendum non dabo. 7. Id hoc facilius eis persuasit, quod iindique loci natura Helvetii coiitmentur. 8. Helvetii fere cotti- dianis proeliis cum Germanis contendunt, cum (when) aut suls^ finibus eos^ prohibent aut ipsi in eorum'^ finibus bellum gerunt. II. 1. That which » thei/ ^ had accomplished ^^ in twenty days, he had done in one day. 2. lie was the only one to be feared n out of all that-crew.i2 3^ You gave yourself into custody. 4. On your arrival those benches [near you] were cleared. ^^ 5. The Suessiones enjoy 1* the same constitution and the same laws. 6. This [part of] Gaul is my province just as^^ that is yours. 1 relies, depends ; this verb is passive In form, but active in meaning, and is construed with the ablative. 2 cf. 373, foot-note 1. 3 From deus ; for declension, see A. & Gr. 40,/; H. 51, 6; G. 29, 5. * Nom. pi. masc. of idem. 5 See references under foot-note 8, Lesson XLVI.; also G. 294. What change of meaning would result if eo- rum were substituted for suTs ? 6 What would be the meaning if se were substituted for eos ? ' What would suTs mean here? 8 qiiod, neuter singular accusative. ^ Use the proper form of ipse. 10 confeceraiit, from conficio. 11 Translate : he alone (iinus) was to be/eared (pass, periphrastic). 12 Use the plural of iste. 13 vaciief acta sunt, perfect passive of vacuefacio. 1* utuntur ; this verb has a passive form with active meaning, and is con- strued with the ablative. 1'' sTciit. THE GERUNDIVE CONSTRUCTION. 109 LESSON XLVII. The Gerundive Construction. - Supines. The Two 374. I'- J'- EXAMPLES. Jus vocandi senatum (Liv. 3, 38, lo), r'ujlit '\ of convening the senate. I h. Jus vocandi senatus, rigid of the senate ( to be convened. ) CupiditSs bellum gerendi, desire of carrying on war. Cupiditas belli gerendi (l, 4i, l), desire of war to he carried on. Digs prolStando (Sail. Cat. 43, 3), hy put- ting off the days. Di§bus prolatandis, by the days to be put off. Male gerendo negotium, hy managing husittess badly. Male gerendo negotio (Cic. Cot. 2, lo, 21), by business to be managed badly. authority to convene the senate. eagerness to fight. by postponing the day [of execution'\. through bad management of business. 375. Observatiox and Inference : Note that, in the exam- ples marked a, the gerund is used with a direct object ; whereas, in the examples marked b, the gerundive is used in agreement with the substantive which was formerly the direct object, and the latter has the same construction which the gerund formerly had. Note, further, that the two forms of exprfssion have the same meaning. The examples marked a illustrate the Gerund Construction; those marked b illustrate the Gerundive Construction. Frame a rule for changing the Gerund Construction to the Gerundive.* 376. References for Verification: A. & G. 290; II. 544, 1 ; G. 428. 110 THE TWO SUPINES. 377. Restore the gerund construction to the gerundive in the following examples: 1. Exercitum Ariovistum opprimendi causa habet, he has an army for the purpoi^e of crushing Arioinstus. 2. Ea facta commemorando, militum animos accendebat, hy recalling these exploits, he fired the hearts of the soldiers. 378 Learn the following supines: 1st Conjugation. 3d Conjugation. 1. rogatum, to ask. 1. perditum, to ruin. 2. memoratu, in relating. 2. dictu, in saying. 2d Conjugation. 4th Conjugation. 1. visum, to see. 1. auditum, to hear. 2. monitu, in reminding. 2. auditu, in hearing. 379. Observation : It has been seen (Lesson XLIII.) that the gerund is a verbal substantive of the second declension, used in four cases. The supine is also a verbal substantive ; of what declension is it, and in what cases is it used ? 380. EXAMPLES. 1. Legates mittunt rogatum auxilium (i, 11, 2), they send ambas- sadors to ask assistance. 2. Ad senatum venisse^ auxilium. postulatum {1,^1,^), to have come to the senate to petition for assistance. 3. Incredibile memoratu est (Sail. Cat. 6, 2), it is incredible to relate (in the relating). 4. Difficile dictu est (Cic. Lael. 3, 12), it is difficult to speak (in the speaking) . 381. Observation and Inference: K'ote, in the first two of the foregoing examples (1) that the supines rogatum and postula- tum are construed with verbs of motion (mittunt and venisse) ; and (2) that they express purpose. Frame a rule for the use of the Supine in -um. 382. References for Verification : A. & G. 302 ; H. 546 ; G. 436. GERUND, GERUNDIVE, AND SUPINES. Ill 383, Observation and Inference : Note, in Exs. 3 and 4, (1) that the supines memoratti and dictu, are used with adjectives; and (2) that they answer the question in what respect? or from what point of view ? Frame a rule for the use of Supines in -u. 384. References for Verification: A. & G. 303; II. 547; G. 437. J 1 The gerundive construction is gen- * am5, deleo, tefjo, rego, and erally preferred to the gerund construe- emo, which have heretofore served as tion; and, in connection with a preposi- paradigms, have no supine, tion, the gerundive construction is always 3 Perf. act. infin. of venio. to be talien. ^>^c LESSON XLVIII. Illustrative Exercises on the Gerund, Gerundive, and Supines. 385. exercises. I. 1. GallT legioiiis opprimendae consilium ceperimt.^ f 2. Dies prolatando niagnas opportunitates corrumpunt. < 3. Vix lis rebus administrandls terapus dabatur. 4. Ex -♦• clvitate profQgl et ad senatum venT auxilium postulatum. "*• -'). Perfacile factu'^ est conata perficere.* 6. Ariovistus cum ^ -Ills omnibus copils ad occupandum Vesontionem contendit. * 7. Proplnquas suas nuptum in alias civitates Dumnorix conlocilrat."* 8. Nee hoc est dictu mirabile. 9. I)e ex- l)Ugnaudo oppido spes hostes fcfellit. 10. Sum cupidus te s audiendi? 11. Non modo ad Insignia accommodanda, sed (tiam ad galeas induendas tempus defuit. 12. Fronto vir movendarum lacriniarum perltissimus fViit. II. 1. You had sent two knights to«me to pay their resijects. 2. The best [thing] to do* is to declare war. •i. He was more earnest to restore' me than [he had been] 112 GERUND, GERUNDIVE, AND SUPINES. to retain me. 4. Caesar gave the signal for the battle to begin.*' 5. He gives his daughter in marriage ^ to Manilius. 6. You have been able not merely to set at defiance the laws, but even to destroy^ them. 7. Of this kind of death it is difficult to speak. 8. In recounting the disaster of the communit}^, they said ... 9. They'are seeking^ to destroy themselves and the commonwealth, 10. Orgetorix is selected to accomplish ^^ these things. 386. supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Caesar exercitum in Gallia Ariovisti opprimendi causa habebat. 2. Milites in qiiaerendis suis^^ pugnandi tempus dlmit- tebant. 3. Ea de re difficile dictu est. 4. Exclusi eos quos ^^ tu ad me salutatmn miseras. 5. Ipse in citerioreni Galliam ad con- ventus agendos profectus est.^^ 6. Totius fere Galliae legati, principes civitatum, ad Caesarem gratulatum^* convenerunt. II. 1. They squander their wealth in levelling mountains. 2. One legion had been sent to forage. ^^ 3. The best thing to do 2 is to cut off ^^ the Romans from grain and supplies. 4. All the morally bad, then, [are] slaves: nor is this so wonderful in- point-of-fact^" as in the form of statement. ^^ 5. Suddenly the Gauls formed^ the design of renewing the war and crushing the legion. 6. You live, and you live not to forsake,!^ but to persevere in^^ your shameless course. 1 ceperunt, formed, perf. indie, of ^^ sc. slg^nls. capio. ^- whom. 2 f actu, supine in -u of f acio, do. ^^ Perf. indie, of proficiscor, set out. ^ Tres. infiTi. of perhcio, accomplish. '* Sup. of gratulor, congratulate; * See Lesson XXXV., foot-note 22. this verb has a pass, form with act. mean- "TrRnfi]iite: desirous of restoring. ing. « Translate : of the battle to be begun. ^^ frumentatum, sup. of frumen- ^ cf. 385, 1., sent. 7. tor, which has a pass, form with act. 8 " have been able to destroy " = meaning. have availed for destroying, cf. 385, '"'> proliibeo with abl. I., sent. n. ^^ re. 8 ennt, 3d person plural of eo, go. '» Translate : in saying. 10 The gerundive of conficio, accom- i» cf. 386, 1., sent. 5. plish, is conficiendus, -a, -um. VERBS IN -io. — THE RELATIVE. 113 LESSON XLIX. Verbs in -io of the Third Conjugation. — The Relative Pronoun. 387. Learn, with meanings, the inflection and synopsis of capio, take^ in the Indicative and Imperative moods, Active and Passive ; also the Participles, Gerunds, and Supines: A. & G. p. 83; H. pp. 106-108; G. pp. 72, 73. 388. Using capio as a model, form the same parts of: rapio, snatch ; jacio, throw ; eicio,^ expel. 389. Learn the declension of the relative pronoun qui, who.ivhich, that, what: A. & G. 103; H. 187; G. 103. 390. EXAMPLES. 1. iu fines Ambi&ndrum pervSnit, qui se sine mora dedide- runt (2,15,2), he came into the teri'itories of the Arnbiani, who surrendered without delay. 2. Gallia est omnis divisa in partSs trSs, quarum unam incolunt Belgae (l, l, l), all Gaul is divided into three parts, one of which the Belgians inhabit. •\. nil, cum ils quae retinuerant et cSl&verant armis, grup- tidnem fScSrunt (2,33,2), thei/, with those amis which they hud withheld and concealed, made a sortie. 1. Longe sunt hiim&nissimi, qui Cantium incolunt (5, 14, i), [those] who inhabit Kent are by far the most highly civilized. 391. OnsEKVATiox AND TxFEHENrE : Notf, in Exs. 1—3, that tlir; relatives qui, quorum, and quae refer to Ambi&ndrum, partfis, 1 1 1(1 armIs respectively; and that they agree with these substan- lives in number and gender. The substantive to which a relative thus refers is called the Antecedent. 114 EXERCISES ON THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. In ^Yhat construction is qui (Ex. 1)? quarum (Ex. 2)? qttae (Ex. 3)? Is the case of the Relative, then, determined by that of the Antecedent? Frame a rule for the Gender, Number, and Case of the Relative. 392. References for Verification : A. & G. 198 ; H. 445 ; G. 615, 616. 393. Observation : Note that, in Ex. 4, the antecedent of qui (ei, those) is omitted. 394. References : A. & G. 200, c ; H. 445, 6 ; G. 620, 621. ' eicio (= ex + jacio) is to be pro- nounced : abjicio), conicio (pro- nounced as if it were written ejicio ; so nounced : conjiciS), etc. For the prin- also all compounds of jaci5 witii mono- cipal parts of eicio, see the general syllabic prepositions : as, abicio (pro- vocabulary. LESSON L. Illustrative Exercises on the Relative Pronoun. 395. exercises. I. 1. Id quod ipsi diebus vTginti confecerant, ille uno die fecit. 2. Belgae proximi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum^ coutinenter bellum gerunt. 3. In castris Helvetiorum tabulae repertae sunt, quibus in tabulis ratio confecta erat. 4. Qui- omnibus homiuibus credit, saepe decipitur. 5. Legionem cui Galba praeerat, misit. 6. Sulla cum magno equitatu in castra venit, quos^ ex Latio et a sociis coegerat. 7. Helvetii legatos ad eum mittunt ; cujus legationis Divico piinceps fuit. 8. Ego'' qui te coufirmo,* ipse me non possum.^ II. 1. Those will be visited with punishment^ by whom arms shall be taken. ^ 2. Catiline, whom the consul has EXERCISES ON THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 115 expelled, is fleeing. 3. These aro [the things] which I demiind. 4. He sends® reenforcements to the support of ® our men who are in retreat.^ 5. He hastened to eoilA^ey his army across. . . . This'** movement made one side of his camp secure. 6. The nature of the site which our men had selected for a camp was as follows." 7. We often despise those with whom and among whom we live. 8. Here am [I] who did^ [the deed]. 396. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Convocatis Aeduorum principibus, quorum magnam copiam in castris habebat, in his Lisco, qui suiinno magistratui j)raeerat. graviter eos acciisat. 2. Ultra eum locum quo in loco Gernmui consederant, castra posuit. 3. Unus ex oo numero qui* ad caedem parati erant, Massivam obtruncat. 4. Tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat propouit. 5, Navium quod^^ fuerat uimm in locum coegeraut; quibus^* amissis, se Caesari dediderunt. IT. 1. He persuades Casticus, whose father had held sover- eign power among the Sequaui for many years. 2. The Helvetians send ambassadors to Caesar ... Of this" embassy, Divico, who liad been the leader of the Helvetians, was the head. 3. Mean- while, by means of that legion which he had with him and the x.Mi.ix wlio had assembled from the province, he extends a wall Iron I Lake Geneva, which flows into the river Rhone, to mount Jura, which separates the tenitory of the Sequani from [that of] the Helvetii. » A. fc G. 104, e; H. 187, 2; G. 414. • unbrnlttS with daUvc. Rem. 1. ; cf. 348 and 349. • " who are in retreat " =:fleeinff. •Account for the omiBBion of the >o "This movement" = fr//ir/i ^//im//. antecedent. In I^Un the relative is often iiued where •^ liead: A. & G. 199, b; U. 445, 5; the Kngliah idiom requlroB a denion«tra- O. 616. .3, I. live. « Note that the verb of the relative " "hh folIowB " = thi*. claiiBc aKree)» In i»cr»on with the antcce- " nAvlura qwod fnerat, all their dent (exprenwd or unden»too Translate : Bhall have been taken. 116 TWO ACCUSATIVES. LESSON LI. Two AccLTSATiVEs : Same Person or Thing. — With Compounds. 397. exampi.es. 1. [Castici] patrem senatus amicum appellaverat, the senate had called the father of Casticus friend. 2. [Castici] pater a senatu ajnicus appellatus erat (i, 3, 4), the father of Casticus had been called friend hy the senate. 3. Hunc [montem] murus circumdatus arcem efiBcit (l, 38, 6), a wall built round it makes this mountain a citadel. 4. Ancum Marcium regem populus creavit (Liv. l, 32, i), the people chose Ajicus Marcius king. 5. Te sapientem et appellant et existimant (Cic. TmcI. 2, 6), you they both call and think loise. 398. Observation and Inference : Note, in Exs. 1 and 3-5, that the verbs are followed by two accusatives denoting the same person or thing. What classes of verbs (i.e., verbs of what meaning) admit this double construction ? Frame a rule for the Two Accusatives here illustrated. 399. Keferences for Verification: A. & G. 239, a; H. 373; G. 334. 400. Observation : Note, in Ex. 1, that the senate did not call the father of Casticus, but called him friend ; and that, therefore, the complete j)redicate is not appellaverat, but amicum appella- verat. As amicum forms an essential part of the predicate, it may be called the Predicate Accusative in distinction from patrem, which is the Direct Object. What are the Predicate Accusatives in Exs. 3-5? AVhat are the Direct Objects? 401. Observation : Note that, in Ex. 2, the passive construc- tion is illustrated. W^hat has the Predicate Accusative of the TWO ACCUSATIVES. 117 Active Construction become in the Passive ? What has the Direct Object become? Change Exs. 3-5 into the Passive Construction. 402. References: H. 373, 1, 2; G. 197 (second paragraph). 403. EXAMPLES. 1. Hiberum copias traj§cit (Liv. 21, 23, i), he threw his forces across the Ebro. ■J. Duodecim milia equitum Hiberum traduxit (Liv. 21, 23, l), he led twelve thousand horse across the Ebro. 3. Id animum advertit (i, 24, i), he directed his attention to this. 404. Observation and Inference: Note that the verbs in the foregoing examples are compounds, being made up of a simple verb and ii, preposition. Is the simple verb in each instance transitive or intransitive ? What case, then, would it take if it stood alone ? What case would the preposition take if it stood alone ? How, then, are the itco accusatives to be accounted for ? Frame a rule for the Two Accusatives here illustrated. 405. References for Verification: A. & G. 239, ft; II. 376; G. 330, Rem. 1. 406. EXERCISES. I. 1. Ariovistus in consulatu meo rex atque amicus a scnatu appellatus est. 2. Sua cunctatione hostes nostros niTlites alacriores ad pugnandum eflecerant. 3. Onmes co- pias Rhenum tradfixerant. 4. Hostis ;ipu. Nonne [vos] projecit ille? (Caes. B. C. 2,32, 8), did not he cast l/ou olf? 1. Num negare audgs? Quid taces? Convincam, si negSs (Cic. Cmt. 1, 4, 8), do you dare to deny it ? Why are you silent ? I tcill prove if, if you deny it. 418. Observation and Inference: Note, in the foregoing interrogative sentences, that the question in each case is indicated not by a change in the order of the words, but by the introduction of some interrogative word. Note, further, that the interrogative word is a pronoun in Ex. 1 (see Quis), and in the first question of Ex. 2 (see Quid) ; whereas, in the second question of Ex. 2 (see -ne in Mosne), in Ex. 3 (see Nonne), and in the first question of Ex. 4 (see Num), it is an interrogative particle. Does the question containing the appended interrogative particle -ne (Ex. 2) suggest the answer yes, the answer no, or does it simply ask for informa- tion ? What answer does Nonne (Ex. 3) suggest? Num (Ex. 4)? 419. References for Verification: A. & G. 210, a, c; II. :}51, 1, Notes 1, 2, and 3, also 2; G. 456, 457, 458. 420. EXERCISES. I. 1. Quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egisti? 2. Ubi proxima nocte fuistl, quos convocavTstI ? 3. Quam rem publicam habemus? 4. In qua urbe vivimus? 5. Nonne sibi salutem fuga petivit? 6. Num dubitas id imperante me facere quod jam tua sponte faciebas?* 7. Num- (|ii:miii(' familia nostra quieta erit? 8. Quibus* gaudils* ( xsuUabis ! 9. Cui est Apulia attributa? 10. Quo tan- dem* animo' hoc tibi ferendum est? 11. Potestne* tibi haec lux, Catillna, aut hujus caell spiritus esse* jucundus? 12. Nonne etiam alio incredibili scelere hoc scelus cumulastl?* II. 1. Wiiat plan' will they adopt? 2. What and how-great states are in arms? 3. In* what direction is the enemy marching? 4. WIhuu «li(l you Icnvi? at Home,' whom did you take'" with you? I > \\ li-in h is the Picene 122 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. district been assigned? 6. [When] betrayed by" him, were you not preserved by Caesar's generosity? 7. "Do 3'ou see, soldiers?" says he.^^ 8. In-what-way did they defend their towns? 9. Can [there] be^ peace or amity between ^^ pnrposes so opposed? 10. Do you not seem^'' to see with your e^'es these [things] which you have heard ? j 421. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Autronio nonne sodales, nonne conlegae sul, non veteres amici defuerunt? 2. Quanta est insulae magnitiido? quae aut quantae nationes incolunt? quern usuni beUi habent? qui sunt idoiiei portus? 3. Quae in concilio Gallorum de Dumnorige sunt dicta? 4. JSTum me fefellit, Catilina, dies? II. 1. Shall I stand in arms^^ against Caesar, my general? 2. Did not all these who are foremost in the commonwealth desert Autronius? 3. Did, then, the shipwreck of so-many leaders do- away-with the art of steering? 4. From what classes of men are those [contemptible] ^^ forces obtained? 5. From what regions do they come, and what [things] have they learned there? ^ tua sponte faciebas, you were ^ See Lesson XX VII., foot-note 11. going to do of your own free toill. ^° " take " = lead out. 2 The interrogatives are used in ex- ^^ per. claraations. 12 inquit (def.), says he, is placed 3 cf. foot-note 4, Lesson XXIIL after one or more words of a direct quo- ■* tandem, />r«7/ (exclamation). tation. '^ potest, 3d sing, of possum; esse, '^ in with ablative, pres.infin. of sum; potest esse, can 6e. "Translate: Do you not seem to " cumulasti == cumulavlsti ; cf. yourselves f For seem, use the passive ol foot-note 2, Lesson XXXIV. video. 7 " what plan" = what (subst.) of ^^ " in arms " = armerf. plan (part, gen.) ? ^^ Which of the demonstratives must 8 Translate : into what part? be used here? verbs: subjunctive mood. 123 LESSON LIV. Verbs: Subjunctive Mood. 422. Learn, without meanings, the inflection and synopsis of the Subjunctive Tenses of sum : A. & G. pp. 68, 69 ; H. p. 85 ; G. p. 50. 423". Inflect (like sum) in the same tenses: absum; also learn the synopsis. 424. Learn, without meanings, the inflection and synopsis of the Subjunctive Tenses, Active and Passive (including the Periphrastic Conjugations), of amo: A. & G. pp. 76, 77, 78; H. 87, 89, 115 ; G. pp. 54-57, 82. 425. Inflect (like amo) in the foregoing Tenses of both Voices : confirmo, laudo ; also learn the synopsis of these verbs. 426. Learn (as in 424) the inflection and synopsis of moiieo (or deleo) : A. & G. p. 80 ; H. pp. 91, 93 ; G. pp. 58-61. 427. Inflect (like nioneo or deleo) : liabeo, compled ; also learn the synopsis of these verbs. 428. Learn (as in 424) the inflection and synopsis of tego (rego or emo) : A. & G. p. 82 ; H. pp. 95, 97 ; G. pp. 64-67. 429. Inflect (like tego, rego, or eiiio ) : dfico, niitto ; also learn the synopsis of these vei:bs. 124 SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 430. Learn (as in 424) the inflection and synopsis of capio: A. & G. p. 83; H. pp. 106, 108; G. pp. 72, 73. 431. Inflect (like capio) : rapio, jacio ; also learn the synopsis of these verbs. 432. Learn (as in 424) the inflection and sj^nopsis of audio: A. & G. p. 86; H. pp. 99, 101; G. pp. 68-71. 433. Inflect (like audio) : ptinio, vestio ; also learn the synopsis of these verbs. :»>Oic LESSON LV. Subjunctive in Indirect Questions. — Sequence OF Tenses. 434. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Quis habet Etruriam ? who has Etruria in charge f 2. Video quis habeat Etruriam (Cic Cat. 2, 3, 6), / see who has Etruria in charge. 3. Cui est Apulia attributa ? to^ lohom has Apulia been assigned ? 4. Video cui sit Apulia attributa (Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6), I see to whom Apulia has been assigned. 435. Observation and Inference : Note that the questions contained in Exs. 1 and 3 invite a direct answer, and that the verb is in the indicative mood. Note, further, that in Exs. 2 and 4 these questions have been made the direct object of video, and that they no longer invite an answer. The questions of Exs. 1 and 3 are called Direct or Independent: those of Exs. 2 and 4 are called Indirect or Dependent. What mood in the Indirect Question has taken the place of the indicative in the Direct? Does any change of mood take place in English ? Frame a rule for the Mood to be used in Indirect Questions. SEQUENCE OF TENSES. 125 436. References for Verification : A. & G. 334 ; II. 5'29, I.; G. 4G9. 437. What are the Primary or Principal Tenses of the verb ? the Secondary or Historical Tenses? See A. & G. 285, 1, 2; H. 198, I., 1, 2, 3, 4, IL, 1, 2, 3 ; G. 216. 438. EXAMPLES. 1. Video quis habeat Etruriam (Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6), I see who has Etruria in charge. 2. Vidgbo quis habeat Etruriam, / shall see who has Etruria in charge. 3. VIdero quis habeat Etruriam, / shall have seen who has Etruria in charge. 4. Video quis habuerit Etruriam, I see who had (lias had) Etruria in charge. 5. VidSbo quis habuerit Etruriam, / shall see who had (has had) Etruria in charge. 6. VIderS quis habuerit Etrflriam, / shall have seen icho had (has had) Etruria in charge. 7. VidSbam quis habSret Etruriam, / saw who had Etruria in charge. 8. VIdl quis habSret Etniriam, / saw who had Etruria in charge. 9. Vlderam quis habSret Etruriam, / had seen who had Etruria in charge. 10. Videbam quis habuisset Etriiriam, / saw who had had Etruria in charge. 11. VIdl quis habuisset Etrflriam, / saw who had had Etruria in charge. 12. Vlderam quis habuisset Etrflriam, / had seen who had had Etruria in charge. 439. Observation and Inference : Is the verb of the lead- ing clause, in Exs. 1-6, in a primary or a secondary tense f Answer the same question for the subjunctive of the dependent clause in the same examples. Is the verb of the leading clause, in Kxs. 7-12, 126 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES in a primary or a secondary tense ? Answer the same question for the subjunctive of the dependent clause in the same examples. Does the subjunctive of a dependent clause, then, adapt its tense to that of the verb in the leading clause? Frame a general rule for the Tense of the Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses. 440. References for Verification : A. & G. 286 ; H. 490, 491 ; G. 510 (first paragraph). 441. Observation and Inference : N^ote that the action denoted by the subjunctive, in Exs. 1-3 and 7-9, is represented as continued, or incomplete, with reference to the action denoted by the leading verb. Which tense of the subjunctive is used to express this continuance or incompleteness when the leading verb is in a pri- mary tense (see Exs. 1-3) ? when the leading verb is in a secondary tense (see Exs. 7-9)? Note that the action denoted by the subjunctive, in Exs. 4-6 and 10-12, is represented as completed with i-eference to the action denoted by the leading verb. Which tense of the subjunctive is used to express this completeness when the leading verb is in a primary tense (see Exs. 4-6) ? when the leading verb is in a second- ary tense (see Exs. 10-12) ? Frame special rules for the Tense of the Subjunctive in Depen- dent Clauses. 442. References for Verification : A. & G. 286, Rem. ; H. 492, 1, 2, 493, 1, 2; G. 510. 5>«<0< LESSON LVI. Illustrative Exercises on the Foregoing Principles. 443. exercises. I. 1. Quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris, quis nostrum^ ignorat ? 2. Exponam eiiim vobTs, Quirites, ex quibus generibus hominum istae- copiae coraparentur. ON THE FOREGOING PRINCIPLES. 127 3. Quid ea nocte egisset, quid in proximam constituisset, edocui. 4. Quid hostes cousilii capereut, exspectabat. 5. Quae in Treverls geverentur, ostendit. 6. Video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis impendekt. 7. Intellego quanto id cum perlculo fecerim. 8. Docebat etiam quae seuatus consulta, quotiens, quamque honorifica in Aeduos facta essent. 9. Quibus angustils ipse Caesar a Venetis pre- matur, docet. II. 1. Who among us^ does not know where 30U were last night? 2. He understood at what risk"* he had done this. 3. Caesar knew for'^ what reason these things were said. 4. I will recount what cities, fortified by nature, the Roman people took in war.® 5. Caesar inquired of the captives wherefore Ariovistus did . not come to an engagement.' 6. Tliey compel merchants to declare from what districts they come, and what (pi.) they have learned there. 7. Nor was it altogether clear in what direction the enemy had marched. 8. He made known what he disapproved in him. 'J. He set forth to the citizens what the senate had decreed the-day-before. 444. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Dumnorigem ad se vocat; quae in eo reprehendat, ostendit. 2. Neque quanta esset insulae magnitiido, neque qu.ae aut quantae nationes incolerent, neque quem usuni belli haberent, reperiebat. 3. Et viatores etiam invitos consistere cogunt et quid quisque eorum audierit aut cdgnoverit, quaerunt. 4. Memoravit quibus in locis niaximae hostium copiae a populo Romano parva nianii fusae essent. 5. VidctS qufis in partes hostes iter faciant. II. 1. At the same time he-called-his-attention-to what had been said in his own presence" in the council of the Gauls about Dumnorix. 2. He had not-yet perceived for what reason they were withdrawing. 3. Who among* us does not know what (pi.) was done last night, what the night Iwfore? 4. The consul pointed out from what classes of men Catiline's forces had 128 INDEFINITES. been collected. 5. Ascertain what^ is the nature of the moun- tain and what^ the ascent by a circuitous path.^*^ 1 Why not nostri ? ^ << to come to an engagement " = >een committed, these-same-persons ^'^ deter- mine the rewards and the penalties. > n Is used form before d,e.flr.,quen- "Translate: they are conscious to dam (ace. sing.) and qnffrandam themselves. (geo. pi.). ^ patT, pres. infln. pass, with act. » A. & G. 105, a. meaning. »LU., every noblest fmnn] ; decline 'Translate: anything of clothing ; in singular only ; note that qulsque fol- aee foot-note 5. lows the superlative. • " some help " = something of help. * For declension of via, see A. ft G. "^ Translate : shall be in Caennr. 61; H. 66; G. 76, D. " What construction must he used? ' qnlMiaam, anyone, has qnic- " to summon = ad »5 »vocftre. qnam or qnldquatn, anything, in the *> Use obtiti(>n with accusaUve. nominative and accusative neuter wingu- '* to attack, ndTrc ad. lur ; it lacks the feminine singular and the " " of" =from. entire plural. For use of quifiqaam, >«Idem, nom. pi. maac. see A. ft G. 202, c; H. 467; O. 304. 130 datives: possession and service, LESSON LVIII. Dative oe Possession. — Dative of Service. 449. EXAMPI.ES. 1. His erat inter se de principatu contentio (7, 39, 2), these had a struggle with each other for precedence (lit., there was to these a struggle, etc.). 2. At CatonI studium modestiae, decoris erat (Sail. Cat. 54, 5), Cato, on the other hand, had a preference for sobriety and dignity of behavior (lit., there was to Cato a preference, etc.). 3. Est igitur homini cum deo similitudo (Cic. Le^r i, 8, 25), man has, then, a likeness to God (lit., there is to man a likeness, etc.). 450. Observation and Inference : With what case is the verb sum construed in the foregoing examples ? By what English verb is it translated? How, then, may Possession be expressed in Latin ? Frame a rule for the construction here illustrated. 451. References for Verification : A. & G. 231 ; H. 387 ; G. 349. 452. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Caesar equitatumi suis auxilio misit (4,37,2), Caesar sent tJie cavalry to the assistance of his 7nen (to his for assistance). 2. Tulingi, qui novissimis praesidi5 erant (l, 25, 6), the Tidingi, who served as a guard to the rear (were to the rear for pro- tection). 3. Quibus corpus voluptati, anima oneri fuit (Sail. Cat. 2, 8), to these the body [served] for pleasure, [and] thought zvas a bore (the soul was for a burden). 4. Eglsdem copias praesidio navibus reliquit (5, ii, 7), he left the same forces to guard the ships (to the ships for protec- tion). datives: possession and service. 131 453. Observation axd Inference : AVith how many datives are the verbs in the foregoing examples construed? What do these datives respectively denote? Note that the transitive verbs (see misit, Ex. 1, and reHquit, Ex. 4) take, besides the dative, an accusative aLso. Frame a rule embodying your observations. 454. References for Verification : A. & G. 233 ; 11. 390, I., U.; G. 3;5(). 455. EXERCISES. I. 1. Quid in mea Gallia Caesaii negotii est? 2. Miiltis corpus voliiptati, anima oneri est. 3. Legatiim minoribus castns praesidio reliquerat. 4. Familiaritas mihi cum eo est. 5. Q. Caepionl fortuna belli ciimini, invidia populi calamitati fuit. 6. In hac Insula est fons aquae dulcis cui nomen Arethusa est. 7. Tertiam legionem nostiis subsidio misit. TI. 1. Traders have no access to them. 2. The friend- ship of the Roman people is a protection to me. 3. Two legions served as a guard to the baggage. 4. Our diminu- tive stature excites the contempt^ of the Gauls. 5. No one could maintain his position- on the wall. 6. He sent the third line to the relief of our men [who were] struggling atjainst odds."* 456. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. At nobis est domi"' iiu)i»i;i. ions u.s aliinum. 2. Milu autem mirum vidctur quid in luea Gallia aut Caesari aut onininb populo Rdmano negotii sit.*^ 3. Mllitcs sibi ipsi ad pugnam eraut impedimento. 4. Ea res magn5 usui nostrls fuit. II. 1. These [matters] are my business.* 2. He reminded many, to whom this had been a source of booty, of the victory' of Sulla. 3. The associates of Catiline had all sorts of miseries in abundance, but no* favorable condition or* prospect. > TnuM. : i» to the Gauls for contempt. » Account for mood and tense. « cf. LeMon XLIV., foot-note 13. « Tran«. : are to me for a care. * Preaent participle of labArS. ' U«e the genitive. ♦ Locative form, at home ; for declen- • " uU norUs of " = all. •ion, tee : A. & O. 70, /; H. 119, 1 ; O. » " no . . . or " = neUher any... nor. 67. Rem. 2. 132 INFINITIVE WITH SUBJECT ACCUSATIVE. LESSON LIX. The Infinitive with Subject Accusative as Object. — Tense of the Infinitive. 457. Learn, with meanings, the Infinitives of sum: A. &G. p. 69; H. p. 85; G. p. 51. 458. Learn, with meanings, the Infinitives, Active and Passive, of amo : A. & G. pp. 77, 79 ; H. pp. 87, 89 ; G. pp. 55, 56. Form the Infinitives of confirino and laudo. 459. Learn (as in 458) the Infinitives of moneo (or deleo): A. & G. p. 81; H. pp. 91, 93; G. pp. 59, 61. Form the Infinitives of liabeo and compleo. 460. Learn (as in 458) the Infinitives of teg-o (rego or emo) : A. & G. p. 83 ; H. pp. 95, 97 ; G. pp. Q5, 67. Form the Infinitives of duco and mitto. 461. Learn (as in 458) the Infinitives of capio : A. & G. p. 83 ; H. pp. 107, 108 ; G. pp. 72, 73. Form the Infinitives of rapio and jacio. 462. Learn (as in 458) the Infinitives of audio : A. & G. p. 87 ; H. pp. 99, 101 ; G. 69, 71. Form the Infini- tives of punio and vestio. 463. exampi.es. 1. Nostros non esse inferiores intellexit (2, 8, 3), he knew that our men were not inferior (lit., our men not to be inferior). TENSE OF THE INFINITIVE. 133 '2. Neque homines temperatures^ existimabat {\,1,A), nor did kej^jjik that the men icould refrsjjj^ (lit-, the men to be about to refrain). :>, Divico respondit ita Helvetios institutos esse (i, u, 7), Divico replied that the Helvetians had been so trained (lit., the Helvetians to have been so trained). 4. Caesar Dumnorigem dSsignSri sentiSbat (i, 18, i), Caesar perceived that Dumnorix icas meant (lit., Dumnorix to be meant). 464. Observation and Inference: Note that, in each of the foregoing examples, -the leading verb has, for its object, a clause whose verb is in the infinitive and whose subject is in the accusative. Note, further, that intellexit is a verb of knowing, e^stimtbat a verb of thinking, respondit a verb of telling, and sentigbat a verb of perceiving. What classes of verbs, then, take the Infinitive with Subject Accusative as Object? Frame a rule for this construction. 465. References for Verification : A. & G. 272 ; H. 535, I. (read also 1, 2, 3) ; G. 527. 466. Observation and Inference: Note that the present infinitives ease (Ex. 1) and design&rl (Ex. 4) are translated by the past tense; and that they denote, therefore, the same time as the verbs (intell6xit and sentigbat) on which they depend. In other words, these present infinitives represent the time of the action not as present absolutely, but as present relatively to the time denoted by the principal verb. How does the future infinitive temper&turSs (Ex. 2) represent the time of the action? Answer the same question for the perfect infinitive InatitdtSs esse (Ex. 3). Frame a rule for the use of the Infinitive Teu.ses. 467. Keferences for Verification: A. &G. 288; H. 537; G. 529, 530. * sc eaae; the auxiliary of the fut. intiu. act. la often omitted. 134 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. LESSON LX. Illustrative Exercises on the Foregoing Constructions. 468. EXERCISES. I. 1 . Dixit pejus victoribus Sequanis qiiam Aeduis victTs accidisse. 2. Legatum sese magno cum periculo ad eum missurum^ existimabat. 3. Reperiebat initium fugae fac- tum- a Dumnorige. 4. Ex perfugTs quibusdam oppidanis audit .Saburram Uticae appropinquare. 5. Divitiacus re- spondit scire se ilia esse vera. 6. Summum in cruciatum se venturos^ videbaut. II. 1. Caesar remembered^ that the army had l)een beaten by the Helvetians and sent under the yoke. 2. They said that the Aedui had lost all their nobilitj', all their senate, [and] all their cavaliy. 3. He said that our plans were reported to the enemy. 4. Caesar learned that by these means (things) Dumnorix was increasing his private re- sources. 5. Caesar answered that he would make peace with them. 6. He knew that it would be [attended] with great danger to the province.'' 469. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Reperiebat etiam in quaerendo initium fugae factum a Dumnorige atque ejus equitibus ; eorum fuga reliquum esse equita- tum perterritum. 2. Se suis copiis suoque exercitu illls regna^ conciliaturum confirraat. 3. Negavit aut conferendum esse Gal- licum cum Germandrum agro, ant hanc consuetudinein victus cum ilia comparandam. IT. 1. They knew that he had done in one day what they^' had accomplished with-the-utmost-difficulty in twenty days. 2. They supposed that they should either persuade the Allobroges or con- COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE. 135 strain them by force. 3. He said that he had fled from the state and come to the senate to solicit ^ aid. 1 cf. Lesson LIX., foot-note 1. ercign power in two states is thought of; 2 6C. esse. use the singular in translation. 3 *' reraerabcred " = held hy memory. c Use the proper form of ipse. * Use the genitive. " cf. 380, Ex. 2. 5 The plural is used here because sov- >J. . . . quod accidere solSbat (6, 15, i), which was tcont to happen. 471. Observation and Inference : Note that the infinitives fugere (Ex. 1), lacessere (Ex. 2), and accidere (Ex. 3), are tcithout subject accusative. Xote, fnrtlier, tliat tlie verbs on which these infinitives depend (dSstitSrunt, coepSrunt, sol6bat), are vf-rlis of incomplete meaning. As the infinit iv(^ in tliese cases is nd.h'd to complete the meaning of the verb on which it depends, 1 ! I'd the Complementary Inflnitive. After what class of verbs, liuMi, is the Complementary Infinitive used? Frame a rule for this con.struction. 472. References for Verification: A. & G. 271 with note ; \l. ')?,?,, I., 1,2; G. 424. 473. EXAMri.ES. 1. Mea facta mihi dicere licet (Saii. Jug. 85, 24), / have the right to speak of my oten deeds (to speak is lawful for me) . 2. [Mih!] n6n placuit retic6re (Sail. Jug. V), 2«), / am resolved not to remain silent (to remain silent has not seemed good to mo). 136 INFINITIVE AS SUBJECT. 3. Te providere decet (Sail. Jiig. lo, 7), it is proper for you w see to it (for. you to see to it is becoming). 4. Pulchrum est bene facere rei ptiblicae (Sail. Cat. 3, i), to serve the commonioealth by deeds (to do well for the commonwealth) is honorable. 474. Observation and Inference : Note that the verbs licet (Ex. 1), placuit (Ex. 2), and decet (Ex. 3), are impersonal ; and that they have ^.s, subject an infinitive, either without subject accusa- tive (see dicere, Ex. 1, and reticere, Ex. 2), or with subject accu- sative (see te providere, Ex. 3). [N'ote also that the verb est (Ex. 4) has an infinitive (facere) as subject. With what classes of verbs, then, is the Infinitive used as Subject ? Frame a rule for this construction. 475. References for Verification: A. & G. 270, a; H. 538, 1 ; G. 423. 476. EXERCISES. I. 1. LTberi eorum in servitutem abduci uon debent.^ 2. His rebus coerceii milites solent. 3. Noii oportet^ me a popiil5 Romano in meo jure impedm. 4. Nobis est in auimo sine uUo maleficio per proviuciam iter facere. 5. Nobis praestat quamvis fortunam a populo Romano pati^ quam a Gallis per cruciatum interfici. 6. Constituerunt jumentorum quam^ maximum nmnerum coemere. 7. In- iquum est de stipendio recusare. II. 1. It-was-generally-understood that Caesar would first carry on war in Venetia. 2. Still, the majority were in favor of defending^ the camp. 3. They decided to esttiblish friendship with the neighboring states. 4. The Helvetians began ^ to maintain their ground more boldly.^ b. Priority of time ought not in every instance to be re- garded.^ 6. We are at liberty^ to do this. 7. Their lands ought ^ not to be laid waste. DEPONENT VERBS. 137 477. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Ariovistus respoiidit aiuicitiam popull Romanl sib! prae- sidio, non detrlnieuto esse oportere. 2. Ilelvetii audacius*^ sub- sistere et proelio nostros lacessere coeperunt. 3. Si antiquissiinuin quodque tempus^^ spectari oportet, populi Romaiii justissimuin est in Gallia iraperium. II. 1. It is the intention of" the Helvetia,ns to march through the country of the Sequani and Aedui. 2. It is reported to Caesar that the Helvetians intend to march through the country of the Sequani and Aedui. .3. If the decision of the senate has a claim to be respected,!"^ Gaul ought ^ to be free. J debeS is personal ; oportet is im- ^ Translate ; it is not right (opor- personal. Both express moral obligation, tet) [for] each earliest time to be re- ar a necessilj^ founded on duty. garded. For order, cf. Lesson LVII., 2 See foot-note 7, Lesson lViI. foot-note 3. » cf . foot-note 5, Lesson XXXII. * Trans. : it is permitted to us. * Trans. : it seemed gooj*:c LESSON LXIL Deponent Verbs. — Ablative with Utor, Fruor, ETC. 478. EXAMPLES. 1 . Tabula plct^ mirarl (Sail. Cat. 11, 6), to admire paintings, 2. Hostem ver6rl {l,dO,6), to/ear the enemi/. '•]. HostSs sequitur {\, 22, b)^ he pursues the enemy. 4. Oppido potitur (7, ll, 8), he gets possession of the town. 5. Ad VeaontiSnem moratur fi, 39, l), he tarries (i.e., detains himself) at Vesoulio. 479. Observation : Note, in the foregoing examples, that the verbs have a passive form, but an active (Exs. 1-4) or rejlexive 138 ABLATIVE \yiTH Utor, ETC. (Ex. 5) meaning. Such verbs are called Deponent (from de-pono, lay aside) because they have laid aside their passive meaning. 480. Referej^'Ces : A. & G. 135; H. 231; G. 211. 481. Learn the inflection and synopsis of one deponent vexb under each conjugation: A. & G. 135, a^e\ H. 231, 1, 3, 232 (see note) ; G. pp. 74-81. 482. EXAMPLES. 1. Materia titebatur (4, 3], 2), lie used the timber. 2. Vita qua fruimur brevis est (Sail. Cat. i, 3), tJie life which ice enjoy is short. 3. . . . quorum magna multitude servorum munere fungitur (Xep. Paus. 3, 6), large numbers of lohom discharge the duty of slaves. 4. Numidae lacte et carne vescebantur (Sail. Jug. 89, 7), tlie Numidians subsisted on milk and meat. 5. Caesar oppido potitur (7, li, 8), Caesar obtains possession of the town. 483. Observation and Inference: With what case, in the foregoing examples, are the following verbs construed : utebatur (Ex. 1), fruimur (Ex. 2), fungitur (Ex. 3), vescebantur (Ex. 4), potitur (Ex. 5) ? Frame a rule for the Case of Substantives used with these verbs: 484. References for Verification: A. & G. ^49; H. 421, I. ; G. 405. 485. EXERCISES. I. 1. Lingua Gallica niulta jam Ariovistus longinqua consuetudine^ utebatur. 2. Equites officio functi renuotiant paucos in aedificiis esse iiiveiitos. 3. Lacte, cased, caroc" vescor. 4. Tutius esse arbitrabantur, commeatu iiitercluso, sine ullo vulnere victoria potiri. 5. Quae agat,^ quibuscum loquatur,^ scio. 6. Is mihi vivere atque frui anima videtur, ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 139 qui praeclari facinoris aut artis bonae ffiinam quaerit. 7. PMrtieudum* sib! exercitum pulavit. 8. Verciiigetorix ex UK ( siios conspieatus ex oppido egreditur. II. 1 . Our meu obtained possession of the baggage and camp. 2. Wondering^ what was^ the cause of this be- havior, he inquired of them personally. 3. They share® with their leaders all advantages in life. 4. The [territories of the] Belgians begin at the extreme confines of Gaul [and] extend towards the north-east.' 5. It is very easy to obtain^ control of all Gaul. 6. Adopting* the same ix)licy, they burn their towns and villages, and set out to- gether with the Helvetians. 7. And I do not know whether® tlii> i> to be wondered at. 486. Supplementary Exercises. 1. 1. Est genus quoddam hominum, quod Hildtae vocatur, quonim magna multitudo agros Lacedaemoniorum colit servorum- que munere fungitur. 2. Roniaiios pulsos^*^ superatosque,'^ castris impedimentisque eorum hostes potltosi'' renuntiaverunt. 3. In suis finibus decertabunt et domesticis copiis rei frunientaiiae utentur. T. 1. One of those who stood next" stepped over^^ this [man] as he lay prostrate ^^ and discharged ^^ the same office. 2. The s()l.]i Adverbs in £ were originally abia- « Comparative ofgacpe. tivc forms. ^ " what " = that tchich. 'But stems in -nt- drop -t- before •pnRrnill>3tur. -ter. " natlH coin mod r?. » I'crf.indlf.Sd pi. of interc5,/>eri«A. '<» Translate : more heavily. ♦ l>ot«'miit. " " popular with " = acceptable to. '- nOlSbat. 146 ablative: separation and want. LESSON LXVI. Ablative: Sepaeation and Want. 506. EXAMPJLES. 1. [Marius] bis Italiam obsidione liberavit (Cic. Cat. 4, lo, 21), Mar ins twice relieved Italy from siege. 2. Vos Sulpicium vita privastis (Cic. PML 9, 4, 8), [it is] you [ayIio] have deprived Sulpicius of life. 3. Eo errore careo (Cic. Lael. 3, 10), I am free from that error. 4. Sed non egeo niedicina (Cic. Lael. 3, 10), but I need no medicine. 5. Iter ab Arare Helvetii averterant (i, 16, 3), the Helvetians had turned their line of march away from the Avar. 6. Proelio abstinebat (i, 22, 3), he held off from battle. 7. Hannibal ex Italia decedere coactus est (Cic. C«f. 4, io,'2i). Hannibal was forced to ivithdraw from Italy. 8. Helvetii hoc conata destiterunt (l. 8, 4), the Helvetians de- sisted from this attempt. 9. Egredere ex urbe (Cic. Cai. i, 8, 20), depart from the city. 10. Hostes proelio excedebant (3,4,3), the enemy withdrew from the fight. 507. Observation and Inference : Note that each of the foregoing illustrations contains a verb expressing sej^aration, and that this verb is construed with the ablative. Is the ablative in Exs. 1-4, used loith or without a preposition? With what classes of verbs, then, does the Ablative of Separation omit the preposition ? With what prepositions are the verbs of separation in Exs. 5-10 compounded? Note that the ablatives construed with these compound verbs in Exs. 5, 7, and 9 have a preposition, Avhereas the ablatives in Exs. G, 8, and 10 have no preposition. What expla- nation of this difference can you suggest? Frame rules for the use or the omission of the Preposition with the Ablative of Separation. 508. Heferences for Verification: A. & G. 243, a, 6; H. 414, 1., 413, n. 3; G. 388 (both paragraphs). ABLATmE: SEPAEATION AND WANT. 147 509. EXAMPLES. 1. Gubernatore opus est (Liv. 24, S), there is need of a pilot. 2. Auctoritate tua nobis opus est iCic.Fam.% 25,3), we have need (there is to us need) of your authority. 3. Facto opus est (Sail. Cat. i, 6), there is need of action. 4. Maturate opus est (Liv. 8, 13, i"), there is need of hastening. 510. Observation and Inference : By what case is the per- son or thing needed expressed with opus in the foregoing examples (see gubernatore, auctoritate, facto, and maturato) ? By what case is the person needing expressed (see nobis in Ex. 2) ? Note that the thing needed is expressed in Exs. 3 and 4 by the perfect passive participle (see facto and maturato) . What constructions, then, an- used with opus? 511. References for Verification: A. & G. 243, e; H. 414, IV., n. 2, n. 3; G. 390. 512. EXERCISES. I. 1. Flumen Rhodanus provinciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit. 2. Egredeve ex urbe, CatilTna, libera rem publicam metu. 3. Iluic tradita iirbs est, nuda praesidio.^ 4. Ma- gistnitibus igitur opus est, sine quorum prudentia esse clvitas noil potest. 5. Facto, non consulto, in tfdT perTculo opus est. n. IlelvetiT, ea spe dejoctl, hoc conatfi destitcrunt. 7. ( oiii])lures dies friimento mlliirs cmk nt.- 8. Una cen- turia laclii est immunis militia.' 1». Iliinc :1 tuis aris arcebis. II. 1 . The chanoteers, moanwliik', griuluall}' withdrew from the battle. 2. We shall live without anxiety and fear, and ^hall free mind and body from trouble. 3. The orator has need of a mind [tiiat is] free' from envy and all vices. 4. They threatened Caesar with the sword [as lie was] coming out from the senate. 5. It is a great undertaking and requires no (n6n) slight practice. G. There is no need of deliberation.*'' I A. ft O. 248, d ; H. 414, m,; G. • cf. Ivowioti XXI., fo<.t-noto 5. ■Ai (end). • of. •ent. 6, preceding ozerciae* 148 ABLATIVES: SOURCE AND CAUSE. LESSON LXVII. Ablatives; Source and Cause. Ablative of Source. 513. EXAMPLES. 1. Piso amplissimo genere natus (4, 12, 4), Piso, born of a very illustrious family. 2. Ea familia ortum (Sail. Cat. 31, 7), descended from such a family. 3. Is Ascanius, quacumque matre geiiitus (Liv. 1, 3, 3), this Asca- nius, of whatever mother born . . . 514. Observation and Inference : Note that the perfect pai^ticiples in the foregoing illustrations express birth or origin. How is source denoted in connection with these participles ? Frame a rule for this construction. 515. References for Verification: A. & G. 244, a; H. 415, IL; G. 395. Ablative of Cause. 516. EXAMPLES. 1. Caesar beneficiis magnus habebatur (Sail. Cat. 54, 2), Caesar was considered great because of his benefactions. 2. Ipsa vacuitate omnis molestiae gaudemus (Cic. jp'm. 1, 11, 37), we take pleasure in the mere absence of all annoyance. 517. Observation and Inference: AVhat do the ablatives in the foregoing examples express? Frame a rule for these and similar Ablatives. 518. References for Verification: A. & G. 245; H. 41C; G. 407. 519. EXERCISES. I. 1. Mithridaten^ regio genere ortum, regem constituit. 2. Helvetii sua victoria Insolenter gloriabantur. 3. Alter ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 149 est Cotus, antiquissima familiii natns atqne ipse homo sum- mae potentiae. 4. Earura rerum memoria maguam sib! auctoritatem in re militaii sumebant. 5. Reperiebat pleros- qiie Belgas esse ortos ab^ Germaiiis. 6. Gubernatoris ars utilitatc laudatur. II. 1. Catiline made a boast of his vices. 2. Lj'co- mcdes, descended from a royal race, laid claim to this priestly dignity. 3. He had said this at the bidding of his master. 4. Lucius Catiline, [who was] born of a noble family, was of great vigor both of mind and of bod}'. 5. Cato was commended for his steadfastness. 6. This happened be- cause of the inexperience of the enemy, and the valor of the soldiers. 1 Greek accusative of Mithrid&tSs, * A. & G. 244, a. Rem.; H. 415, II., -Is, M., Mithridates. note; G. 395 (end). 520. Supplementary Exercises on Lessons LXVI. and LXVII. I. 1. Par.s castrorum nudata defensoribus preini videbatur. 2. Ex essedis desiliunt et pedibus proeliantur. 3. Quid^ mihl aut vita aat civitate opus est,i quam beneficio Caesaris habere videbor? 4. Omnium rerum natura cognita levamur supersti- tione, liberamur mortis metu. 5. Tantummodo incepto opus est. TI. 1. Among these was Piso, an Aquitanian, born of a very illustrious family. 2. Why should anybody suppose- that this [man] will withdraw from hi.s allegiance? 3. When a violent tempest arises,' then there is need of a man and a pilot. 4. Cati- line withdrew from the city because of his fear of the consul. T). Labienus, having seized the mountain, was waiting for our men .'ind holding off from battle. > Qnld (adT. ace.) mihl opa» est, * What mood ? See 403, Ex. 3. what need have If » Uae the perfect 150 IRBEGLTiAR VERB: Possum. LESSON LiXVIII. Irregular Verb : Possum. — Impersonal Use of Intransitive Verbs in the Passive. 521. Learn the composition, inflection, and synopsis of possum, he able, can : A. & G. 120, h ; H. 290, II., notes 1, 2, 1), 2), 3) ; G. 115. 522. EXAMPLES. 1. Acriter pugnatum est (i, 50, 2), the Jiglit was vigorously niain- tained. 2. Diets paretur (Liv. 9, 32, 4), the order is obeyed (obedience is rendered to the order). 3. Huic rSi subventum est a nobis (Cic. Att. i, 17, 9), / supported this proposition (to this thing support was given by us). 4. Hue concurritur (7, 84, 2), they make for this point in a body (a general rush is made). 523. Observation and Inference: Note that the verbs in the foregoing illustrations are intransitive, i.e., they do not take a direct object in the active voice. How are they used in the passive ? What, then, is the gender of the participle in the compound tenses of the passive (see Exs. 1 and 3 ; cf . also 317, Exs. 3 and 4) ? In the case of intransitive verbs that govern the dative {e.g., pareo, obey, subvenio, support), is this dative changed in the passive, or is it retained (see Exs. 2 and 3) ? Frame a rule for the use of Intran- sitive Verbs in the Passive. 524. References for Verification: A. & G. 146, c; H. 301, 1 ; G. 199, Rem. 1, 208. 525. EXERCISES. I. 1. To tins Galliae^ plurimum Helvetii possunt. 2. Sed Caesar, ubi ad eum ventum est, haec verba locutus est. 3. Quam maximis potest itineribus in Galliam ulteriorem INTRANSITIVES IN THE PASSIVE. 151 contendit. 4. Labienus, ut erat el [)r:K^\ [itnin fi ( nv - sare, proelio abstinebat. 5. His persiiiidcre iioii poterant. G. His persuader! iion poterat. 7. Neqiie hostibiis nocetur. -S. Mihi profecto poterit ignosci. 9. Nobis parum crede- batur. 10. Intelleges quid invicti Germaui virtutc possint.- 1 1 . Qiiid liostis virtute posset,- periclitabatur. II. 1 . He demands of the whole province the largest pos- -ible^ number of soldiers. 2. He says that he cannot^ grant any one a passage through the province. 3. He had veiy little influence^ owing to his youth. 4. I am believed. 5. Why am I envied ? 6. I am convinced that he will not reject m}- friendship. 7. The ships of the enemy could not be injured.'' 8. He shows what the disci- pline and resources of the Roman people have been able [to effect]. 9. Those with whom they had come up^ made a stand. 526. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Pugnatiir lino tempore omnibus locls; quae minime visa pars firm a est, hiic concurritur. 2. Caesar intellexit neque hosti- um fugam reprimi neque iis noceri posse. 3. Sese ne vultum* quidem Germanorum dicebant ferre^ potuisse. 4. Id oppidum ex itinere oppugnare conatus, propter miiri altitiidinem expiignare non ]iotnit. IF. 1. lie inquired of them what commnnities were in arnus, ;i!m1 vli;it was their strength^'' in \v;tr. "J. For they had learned hat the enemy's ships could not be damaged" by the beak. 3. A rush was made to-that-point ^-^ from the nearest redoubts, and the light was maintained desperately by the enemy. » A. & O. 216, rt, 2; H. 397, 3; 0. 371. • Note that with n» . . . quidem the • Accounl for mood and tonao. emphatic word la placed between n8 • cf. aont. .0 of the preceding exercise. and qaidem. ♦"lie. «ay« tlial he cannot" = he » Present InflnlUvc of fer5. ffrnies that he can. '" " what wan their strengtti " = trhat » Translate : was able very Utile. they rouUl. « cf. sent. 6, preceding exercise. " cf. preceding exercise, sent. 2. T Translate : Tho»e to whom it had " •©. '■'■en come. 152 IRKEGULAR VERBS: Volo, Nolo, Millo. LESSON LXIX. Irregular Verbs : Volo, Nolo, Malo. — Subjunc- tive IN Final 'Clauses (Clauses of Purpose). 527. Learn the inflection and synopsis of volo, wish^ he ivilling ; nolo, he uiitvilling ; malo, wish rather : A. & G. 138, 1, 2, 3 ; H. 293 with note 2 ; G. 189. 528. EXAMPLES. 1. Nonnulli, ut susplcionem vitarent, remanebant (i, 39, 3), some stayed to escape (that they might escape) suspicion. 2. Ne exire posset, valvas obstruxerunt (Xep. Paus. 5, 2), they barricaded the doors that he might not get out. 3. Virgultis conlectis, quibus f ossas compleant, pergunt (3, 18, 8), liaving gathered hrushivood with which to Jill (that with it they may fill) the trenches, they proceed. 4. Praesidia disponit, quo facilius [Helvetios] prohibere pos- sit (1, 8, 2), he establishes garrisons at intervals, that (thereby) he may the more easily keep off the Helvetians. 529. Observation and Inference : I^ote that the dependent clauses in the foregoing examples express purpose. Clauses express- ing purpose are called Final Clauses. What mood is used in final clauses? Is the final clause in Ex. 1 affirmative or negative ? What particle introduces it? Answer the same questions for the final clause in Ex. 2. Note that the final clause in Ex. 3 is introduced by the relative pronoun quibus, and that quibus is equivalent in meaning to ut eis. Note that the final clause in Ex. 4 contains a comparative (facilius) ; by what word is this final clause intro- duced? Frame rules (1) for the Mood and (2) for the Introduc- tory Word to be used in Final Clauses. 530. References for Verification: A. & G. 317, 6; H. 497, I., II., 1 (first sentence), 2 (first sentence) ; G. 543, 1 (first sentence), 2, 545, 1, 2, 3. Note : The sequence of tenses in dependent subjunctive clauses has already been illustrated and explained (see Lesson LV.). FINAL CLAUSES. 153 531. EXERCISES. I. 1. SI pace uti vultis, iulqiuim est de stTpendio recusare. 2. Caesar omnium ex conspectu removit eqiios, ut spem fugae tolleret. 3. Noli existimare hunc esse exercitum. 4. Ne commeiltu prohiberetur, ultra eum locum castrls idoneum locum delegit. 5. Praesto erat ille, qui fugientis exciperet. G. Ab his quaerebat cur bellum quam pacem maluissent. 7. Quo barbaros facilius repellerent, classes aedificarunt^ exercitusque compararuut.^ II. 1. What do you mean ?^ 2. Cato chooses rather to submit than to fight. 3. On (in) making inquiry, he learned for (dg) what reasons Ariovistus was unwilling to treat with Caesar. 4. They sent^ envoys to Dumnorix, ihut Mt his intercession^ they might obtain* their request from the Sequani. 5. lie was at hand to effect a junction^ with the leaders in-the-city. 6. He endeavored to keep the forces of the enemy apart, that it might not be necessary to fight^ with so great a multitude at once. 7. In order to retard' Caesar's attack more effectually, he barricaded^ the uates. 532. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1 . Equitatum omnem praem i 1 1 i t . ( j 1 1 i ' videant * quas in partes hostes iter faciant.** 2. Noluit cniui 1(>( uin vacare. 3. Quae vellet ostendit. 4. Omnia permisceri niiivultis quam exercitGs liniittere. 5. Omnis alarios in conspectu ho.stiuin coustituit, ut kI speciem uteretur. 6. Quale praeniium Miltiadi sit tributum (Ifjcebo, quo facilius intellegi possit quae onmium civitatum sit iiatura. 7. Ille etiam grave tum vulnus accepit, ne quid dc -ummfl re publica dcniiuueretur. II. 1. Do not force these [men] to do without your aid.® 2. He wishes to discuss ^o with you matters of the highest interest to [you] V)oth." 3. He ordered them to open the maniples, that they might more easily use their swords. 4. Caesar ]>laces in command of the legion a lieutenant, that the mdividual soldiers ^ 154 lEREGULAE VERBS: Fero, E6. may have him as a witness of their valor. 5. He explained why Cato had chosen rather to submit than to fight. C. They sent^ envoys to him to say^ that it was their intention ^^ to march with- out [connnitting any] depredation. 7. He barricaded ^ the gates that the soldiers might not break ^ into the town. 1 cf. Lesson XXXIV., foot-note 2. 8 cf. Lesson L., foot-note 3. 2 " What do you mean? " = what do ^ Translate : Be umoilling (cf. 531, you wish for yourself f I., sent. 3) to rob these of your aid. 3 Use tlie historical present; see : A. & ^o agere d<5. G. 276, d; II, 4G7, III.; G. 220. n" matters of the highest interest 4 Translate: he [being] intercessor. to you both" = the greatest thinr/s of '^For tense, see: A. & G. 287, e; H. each. 495, II.; G. 511, Rem. 1. 12 "the individual soldiers" = each c " to effect a junction " = ivho should one. unite himself. ^3 " that it was their intention " = that '' Use conflTgo impersonally in the it teas to themselves in mind, passive periphrastic conjugation. LESSON LXX. Ireegulae Verbs : Fero, Eo. — Complementary FiKAL Clauses. 533. Learn the inflection and synopsis of fero, hear, and eo, go: A. & G. 139, 141; H. 292, 2, 295; G. 186, 185. 534. EXAMPLES. 1. Persuadent Rauricis uti una cum ils proficiscaatur (1,5,4), they persuade the Raurici to go with them. 2. Ariovistus postulavit ne quem peditem adduceret (1,42,4), Ariovistus demanded that he should not hrinrj a single foot-soldier. '6. Veritus ut impetum sustinere posset, litteras Caesari re- mittit (5,47,4), fearing that he might not he able to sustain the attack, he sent hack a dispatch to Caesar. 4. Ne DivitiacI animura offenderet, verebatur (1,19,2), he feared that he might wound the feelings of Divitiacus. COMPLEMENTARY FINAL CLAUSES. 156 535. Observation and Inference : Note that the final clauses iu the foregoing examples are the direct objects of the verbs on which they depend, and that they therefore express purpose some- what less obviously than those of the preceding lesson. As they complete the meaning of the verbs whose objects they are, they are called Cojnplementary Final Clauses. Note, further, that the verbs on which they depend (see persuadent, 1, postulavit, 2, veritus, 3, verebatur, 4) denote an action directed towards the future. What class ofverhsy then, do Complementary Final Clauses follow? Wliat Mood do they require? Frame a rule for Complementary Final Clauses. 536. References for Verification: A. & G. 331; H. 498, I., II., III.; G. 540. 537. Observation and Inference : Note that, in Exg. 3 and 4, the complementary final clause follows a verb of fearing (veri- tus, Ex. 3, ver6b5tur, Ex. 4). How is ut (Ex. 3) translated V Is this its usual meaning? How is n6 (Ex. 4) translated? Is this its usual meaning? Frame a rule for the use of the Particle after Expressions of Fearing. 538. References for Verification: A. & G. 331,/; H. 498, III., note 1; G. 552^. 539. EXERCISES. I. 1. Per mihi auxiliurn. 2. Servitutera perforre ma- lunt. 3. In tiibulls noniiiuitim ratio coufecta erat qui numerus domo* exisset* eorum, qui arma ferre possent. 4. NeiitrT transouiull initium faciunt. 5. His mandavit ut quae dlceret Ariovistus cognoscerent et ad se rcforrent. C. Mulieres rnllites imploraf)ant ne se In servitutcm Romanis traderent. 7. Timebant ne ab hoste circumvenlrentur. 8. Rem' fmmentariam, ut satis commodS 8up|)ortari ix)sset, timebant. 9. NonnullT Caesan nuntiarant* non propter timorem signa laturos mllites. 10. Ego enim ab ineunte aetate incensus sum studio utriusque vestrum. II. 1 . At one time * they waged war against [others] , at 156 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. another^ the}' repelled [it when] waged against [them- selves]. 2. One must often incur enmity^ for the public welfare. 3. He went away at the beginning of summer.^ 4. He warns him to aA^oid'' all grounds of suspicion. 5. They feared that our army might be led against^ them. 6. Take care to attach to yourself the aid^ of all [classes]. 7. He 'persuades this [man] to go over to the enemy. 8. Caesar thought that he ought to take special precautions ^° lest this should happen. 9. " Lay the matter before the senate," you say : I shall not.^^ 10. I must return. 11. Go hence ! 540. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. E-omani con versa signa bipartlto intulerunt. 2. Is Amulimn regem interemisse fertm*. 3. Respondit in eam partem ituros atque ibi fiituros Helvetios. 4. Sic eat quaecumque Ro- mana lugebit hostem ! ^"^ 5. Allobrogibus imperavit lit Helvetiis frumenti copiam facerent. 6. Eo consilio domos^ suas Helvetii reli- querimt, uti toti GalHae bellum inferrent imperioque potireiitur.^^ 7. Caesar postulavit ne Helvetios fruniento neve alia re juvarent. II. 1. AYould that the soldiers had passed through without [committing any] depredation ! 2. I do not know through whose territory they have gone. 3. They betook themselves to the town. 4. They suffer no wine^* to be imported. 5. It is your [duty] to see that they do not injure me. 6. They demanded of Ariovistus that he should select some place for a conference. 7. There-was- reason-to-fear 1^ that they might seem to have been cruel. 1 For declension, see: A. & Gr. 70,/; 7 in this and similar cases occurring H, 119. 1 ; G. 67, Rem. 2. later, the English infinitive is to be trans- 2 A. & G. 128, a; H. 235; G. 151, 1. lated by \\t with the subjunctive. 3 Kem frumentariam, ut . . . * adduce ad. posset = Ut res f rumentaria ... ® Use the plural. posset. The construction used in the lo Use the passive impersonally, text gives special emphasis to rem f ru- ^^ Trans. : I shall not lay the matter. iuent3.riain. ^- The exclamation of Iloratius as he * aliS.s . . . alias, at one time . . . at slew his sister : Liv. 1, 26, 4. another. ^^ Note that this final clause is in ap- 5 •' One must often incur enmity" := position with eo consilio. enmities must often he incurred. ^^ " no wine " = nothing of wine. 6 Trans. : summer beginning. ^ Passive periphrastic. Fio. ABLATIVE OF COMPARISON. 157 LESSON LXXI. Irregular Verb: Fio. — Ablative of Comparison. — Ablative of Difference. 541. Learn the inflection and synopsis of fio, he made^ become : A. & G. 142 ; H. 294; G. 188. 542. EXAMPLES. r a. Quis est enim quam ego mitior ? 1 - j [ for who is milder ^' i b. Quis est enim me mitior? (Cic Cat.i, f .j jf [ 6,11), • ^ lan . r a. Docet se nihil amplius scire quam '] he declares that he <2. J Iggatos (Sail. Cn<. 47, 1), I Inows no more [ h. Docet sg nihil ampUus scire l§g5tis, j '''«" '^'« envoys. 3. Liice sunt cl&riora n5bis tua consilia (Cic. Cat. i, 3, 6), your schemes are clearer to us than the light. 4. Celerius omni opinione (2, 3, l), more quickly than any one had thought possible (than all opinion). 543. Observation and Inferex( i ;: Xoto, in Ex. 1, a, that quam is expressed with the comparative mitior. and that ego is in the uninimiiire; whereas, in Ex. 1. /^ quam is omitted, and the nominaticr. ego has been changed to the alilatirc m6. Compare Ex. 2, a with Ex. 2, b; how has the omis.sion of quam affected the accusative Ifigatds ? Note, further, that quam is omitted after the comparative in Exs. 3 and 4; in what case an? Iflce (Ex. 3) and opIniSne (Ex. 4) ? By what Case, then, is the Comparative fol- lowed when quam is omitted? Frame a rule for this construction. 544. Kefekences fok Veripication : A. &G. 247; 11.417; G. 399. 545. EXAMPLES. 1. Hibernia dImidiO minor [est] quam Britannia (f», 13. 2), Ireland is smaller by half than Britain. 158 ABLATIVE OF DIFFERENCE. 2. [Patria] mihi vita mea multo est carior (Cic. Cat. i, ii, 27), my country is far (by much) dearer to me than my life. 3. Paucis ante diebus (l, 18, lO), a few days hefore (before by a few days). 4. Quo minus petebat gloriam, eo magis ilia sequebatur (Sail. Cat. 54, 5), the less he paid court to glory, the more she fol- lowed [him] (lit., by what less, by that more). 546. Observation and Inference : Note, in Ex. 1, that the ablative dimidio tells by how much Ireland is smaller than Britain ; in other words, it expresses the degree of difference denoted by the comparative minor. Point out the words in the remaining exam- ples which express degree of difference. In what case are they ? By what case, then, is Degree of Difference denoted after Compar- ative expressions? Frame a rule for this construction. 547. References for Verification: A. & G. 250; H. 423; G. 400. 548. EXERCISES. I. 1. De Caesaris adventu Helvetii certiores. fiunt. 2. Quid fieri velit, edocet. 3. Proelium adversum panels ante diebus erat factum. 4. Semproniae cariora omnia quam^ pudicitia fuit.- o. Celerius opinione exercitum ad- ducit. 6. Nemo Romanorum fuit eloquentior^ Cicerone. 7. Multo ego vigilo acrius ad salutem quam tu ad perni- ciem rei publicae. 8. Quare in hostes impetus non fieret, nondum perspexerat. 9. Quanto vos attentius ea agetis, tanto illis animus infirmior erit. 10. Festluaudo plus timoris quam peiiculi effecerant. II. 1. This was at that time easily done. 2. Would that an attack on"* the enemy were in progress. 3. He holds all his [friends] dear; me indeed^ [beholds] dearer than himself.^ 4. These are under (in) arms the year after, those remain at home.^ 5. The greater the fault is, the severer is the mortification. 6. There-was-in this DEFECTIVE VERBS: Odi, Coepi, Memini. 159 man no less vanity than recklessness.^ 7. He showed what he wished to have doue.^ 8. He accomplished less than he had anticipated.^^ 9. That is much more to be feared. 549. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Crebri ad eum rumores adferebantur, litterisque item Labieni certior fiebat. 2. In conspectum hostiuni celerius opl- nione eorum exercitum adducit. 3. Earum rerum a nostris flet nihil. 4. Belli spolia magnifica magis quam^ oiTitio mea vos hortantur. 5. Cariuae aliquauto plaiiiores sunt quam nostrariim navium. 6. Quo delictum majus est, eo poena est tardier. II. 1. These [reports] which are talked of aYe less [important] than is generally supposed." 2. [Those] who had advanced a little too far for the purpose of seeking [materials for] an embank- ment,^- had 13 to be sent for. 3. The immortal gods seemed to foreshadow these things which are now taking place. 4. The safety of my fellow citizens has always been dearer to me than my own life.^ 5. He has not yet learned what is in progress. ' Rewrite this sent, omitting quam. " Use the reflexive sp with ipse. * f uit here follows the number of the ^ at home, doniT. nearer subsUntive piidicitia rather tlian « Express in two waj-s. tliat of the more remote omnia. ® cf. .'548, I., sent. 2. 3 Rewrite thlsBcnt.introducinjrquam. >« less than his own expectation. * in with accusative. " Translate : le$8 than opinion. '• qnidem ; it follows the word w hich '- cf. .386, I., sent. 1. it emphasizes. '^ cf. examples in 317. LESSON LXXII. Defective Verbs : Odi, CoepI, Meinini. — Verbs OF Memory. 550. Learn the inflection and synopsis, with meanings, of coepi, / began ; odi, / hate ; meinini, / remember : A. &G. 143, a, 6, c?, note; H. 297, I., 2; G. 190, 5. 160 VERBS OF MEMORY. 551. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Vivorum memini (Cic. Fin. 5, l, 3), / keep tlie living in mind. 2. Memini, neque unquam obliviscar noctis illius (Cic Plane. 42, 101), I remember, nor shall I ever forget that night. 3. Alii, reminiscentes veteris famae (Nep. Plwc. 4, l), others, re- calling his early fame. 4. Recorder non L. Brutum sed legiones nostras (Cic. Cat. Maj. 20, 74), I call to mind not Lucius Brutus, hut our legions. 5. Omnia meminerunt (Cic. Cat. Maj. 1,21), they remember everything. 6. Num ilia oblitus est (Cic. ^c. 2,33,106), did he forget those things? 7. Ea reminiscere (Cic Fam. 4, 5, 5), recall these things. 8. Id saepe sum recordatus (Cic Att. 8, 12, 5), / have often re- called it. 552. Observatiox and Inference : By what cases may verbs of remembering and forgetting be followed (see foregoing examples) ? What seems to be the regular construction with recorder (see Exs. 4 and 8) ? What case regularly follows verbs of remembering and forgetting when the thing remembered or forgotten is expressed by a neuter adjective or pronoun (see Exs. 5-8) ? What seems to be the construction after memini, obliviscor, and reminiscor when the object remembered is not expressed by a neuter adjective or pro- noun (see Exs. 1-3) ? Frame rules embodying these observations. 553. References for Verification : A. & G. 219 and Rem. (last sentence) ; H. 406, 11. , 407, note 1 ; G. 375, Rem. 2. 554. EXERCISES. I. 1. Semper in civitate quibus^ opes nullae sunt vetera odere, nova exoptant. 2. Helvetil proelio nostros laeessere coeperunt. 3. Memento mei. 4. Reminiscere veteris incommod! popull Romani. 5. Plerique mortales, sceleris obliti, de poena disserunt. 6. Eas res reniinisc! et re- cordari videntur. 7. In murum lapides jaci coepti sunt.^ 8. Intellegebat omnes homines condicionem servitutis odisse. 9. Quam mnlta meminerunt angnres ! 10. Probaturus sum v5bis defensionem meam si id memineritis, quod oblivisci ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 161 non potestis. 11. Mens mea pueritiae memorium recordatur filtimam. 12. Constantiae tuae memini. II. 1. I entreat you to remember these things. 2. It is not becoming cither^ to exercise partiality or^ to cherish hatred. 3. They began to follow and attack our men in (a) the rear. 4. A great quantity of dust began ^ to be seen. 5. Remember (pi.) us. G. I cannot forget the old indignity. 7. Recall to mind the ancient valor of the Hel- vetians. 8. When I reliect on all the stages of your life, I do not see at what period jou learned those things. 9. He favors the Helvetians, [but] hates Caesar. 10. Turn your thoughts from^ slaughter and conflagi-ations. 11. He forgets nothing but^ injuries. 12. He recalled the bitter experience of an earlier time. 13. I call to mind* not the two Decii, not the two Scipios, — but our own legions. 555. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Eundem Achillain," cujus supra meminimus, omnibus copiis praefecit. 2. Atque ego, qui onmia officio nietior, recordor tamen tua cdnsilia. 3. Cum aliquo dolore flagitiorum^ suorum recordabitur. 4. Plerique mortales postrema meniinere, et in hominibus impiis sceleris eorum obliti de poena disserunt, si ea paulo severior fuit. 5. Parum odisse nialos cives vidctur. n. 1. I forget for-the-momen.t' your injuries, Clodia. 2. The, mind remembers the past, sees the present, foresees the future. 3. He exhorted the Aeduans to forget disputes and disagreement. 4. Tliey began by putting to death*** all the worst" without trial. > ct. .393 and 304. "> For declension, «ee AenSRH (or * A. &G. 143, a (second line); H. 297, LeAnMIlii) : A. 8t O. 37; H. 60; 0.72. 1 ; 0. 190, 5 (end). ' In this the usual construction with * Trans. : it it becoming neither . . . recordor ? nor. 9 jam. * " turn your tboagbts from " s=for- '" Trans. : They at Jlrat began to put get. to death. » " nothing but " = nothing unle$$. » " all the worst " = each worst ; of. recordor. Lesson LVII., foot-note 3. 162 CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES. LESSON LXXIII. Subjunctive in Consecutive Clauses (Clauses OF Result). 556. EXAMPLES. 1. Ita me gessi ut omnes conservaremini (Cic. Cat. 3, lo, 25), / so conducted my administrcilion tliat you were all saved. 2. Ita repente procurrerunt ut spatium non daretur (i, 52, 3), they ran forward so suddenly that no time icas cdloiced. 3. Quis est tam lynceus qui in tantis tenebris nihil offendat (Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 2), who is so sharjj-sighted as not to stumhle amid such darkness (that he would not stumble, etc.). 4. Quae res, commeatus ut ad eum portari possent, efEcie- bat (2, 5, 5), this movement rendered it possible for supplies to be brought to him (brought it about that supplies could, etc.). 5. Eadem nocte accidit ut esset luna plena (4, 29, i), on the same night it chanced that it iv as full moon. 557. Observation and Inference : Note that the dependent clauses in Exs. 1-3 express consequence or result. Such 'clauses are called Consecutive Clauses, or Clauses of Result. What mood is used in consecutive clauses ? Is the consecutive clause in Ex. 1 affirmative or negative f What particle introduces it ? Answer the same questions for the consecutive clause in Ex. 2. Is the negative particle of the consecutive clause the same as that of the fncd clause (see 528, Ex. 2)? Note that the consecutive clause in Ex. 3 is introduced by the relative pronoun (qui), and that qui is here equivalent in meaning to ut is. Frame a rule for the Mood and the Introductory Word to be used in Consecutive Clauses. 558. References for Verification : A. & G. 319 and a (first sentence) ; H. 500, I., II. ; G. 554. 559. Observation and Inference : Note that the consecu- tive clause of Ex. 4 is the direct object of the verb (efficiebat) on which it depends, and that the latter is a verb denoting the a<:com- CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES. 163 pUshment of an effort. What claifn of verbs, then, do Object Clauses of Result follow ? ^^'hat Mood do they require ? Frame a rule for Object Clauses of Result. 560. References for A'KuiricATiON : A. & G. 332; H. 501, II., 1 ; G. 557. 561. Observation and Inference : Xote that the consecu- tive clause of Ex. 5 is the subject of the impersonal verb accidit. With what class of verbs, then, are Subject Clauses of Result found? What Mood do they require ? Frame a rule for Subject Clauses of Result. 562. References for Verification: A. &G. 332, a; H. 501, I., 1 ; G. 558. 563. EXERCISES. I. 1. Quis potest esse tarn aversus a vero qui neget haec omnia quae videraus ? 2. Tantus timor exefcitum occuim- vit ut omnium mentes animosque perturbaret. 3. FTebat ut minus facile flnitimis bellum inferre posseut. 4. Non tam impentus sum reinim ut non sciam Aeduos Romauis auxilium non tulisse. 5. Verborum obscuritas facit ut non intollega- tur res. 6. Fortuna vestra facit ut irae meae temperem. 7. Illae tamen omnes dissensiones erant ejusmodi^ quae non ad delendam, sed commutandam rem publicam pertinerent. 8. Aliquot de causis acciderat ut Gall! belli renovandi consilium caperent. 9. Tanta reram commutatio est facta ut nostri proelium redintegrarent. II. 1. Sal)inu8 gave ground for so-strong-a^ suspicion of his cowardice that the enemy dared to come up even^ to the rampart of the camp. 2. Nor am I so iron-hoartcd as not to be affected.* 3. Ariovistus had assumed such arrogance that he seemed insufferable."^ 4. The-result-will-be* that the enemy will escape danger l)y their swiftness. 5. The obscurity of the subject' causes the language not to be under- stood.* 6. So stealthily did they glance at one another* 164 CLAUSES WITH Quomlnus. that the}' seemed to betray themselves by-their-own-actions.^° 7. The Aediiaiis have deserved so [well] of (de) the Roman people that their towns ought not to be assaulted. 564. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Ejusmodi^ sunt tempestates consecutae uti sub pellibus milites contineri iion possent. 2. Nemo enhn est tarn senex qui se annum non putet posse vivere. 3. Hostes tantam vu-tutem praestiterunt ut ex jacentium corporibus pugnarent. II. 1. And it so happened that out of so large 2 a nmnber not a single ship^^ was missing. ^"^ 2. We are not persons of such in- credulity that^^ nothing seems to us^^ true. 3. And so, although twelve ships had been lost,^* he rendered it possible for the voyage to be made ^^ well enough with the rest. 1 of such a kind, such: A. & G. 215, » Translate: among themselves. a; H. 396, v., n. 1; Gr, 364. 10 Use ipse in app. with the subject. 2 tantus. • ^^ " not a sing]e ship " = 710 ship at all. s jam. 12 " -y^ras missing" ;= icas missed. 4 Translate: that I am 7iot affected. is << pgi-gong of guch incredulity that 5 Translate : did not seem sufferable. to us " ^ those to ivhom. 6 cf. 563, I., sent. 3. " Ablative absolute. 7 Use res in plural. 35 Translate : caused that it could be 8 Translate : causes that the language sailed ; use navigo impersonally in the is not understood. passive. LESSON LXXIV. Subjunctive in Clauses Introduced by Quominus AND Quin. 565. EXAMPI>ES. 1. Te infirmitas valetudinis tuae tenuit quo minus venires (Cic. Fam. 7, 1, 1), the feebleness of your health kept you from coming (so that thereby [quo = ut eo] you came less). 2. Neque illis superbia obstabat quo minus aliena instituta imitarentur (Sail. Cat. 51, 37), neither did pride prevent them from imitating foreign institutions. CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES WITH Quin. 165 566. Observation axd INFERE^XE : Xote thai the depend- ent clauses in the foregoing examples arc introduced by quo minus. "What mood do they take (see venires, Ex. 1, and imitarentur, Ex. 2) V Xote also that the verbs on which these clauses depend (tenuit. Ex. 1, iind obstabat, Ex. 2) are verbs of hinderinf/ . Frame a rule for the Mood to be used in clauses like the foregoing. 567. Referexces for Verification: A. & G. 319, c; H. 505, II., 1; G. 549. 568. EXAMPLES. 1 . Nemo est tain f ortis quIn rii novitate perturbStur (O, 39, 3), no one is so brave as not to he disconcerted by the unexpected- ness of the situation. 2. Quis est quin contendat (Sail. Jut/. 4, 7), trho is there who does not contend? 3. RetiuSri n5n potuerant quin tela conicerent (i, 47, 2), it had not been possible to restrain them from throicinrj darts (lit., thi'V had not been able to be r(\sti-ain('d, etc.). 4. Non dubit&bat quin summissiores essent futurae (8,31,2), he had no doubt that they would he more submissive. 5. Nullum tempiis intermis6runt quin 16g5t6s mitterent {'), 55, 1), they let no occasion j)nss without sendiny (imbussftdors. (J. Facere non possum quin cottidifi ad t6 mittam (Cic. Att. 12, 27, 2), / cannot help writiny to you every day. 569. Observation and Inference: Note that the consecu- tive clauses in tlie foregoinii;: tycainples are introduce*! by quin, and that the leading clau.se in each exaini»le contain.s a negative expres- sion. Xote, further, that the neyative expression of the leading clause is: a general negative (n6m6) in Ex. 1 ; an interrogative im- plying a negative in Ex. 2 (quia est ^ nSmS est) ; a negative expression of hindering (retinSxl n6n potuerant) in Ex. 3; a negative expression of doubting (n6n dubitSbat) in Ex.4; and a negative ex])reM8ion of omitting or refraining (nClllum . . . inter- mlsSrunt and facere nfin possum) in Exs. 5 and 0. Frame a rule, or rules, for the use of quin with the Subjunctive in Con- secutive Clauses. 166 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 570. References for Verification : A. & G. 319, d ; H. 504 ; G. 550, 551. 571. EXERCISES. I.. 1. Nemo est qmn ubivis qiiam ibi iibi est esse malit. 2. Sed custodiis quo^ id sine peiiciilo minus ^ faceremns impediebamur. 3. N5n est dnbium quin totius Galliac^ plurimiim Helvetii possint. 4. Non possunt milites con- tineri quin in urbem irrumpant nrbemque deleant. 5. Ne- que abest suspicio qnin ipse sibi mortem consciverit. 6. Quis est quin cernat quanta vis sit in sensibus ? 7. Prohiberi non possumus quo minus cottidie aquam pe- tamus. 8. Non dubito quin probaturus sim A^obis de- fensionem meam. 9. Ego nihil praetermisi quin Pompejum a Caesaris conjunctione avocarem. 10. Naves vento tene- bantur quo minus in eundem portum venire possent. II. 1. The enemy endeavored to hinder our men from fleeing for refuge to their camp. 2. We have not^ been able to deter even^ the Suessiones from conspiring with the Bel- gians. 3. We do not doubt that he will inflict the severest punishment on all the" hostages. 4. Nothing is so difficult that it cannot be found out b}' searching. 5. There is no doubt ^ that the Romans will deprive the Aeduans of freedom.^ 6. Nor did he refuse to submit to the penalty of the law. 7. I cannot help^ declaring to 3'ou my opinion. 8. Who then can doubt '^ that [true] wealth consists in virtue? 572. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Quis est omnium quin divitiis et sumptibus, non probi- tate neque industria cum majoribus suis contendat? 2. Tutu vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur. 3. Itaque deterritus non est quo minus, prima acie pro vallo in- striicta, reliqua pars oxercitiis opus faceret. II. 1. Rest assured^ that the Romans will wrest liberty from the Aeduans. 2. Parmenio wished to deter him from drinking RELATIVE CLAUSES OF CHARACTERISTIC. 167 the drug. l].- Xor do we refuse to remain® forever under your sway. 4. No one might i'' withdraw from the line of march without being cut off by Caesar's cavahy. ' quo may be separated from minus * See 568, Ex. 6. by the intervention of other words. ■? What mood ? See 493, Ex. 3. - See foot-note 1, Lesson LX\T:ir. 8 Translate : bennwilling to doubt. 3 See Lesson LXVIIL, foot-note 8. » " remain " = be. * of. 571, 1., sent. 3. w jfullT licebat. '< Translate : wretsi/reedomfrom (lit., to) the Aeduans (dat.). LESSON LXXV. Subjunctive in Relative Clauses of Characteristic. 573. EXAMPLES. 1. Secutae sunt tempestStSs quae nostros in castrls conti- nSrent ii,u,A), there ensued storms which (of sucli severity that they) kept our wen in camp. 2. Hoc qui postulSret reperiSbStur ngmo (Caes. B. C. 3, 20,4), no one was found who (.so unreasonable that he) demanded this. '3. Fugre qui crSderent (Sal. Cat. 17, 7), there were some who believed. 4. Rem idoneam dg qu5 quaerStur, et homings dignSs qui- buscum disser«ltur putant (Cic. Ac. 2, 6, 18), thei/ consider the subject suitable to be inquired intOy and the men worthy ofbeimj argued with. 574. Observation and Inference : Noto tliat the relative clau.se.s of result in the forejroincj oxample8 expres.s some chnrnrfer- istic of the ant<;cedent. Thus the relative clause quae . . . conting- rent (Ex. 1) descril)cs the severity of the storms by saying that they kept the men in camp. Note, further, that tlie relativq clause of characteristic follows a r/eneral negative (nfimS) in Ex. 2, an indefinite (omitted) antecedent in Ex. 3, an antecedent limited by id5neam in Ex. 4, and an antecedent limited by dlgn5s in Ex. 4. In what mood is the verb of a Relative Clause of Characteristic? 168 RELATIVE CLAUSES OF CHARACTERISTIC. With what Antecedents are Relative Clauses of Characteristic especially used? Frame a rule embodying these observations. 575. References for Verification: A. & G. 320, a,/; H. 503, I., II., 2 ; G. 633, 634. 576. EXERCISES. I. 1. Erant omnino itinera duo qiiibus itineribus domo^ exire possent. 2. Erant eo tempore qui existimarent indicium illud a P. Autronio machinatum.^ 3. Indigni vos estis qui in meo exercitu ordines ducatis. 4. Voluptas est sola*^ quae nos vocet ad se. 5. Neque is sum qui mortis perTculo terrear. 6. Reperti sunt milites qui scuta manibus revellerent et desuper vulnerarent. 7. Hunc Caesar ido- neum judicaverat quem cum mandatis mitteret. II. 1. Storms followed which prevented the enemy from fighting. 2. [There] are [persons] here who urge you to revolt '^ from us. 3. He deems Procillus a suitable [person] to send^ to Ariovistus. 4. He seems to be worthy to com- mand. 5. Nor has any one been found^ up to this time who refused^ to die. 6. There were [some] who said that Catiline had passed round blood in sacrificial dishes. 577. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Qui se iiltro morti offerant facilius reperiuntur quam qui dolorem patienter ferant. 2. Morini INIenapiique supererant qui in armis essent neque ad eum legates de pace misissent. 3. Quis servus libertate" dignus fuit cui nostra saliis cara non esset? II. 1. [He] who quietly obeys seems to be worthy to com- mand. 2. In the camp of Pompey it was possible to see many things which betokened confident expectation of victory. 3. Nor is there any one who asserts that he has penetrated to the begin- ning of that forest. 4. There are [those] who say that Catiline has been driven into exile by me. 1 See foot-note 1, Lesson LXX. " cf. sent. 7, foregoing exercise. 2 se. esse. o a. & G. 287, a; U. 495, 1; G. 511, s A. &G. 320, 6; H. 503, II., 1. Rem. 2. * Translate ; tcrffe that you revolt. ^ cf. Lesson XXXII. , foot-note 3. VEllBS OF l-EEJLlN(r. 169 LESSON LXXVI. Constructions Used with Verbs of Feeling. 578. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Miseremini sociorum (Cic Verr. 2, l,2&, 12), pitt/ [our'\ allies. 2. Miserescite regis (Verg. Aen. 8, 573), take pity on the king. 3. Commuue periculum miserabantur (l, 39, 4), they bewailed the common danger. 579. Observation and Inference: Note that miseremini (Ex. 1) and miser§scite (Ex. 2) are intransitive, and mean '■feel l>it\ ': what case follows them? Note, on the other hand, that miserabantur i.s transitive and means ' express pity for,' * lament,' * bewail ' ; what case follows it ? Frame a rule for the construction to l)t' used with these verbs? 580. References for Verification: A. & G. 221, a; II. 400, I. ; G. 37G (first line). 581. EXAMPLES. 1. Tul m6 miseret, mei piget (Kun. aj..! i. . Dir. i,si,66), I pity theCf I loathe mi/srlf (']{ pities me of tliet', it loathes me of myself). 2. Taedet omnino eos vitae (Cic. Att. 5, 16, 2), they are utterly weary nf lifr (it wearirs them of life). 0. Me meorum factorum nunquam paeuitgbit < i. . <»r. 2, 15, 35), / am not ashamed of you indeed^ but of Chrysippus. 582. Ob.servatiox and Inferencf. : Note that miseret (Ex. 1), piget (Ex. 1), taedet (Ex. 2), paenitBbit (Ex. 3), and pudet (P2x. 4) are impersonal verbs of feeling or emotion. By what case is the person experiencing the feeling expres-scid ? (See m6, Ex. 1, eOa, Ex. 2, m6, Ex. 3, m6, Ex. 1.) By what ca.se is the object exciting the feeling expre.s.sed? (Sc(> tul and mel, Ex. 1, vltae, E?:. 2, factorum Ex. 3, tul and ChrysippT. V.\. \ \ Fr.itiu' ;i ml!- for ill.'. >n8 to be used with til" i< liii|M'r-uii:iI . 170 CONSTRUCTIONS WITH Interest. 583. References for Verification: A. & G. 221, h\ H. 409, III. ; G. 376. 584. EXAMPLES. 1. Quid illius interest ubi sis {C'lc. Att.io, A, IQ), what matters it to him where yon are ? 2. Docet quanto opere communis salutis intersit manus hostium distineri (2, 5,2), he shows how important it is for the geneird safetij that the forces of the enemy he kept apart. 3. Mea magni interest te ut videam (Cic. Att. ii, 22, 2), it is of great importance to me to see you. 4. Tua maxime interest te valere (Cic. Fam. I6, 4, 4), it is of the greatest importance to you that you keep your health. 585. Observation and Inference : IS^ote that with the m- pei'sonal interest the person or thing affected is expressed by the genitive in Exs. 1 and 2 (see illius, Ex. 1, and salutis, Ex. 2). Xote, however, that in Exs. 3 and 4 the person interested is ex- pressed not by the genitive of the personal pronoun, as might have been expected, but by the ablative feminine of the possessive (see mea, Ex. 3, and tua, Ex. 4). Frame a rule for the constructions to be used with the Impersonal interest, to express the Person or Thing Affected. 586. Refcrences for Verification: A. & G. 222, a; H. 408, I., 1, 2 ; G. 381 (both paragraphs). 587. EXERCISES. I. 1. Me meorum eonsiliorum niinquam paenitebil. 2. Misereor vestri. 3. Miseret te aliorura, tuT te nee mis- eret nee pudet.^ 4. Sunt homines qiios Tnfamiae suae neqne piideat neque taedeat. 5. Magnl^ interest Ciceronis, vel mea potius, vel mehercule utriusqiie. 6. Quis est hodie cujus intersit istam legem manere ? 7. Magni- interest tiui et mea. 8. Allobroges Umbrenum orabant ut sul miserere- tur. 9. Miserantur communem Galliae fortunam. 10. De summis saepe rebus consilia ineunt, quorum eos in vestlgio ILLUSTUATIVE EXERCISES. 171 paenitere necesse est. 11. Me civitatis morum piget tae- dctque. II. 1. You are neither sorry for nor ashamed of yourself. 2. It concerns the general safety for me to have a conference with Ariovistus. 3. The women bewailed tlieir little children. 4. I have not been dissatisfied with my soldiers, nor you with your leader. 5. It is highly^ important to me for us to be together. 6. They are neither ashamed of their infamy nor wear}' [of it]. 7. It is of more^ importance to them than to me. 8. He demands that they have com- passion on him.^ 9. Can any one pity us ? 588. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Non tam mea quani rei publicae interest uti salvus sim. 2. Plerique eorum qui ante me sententias dlxere, casuin rei piil)li- cae niiserati sunt. 3. Eoruiu nos magis miseret qui nostram misericordiam non requirunt, quam qui illani efflagitant. 4. Hiijus post mortem, populum judicii sui paenitebat. IT. 1. It matters very little* to me. 2. Caesar used to say tliat it was not so important for himself^ as for the state that he should be preserved. 3. Do you not feel that you dishonor ^ this temple, the city,^ life,^ light »? 4. I pity the misfortunes of Jugurtha. 5. Every one is dissatisfied with hi.<} own lot. > For the arrangement of the wordu ' inlnimS. in thl« Rontence, see references under • Proper form of r.uu*. Le»»on XXI., foot-note 21. ^ '* Do you not feel that you dishonor ' A. & G. 252, a; H. 408, III.; O. this temple?" = does it not ahame you 382, 1. of this temple t ' masls* 'Repeat "not" with each substan- * A. fc G. 196, a; H. 448, 1 ; G. 521. Uve. 172 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES: LESSON LXXVII. Conditional Sentences: Present and Past Suppositions. Present and Past Suppositions, Protasis Indeterminate. 589. EXAMPIvES. 1. Si me consulis, suadeo (Cic Cat. i, 5, 13), if you ask my advice, I recommend [it]. 2. Si quisquam fuit unquam remotus ab inani laude, ego profecto is sum (Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 13), if there ever ivas any one indifferent to empty applause, I assuredly am the man. 3. Sin autem servire meae gloriae mavis, egredere (Cic Cat. 1, 9, 23), if however, you prefer to minister to my glory, depart. 4. Si stare non possunt, corruant (Cic. Cat. 2, lo, 21), if they can- not stand, let them fall. 590. Explanation of Terms : Sentences like the foregoing, containing a clause introduced by si, if, or one of its compounds (see sin, Ex. 3), are called Conditional Sentences. The clause ex- pressing the condition (si . . . consulis, Ex. 1, si . . . laude, Ex. 2, sin . . . mavis, Ex. 3, si . . . possunt, Ex. 4) is called the Protasis ; the clause expressing the conclusion (suadeo, Ex. 1, ego . . . sum, Ex. 2, egredere, Ex. 3, corruant, Ex. 4) is called the Apodosis. 591. Observation and Inference : IVote that the Protasis in the foregoing examples simply states a supposed case, without implying either that it is true or that it is false. Thus, si me consulis, if you ask my advice (Ex. 1), does not imply that the per- son addressed either does or does not ask the advice of the speaker. Note, further, that the Protasis expresses a present supposition in Exs. 1, 3, and 4; and a past supposition in Ex. 2. In what 7nood is the verb of the Protasis in each of these examples (see con- sulis, Ex. 1; fuit, Ex. 2; mavis, Ex. 3; possunt, Ex. 4)? Is there a like uiiiforinity as to mood in the verbs of the Apodosis (see suadeo, Ex. 1 ; sum, Ex. 2 ; egredere, Ex. 3 ; corruant, Ex. 4) ? Erame a rule for the use of Moods in Conditional Sentences like the foregoing. PRESENT AND PAST SUPPOSITIONS. 173 592. References for Verification: A. & G. 306; II. 508 and 1 ; G. 597. Present and Past Suppositions, Protasis False. 593. examples. 1. Servl mei bi me metuerent, domum meam relinqueudam putarem (Cic. Cat. l, 7, 17), if my slaves feared me, I should think that I ought to leave house and home. 2. [Vitam] SI eripuisset, multas animi atque corporis poen&s ademicset (Cic Cat. a, a, 8), if he had taken airay life, he would have relieved [them] of many torments of mind and body. 3. Magis id dicerSs, si adfuissSs (Cic. Lae/. 7, 25), ?/om would say so all the more, if you had been there. 4. Si interfectus esset, quid dicerent (Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15), what would they say, if he had been put to death ? 594. Observation and Inference : Note that the Protasis in each of the foregoing examples states the supposed case in such a way as to imply its falsity. Thus, servi mei si mS metuerent, if my slaves feared me (Ex. 1), implies that tlie speaker's slaves do not fear him ; and si . . . adfuissSs, if t/ou had been there (Ex. 3), implies that the person addressed was not there. Xot^, further, that the Protasis expresses a present supposition in Ex. 1, and a pa.^t supposition in Exs. 2, 3, and 4 ; also, that the verb of the Apodosis refers to present time in J2xs. 1, 3, and 4, and to imst time in Ex. 2. \\ h.it mood is used in both Protasis and Apodosis in these (xaiii).l. -? What tense is used for pf >, ni lime? for pojit time? Frame a rule for the use of Mood and Tense in Conditional Sen- tences like the foregoing. 595. References fob Verification : A. & G. 308 ; H. 510 and n. 1 ; G. 599. 596. EXERCISES. I. 1. SI itenim expcrlri voliuit. ego itorum pnnTtus sum deccrtfire. 2. ST CatilTna in urbe remanslHset, nniuiuain nos nin publicam Ubeiassemus. 3. Parcite dlgnitilti Lcntuli si 174 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. ipse famae suae uiiquam pepercit. 4. Si quid mihi a Cae- "^ sare opus esset, ego ad eiim venissem. 5. Id ego si verbo adsequi possem, istos ipsos eicerem. 6. Si et in urbe et in efidem mente permanent, ea quae merentur exspectent. 7. Mihi SI liaec condicio consulatiis data est, feram non s5lnm fortiter verum etiam libenter. 8. SI in hunc animadver- i- tissem, crudeliter fecissem. II. 1. If they wish to enjo}^ peace, it is unfair [for them] to refuse [to pay] ^ the tribute. 2. Bring back the men if 3'ou wish to be free from suspicion in-my-eyes.^ 3. If there were room for error, I should readily permit [it]. 4. If he had been conscious^ of [having done] any wrong, it would not have been difficult [for him] to be on his guard, o. Par- don the 3'oung^ Cethegus^ if he has not a second time made war on his country. 6. Still, if it is your pleasure, let it be voted. 7. Nor would you, if you were an Athenian, ever have been illustrious. 8. Would ^ he,^ then, if he had lived to be a hundred 3^ears'' old, regret^ his old age ? 597. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Iluic facinori si paucos putatis adfines esse, vehementer erratis. 2. Si quid ille me vult, ilium ad me venire oportet. 3. Si h5c idem huic adulescenti optimo P. Sestio dixissem, jam mihi senatus vim et maniis intulisset. 4. Si id culpa senectiitis acci- deret, eadem mihi iisii venirent. II. 1. If you cannot die contentedly, do you hesitate to con- sign your life to flight and solitude? 2. If your parents hated you, you would, as I think, withdraw to some place out of their sight.^ 3. If Catiline had come off conqueror, doubtless great bloodshed and disaster would have overwhelmed the country. 1 recusare de. " "What inter, particle? cf. 417, Ex. 4. 2 mihi. c cf. 581, Ex. 3. 3 Translate : conscious to himself. '' had lived to the hundredth year. * Translate : the youth of Cethegus. 8 ab eorum ocuUs. FUTURE SUPPOSITIONS. 175 LESSON LXXVIII. Conditional Sentences: Future Suppositions. 598. EXAMPLES. 1. Nuiiquam labere si te audies (Cic. Fam. 2, 7, i), i/ou will never €>'r if you (shall) /o//o«? your own convictions (hear yourself). 2. Si iste flnus tollStur, periculum residebit (Cic. Cat. i, 13, 31), if he alone (shall) he removed, the danrjer will remain. 3. Vix feram sermones hominum si id feceris (Cic. Cat. i, 9, 23), it will he hard for me to endure men's cri/lrisnts if you do (shall have done) this. 599. Observation- and Inference: Note that the Protasis in each of tlie foregoing examples states a supposed future case with vividness, though without implying eitlier that it will or that it will not be fulfilled. AVhat ?nood and what tenses are used in both Protasis and Apodosis in this form of conditional sentence? Note that, in Ex. 3, the action expressed by the verb of the Protasis (fSceris) is represented as completed at the time denoted by the verb of the Apodosis (feram) ; what fense is used to express this coiiipleteness? Note, further, tliat \]\f verbs of the Protasis in til'' foregoing examples are rendenMl liy the present tense in the Kii.;li>h translation; in such cas< -, \\lii(h language is the more exact, the Latin or the Engli.shV Frunie a rule for the use of Mood and Tenses in Conditional Sentences like the foregoing. 600. References for Verification: A. & G. 307 (to the semicolon), «, c (omit what follows the comma in the third line) ; H. 5()8and2; G. 597. 601. EXAMPLES. 1. SI quis deus mihi largi&tur ut repuerSscam, valdfi recfl- sem (Cic. Cat. Maj. 23, 83), if some gofl should frerhj f/ranf me thf vririlt Of of becoming a child again, I should stnuth/ re- fu. 176 FUTURE SUPPOSITIONS. 2. Ego SI Scipiouis desiderio me mover! negem, mentiar (Cic. Lael. 3, 10), if 1 should say that I am not affected with grief at the loss of Scipio, I should speak falsely. 3. Si gladium quis apud te sana mente deposuerit, repetat insaniens, reddere peccatum sit (Cic. 0^.3,25,94), if a man should deposit (should have deposited) with you a sword [when] in his right mind, and should ask it hack again [when] insane, it luould he wrong to restore it. 602. Observation and Inference : Note that the Protasis in the foregoing examples states the supposed future case with less vividness than in the examples of 598, and thereby represents the fulfillment of the supposed case as somewhat less probable. What mood and what tenses are used in both Protasis and Apodosis in this form of conditional sentence? Note that, in Ex. 3, the action expressed by the verb of the first Protasis (deposuerit) is represented as co7npleted at the time denoted by the verb of the Apodosis (sit) ; what tense is used to express this completeness ? Frame a rule for the use of Mood and Tenses in Conditional Sentences like the foregoing. 603. References for Verification : A. & G. 307, &, c ; H. 509 and n. 1 ; G. 598. 604. EXERCISES. I. 1. Nisi decedes, ego te pro hoste habebo. 2. Si discesseris, magno ego te praemio remunerabor. 3. Haec SI tecum patria loquatur, nonne impetrare debeat? 4. Si quis deus te interroget, quid respondeas? 5. Si poteri- mus, castellum expugnabimus ; si minus potuerimus, agios Remorum populabimur. 6. Si vim facere couabimini, prohibebo. 7. Si te interfecero, multis ego nobilibus gra- tum faciam. II. 1. If we can/ we shall destroy the bridge ; if we can- not,^ we shall cut off the Romans from supplies. 2. I could not go away if I should wish [to]. 3. If you give satis- faction to the Aeduaus for (de) the injuries [you have done ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 177 them], I shall make peace with you. 4. Ought not- the country to obtain her request, even if she should not be aI>K- to apply force? 5. If tliis (pi.) is reported'' to Ario- vistus, he will inflict punishment on (de) the hostages. G. Ifyou do^ tliis, there will be lasting friendship between you and the Roman people.* 605. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Etiam si honiinum studia deficiaut, di^ ipsi immortales cogant tanta vitia superari. 2. Si se ejecerit, secumque suos eduxerit, exstinguetur atque delebitiir sth'ps ac semen maloruni omnium. 3. Si quis pater familias,^ llberis siiis a servo interfectls, supplicimn de servo non sumpserit, utrum ^ is clemens an crude- lissimus esse videatmr? 4. Nisi decedcs atque exercitum deduces ex his regiouibus, ego te non pro amico sed hoste habcbo. 5. Pietate adversus deos sublata,^ fides etiam et justitia tollatur. II. 1. If they should remain in Rome,* they would be rescued by a hired mob. 2. If this takes place it will be [attended] with great danger to the province.!^ 3. If any [punishment] of undue severity is inflicted upon him'i by Caesar, no one will sui)- pose that it was not done at^- ray desire. * cf. sent. 5, preceding exercise. " 'I'raiis. hy a condltlonni clause. * cf. 604, sent. 3. F.\l):inil t!ir alil. abs. Jnto the ordinary ' cf. sent. 2, preceding exercise. form of protasis. ♦Translate: to the Roman people » cf. Lesson XXVII., foot-uotc 11. yrith yoit. '" I'ho the genitive. « Bee 373, foot-note 3. "Translate: if anything too-severe « A. & G . 36, 6 ; II. 49, 1 ; 0. 27, Rem. 1. sludl have luippened to him from Caesar, f Omit in translation. " Use ablative of cause. 178 CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. LESSON LXXIX. Concessive Clauses. — Clauses of Proviso. 606. EXAMPLES. 1. Quamquam premebantur, tamen omnia fortissimo sustine- bant animo (S, 42, 3), although they were hard pressed, still they endured everything with the bravest spirit. 2. Senectus, quamvis non sit gravis, tamen aufert viridi- tatem (Cic Lael. 3, il), old age, though it he not hurdensonie, yet takes away one^s vigor. 3. Etsi maturae sunt hiemes, tamen contendit (4, 20, i), although the winters set in early, he hastened notwithstanding. 4. Nonne impetrare debeat, etiamsi vim adhibere non possit (Cic. Cat. 1, 8, 19), ought she not to obtain her request, even though she should not be able to employ force ? 607. Observation and Inference: Note that the clauses in the foregoing examples introduced by quamquam (Ex. 1), quamvis (Ex. 2), etsi (Ex. 3), and etiamsi (Ex. 4) express something granted or conceded. For this reason they are called Concessive Clauses. Note that the Concessive Clause introduced by quamquam (Ex. 1), unlike that introduced by quamvis (Ex. 2), concedes an admitted fact, and therefore takes the indicative mood (see premebantur). What mood does the Concessive Clause introduced by quamvis take (see sit, Ex. 2)? Note that etsi (Ex. 3) and etiamsi (Ex. 4) are compounds of si, and that, like si, they take the indicative or subjunctive as already explained (Lessons LXXVIL-VIIL). Frame rules for the Mood of the verb in Con- cessive Clauses. 608. References for Verification: A. & G. 313, a, c, e\ H. 515, I., II., III. ; G. 605, 1-3, 606, 607, 608. 609. EXAMPLES. 1. Dum locus pxignandi daretur, singulas binis navibus obiciebant (Caes. B. C. 1, 58, 4), provided an opportunity of fighting presented itself, they matched one ship against two. CLAUSES OF PROVISO. 179 • 2. Manent ingenia aenibus, modo permaneat industria (Cic. Cat. Maj. 7, 22), the old retdin their mental powers (powers remain to the old), if only industry hold out. ''\. Magno mS metu liberabis, dum modo inter me atque t§ murus intersit (Cic Co<. l, 5, lO), you will free me from yreut fear, if only there he a ivall between you and me. 610. Observation and Inference : Note that the clauses in the foregoing examples intVoduced by dum (Ex. 1), modo (Ex. 2), and dum modo (Ex. 3) express a proviso or condition; what 7nood do they take (see daretur, Ex. 1, permaneat, Ex. 2, and intersit, Ex. 3) ? Frame a ride for the Mood to be used in clauses like the foregoing. 611. References for YrnirirATioN: A. & O. iMi-, H. 5l:j, I. ; G. 575. 612. EXERCISES. I. 1. Sed est tanti^ dura modo ista rei publicae perTculIs sejuiitratur calamitas. 2. Quamqiiani crebru audiebat LabicMiuni ab iiiimicTs suis sollicitarl, tamen non credidit. .">. Etiamsl CatilTna perierit, in re pfd)lica seminariiim Cati- ITnariim erit. 4. Non igitur potestas est conservandae rel j)ublicae, quamvis ea prematur perTculIs. 5. Neque, dum sibi regnum pararet, quicquam pens! habebat.'* 0. Ilia, qiiamquam fcrenda non fueriuit, tamen tulT. 7. Homines, «iuaravis in turbidis rebus sint, tamen interdum animis re- laxantur."** II. 1. Even though he receives the injury, ho yet seems to commit [it]. 2. You at any rate assented to* my depart- ure, provided I should be at Rome* on the first^ of January. '.. The Romans, although they were weary of marching^ md fighting,^ yet eagerly" advanced to meet [him]. 4. And yet* that flattery, pernicious though"' it be, can nevertheless injiire no one but" him who is pleased by it. 5. He spared neither expeuse nor his own honor, if only he might make them faithful to himself. 180 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONS. 613, Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Sed quamquain haec talia sunt, tamen obviam ire iiiimicis mels animus me subigit. 2. Ista Veritas etiamsl jiicunda^^ non est, mihi tamen grata ^=^ est. 3. Nihil tam difficile est quod non cupidissime facturi simus, dum ea res civitate'm aere alieno liberet. 4. Quamvis non fueris suasor et impulsor profectionis meae, appro- bator certe fuisti. II. 1. Life is short, though it extend beyond a thousand years. 2. But Sulla, although he held the same opinion,^^ nevertheless protected the Moor from injury. 3. They will shrink from no peril, provided the province be restored to Caesar through their efforts." 1 est tantl, it is worth such a price: » A. & G. 313, f ; H. 515, n. 2 ; Gr. 607, A. & G. 252, a; H. 404, n. 1; G. 379. Rem. 2. - Neque quicquain pens! habe- " cf. 606, Ex. 2. bat, iior did he have any scruple. " " no one but" = no one unless. 3 aniniTs relaxantur, unbend. ^2 jucundus, agreeable, because to * you were apj)rover of. one's taste ; gratus, welcome, because 5 cf. foot-note 11, Lesson XXVII. valuable in itself. <^ "fivst" = Kalends. ^^ to hold the same opinion, cadem ^ Ablative. exTstiinare. 8 intentus (adj.) in agreement with " Translate : through themselves. subject. LESSON LXXX. Special Constructions: Genitive with Verbs OF Condemning, etc. — Egeo and Indig-eo. Dative with Eripio, etc. 614. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Principes civitatis insimulati [sunt] proditioiiis (7, 38, 2), the foremost men in the state have been charged loith treachery. 2. Proditionis damnatus est (Nep. Th. 8, 2), he was condemned for treason. SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONS. 181 0. Video te absolutum esse improbit&tis (Oc Verr. 2, 1, 28, 72), / see that you were acquitted of wroncj doing. 615. Dbservatiox and Inference : Note that insimul^ti sunt (Ex. 1), damnatus est (Ex. 2), and absolutum esse (Ex. 3) are verbs of accusing, condemning, and acquitting resj3ectively. By wliat case is the charge expressed with these verbs (see proditi- onis, Ex. 1, proditionis, Ex. 2, improbit&tis, Ex. 3) ? Frame a rule for the construction to be used with these and similar verbs. 616. References for Verification: A. &G. 220; H. 409, IT. and n. 2 ; G. 377. 617. EXAMPLES. 1. Nn attigit nisi arma, quorum indigSbat (Nep. Thr. 2, 6), he touched nothing but arms, and of these he stood in need, 2. [Eos], quibus rSbus indiguSrunt, adjiivit (Nep. Att. 9, 3), he aided them with those things of which they stood in need. '■'>. Neque consill neque audaciae eguere (Sail. Ca^ 51, 37), they lacked neither caution nor boldness. I. Alterum alterius auxilio eget (Sail. Co/. 1, 7), each (of these two things) needs the aid of the other. 618. Observation and Inference : It has already been shown tliat verbs denoting want regularly take the ablative (I^esson LXVI.). With what cases is indigeS construed in the foregoing examples (>»•»• quorum, Ex. 1, and rfibus, Ex. 2)? What caftcs may be used witli egeo (see consill and audaciae, Ex. 3, and auxilid, Ex. 4)? i'raiue a special rule for these two verbs. 619. References for Verification: A. & G. 223; 11.410, \'., 1 : G. 389, Rem. 2. 620. EXAMPLES. 1 . Id mihi til abstullstf ((.ic Mv. in CaecU. 6, 19), you have robbed me of that (liave taken that away to my hurt). J. Haec ill! dfitraheuda auzilia exbtimftbat (6, b,6), he thought that these allies ought to be detached from him (withdrawn to his injury). \ ^M oar ^ K . yl 182 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 3. Mihi timorem eripe {Cic. Cat. 1,7, is), fi-ee me from fear (take away fear as a favor to me). 621. Observation and Inference : It has already been shown that verbs of separation usually take the ablative (Lesson LXVI.). Xote, however, that, in the foregoing examples, abstulisti (Ex. 1), detrahenda (Ex. 2), and eripe (Ex. 3) are construed with the dative (see : mihi, Ex. 1, illi, Ex. 2, and mihl, Ex. 3). Xote, further, tliat the dative in these examples designates the person, and that the action expressed by the verb of separation is viewed as some- thing done to or for the person affected. Frame a rule for this use of the Dative. 622. References for Verification : A. & G. 229 ; H. 386, 2; G. 346 (end). 623. EXERCISES. I. 1 . Nonnullos ambitus Pompeja lege damnatos in inte- grum restituit. 2. Tuasue injurias persequar ipse auxili egens? 3. Populi Roman! beneficium mihi per contumeliam ab inimicis extorquetur. 4. SI ille non fuisset,^ Agesilaus Asiam regi erii)uisset. 5. Accusatus capitis absolvitur, multatur tamen pectin ia. 6. Si quis opis ejus indigebat, habebat quod statim daret. II. 1. Unless you return,^ we shall condemn you to death. 2. No one of (ex) the common people lacked aid against [an enemy] more powerful [than himself]. 3. You have been deprived of life before your time.^ 4. He seized a shield from a"^ soldier in the rear.'' 5. And, by Hercules, Sulla, before I knew you,^ I needed no one.^ G. What [punishment] is too severe for^ men convicted of so heinous a crime? 624. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Sin autem vitam mihi fors ademerit, hi omnia tibi pro me persolvent. 2. Summae iniquitatis condemnari debeo nisivestram Vitam raea saliite habeo cariorem. 3. Ptolomaeum alienarum opum indigentem receperat. 4. Multi praeterea capitis damnati exsulesque convenerant. TEMPORAL CLAUSES WITH Postquaui, ETC. 183 II. 1. All are at liberty® to lay down their arms^*^ without risk of injury except [those] condemned® for capital oifences. '2. This man's army should have been taken from him.^^ 3. This town lacked nothing [that was] serviceable. ^^ ' If it had not been for him. '• In the genitive and ablative, niillus - cf. 598, Ex8. 1 and 2. (not iieiito) must be used for no one. 3 Translate : Life hasbeen takenaway * I'se in with accusjitive. from you hefore-your-time (imnifttu- "•' Translate : it is permitted to all ex- ras). cept to [those] condemned. * Use the proper form of unus. '° Translate : to irithdrato from arms. •• ab ii(>vi8(»imTs. '' Translate : From this man [his] •s Translate : before you known. army was to be taken (pass, periphr.). 12 Translate : no serviceable thing. »>»ic LESSON LXXXI. Temporal Clauses : Postquain, Ubi, ut, Siinui Atqiie; Cum (Temporal). 625. EXAMPLES. 1. Postquam copiSs venire vidit, flumen ezercitum trSdii- cere maturSvit (2, 5, 4), ichen he satr thectively. In what mood ;i!)(l tense an- tlie vorb.s of these temporal clauses (see : vIdit, Ex. 1, arbitratf sunt, Ex. 2, vIdit, Ex. 3, and vldfirunt. Ex. 4)? Xote, further, that the verb of tl». i. iii|...ral clause may be trans- 184 Cum IN NARRATION. lated by the pluperfect (see had seen, Ex. 3). Frame a rule for the Mood and Tense of the Verb in Temporal Clauses like the fore- going. 627. exampi.es. 1. Cum civitas armis jus suum exsequi conaretur, Orgetorix mortuus est (i, 4, 3), lolten the state undertook to maintain its authority by force of arms, Orgetorix died. 2. Haec cum flens a Caesare peteret, Caesar ejus dextram prendit (l, 20, 5), as he in tears was urging these requests on Caesar, Caesar grasped his hand. 3. Diu cum esset pugnatum, castris nostri potiti sunt (i, 26, 4), after a long juggle (when the battle had been fought a long time), our men got possession of the camp. 4. Cum triduum iter f ecisset, inveniebat ex captivis ... (2, 16, i), after marching three days, he learned from prisoners . . . 628. Observation and Inference : Note that the temporal clauses in the foregoing examples, like those of 625, refer to past time, but that they are introduced by cum. Note, further, that in the present examples the attention of the writer is fixed on the main action, and that thje temporal clause merely marks in an inci- dental way the time of its occurrence. What mood and what tenses are used in the foregoing temporal clauses (see conaretur, Ex. 1, peteret, Ex. 2, esset pugnatum, Ex. 3, and fecisset, Ex. 4)? Which of these tenses denotes the same time as the leading verb ? which time prior f Frame a rule for the Mood and Tense to be used with cum in Temporal Clauses of Narration. 629. References for Verification of Rules framed under 626 and 628: A. & G. 323, 324, 325; H. 518, n. 1, 521, IL, 2; G. 563, 586. 630. EXERCISES. I. 1. Quorum de natura inoribusque Caesar cum quaere- ret, sic reperiebat. 2. Ubi legati ad eum reverterunt, negat^ se posse iter uUi per provinciam dare. 3. Quo cum Catilina venisset, quis eum senator appellavit ? 4. Caesar, postquam in Treveros venit, duabus de causis Rhenum translre con- ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 185 stitiiit. 5. Cum haesitaret, cum tt lu'retur, quaesivT quid^ dubitaret proficisci. 6. Quo ut veiitum est, Alexandrlni trepidantes in oranes partes castrorum discurrere coeperuut. 7. Quo cum venisset,'' cognoscit^ missum in Hispaniam a Pompejo VTbullium Rufum. 8. Simul atque oppidan! In spem auxilil venerunt, clamore sublato, arma capere, portas claudere, murum complere coeperunt. II. 1. When (ubi) the Helvetians had been informed* of his arrival, they sent ambassadors to him. 2. Having noted* these [facts], he called an assembly* [and] severely up- braided them. 3. Caesar on perceiving^ this withdrew his forces to the nearest hill. 4. When (cum) these [ships] were drawing near to Britain, and were in sight® from the camp, a storm suddenly arose. 5. As soon as they had recovered* from flight, they sent envoys for (dS) peace. ('». Having said'' these things, he swore that he would not return to camp exicept (nisi) [as] victor. 7. On returning^ tlience, he followed tlie camp of Gajus Claudius Nero. 631. Supplementary Exercises. I, 1. Ubi 8e diutius due! intellexit, convocatis edrum prlncipi- bus, f^aviter eos accusat.^ 2. Cum advesperasceret, occulte ad {jontem Mulvium pervcncnmt. 3. Quod postiiuam barbari fieri animadverterunt, fuga salutem petere contendennit. 4. Caesari cum id nuntiatum asset,* niaturat^ ab iirlie proficisci. II. 1. When he inquired what ( oiimiunities were in arms, he learned as follows. 2. When Cae.sar arrived there (e6), he de- manded hostages, arms, [and] slaves. »3. On liis departure for Italy, Caesar dispatched Servius Galba with the twelfth legion to (in) the Nantuates. 4. In this community two were contending with each other *^ for (d8) supremacy; of whom one," as soon .OS intelligence-wa&-received^^ of Caesar's arrival, came to hini. > H«« rofs. LeMon LXIX., foot.not« 3. ^ Use po*t4|uain. 5 why (adv. ace.). • " were in Hi«ht " = were seen. * Bee refa. Leaaon T^XIX., foot-noU; 5. * Uae ut with teni|H)rnl rlauac. * For teaae, ef. 625, Ex. 3. ><> Tranalatc : between themaelve$. * Uae earn wiUi temporal clauao. " alter. « Ablative abaohite. " V»e oJlurtiSaca Imporaonally. 186 Cum WITH THE INDICATIVE. LESSON LXXXII. Cum WITH THE Indicative in Temporal Clauses. 632. EXAMPIiES. 1. Cum Caesar in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui (6, 12, i), at the time when Caesar came into Gaul, the Aedui were at the head of one party. 2. Turn cum ex urbe Catilinami eiciebam. . . . putabam . . . (Cic. Cat. 3, 2, 3), at the time when I was striving to drive Catiline out of the city . . . I supposed . . . 3. Tum cum res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus fidem concidisse (Cic. Manil. 1, 19), at the time when a great many had lost large fortunes, we know that there ivas a financial panic (credit fell prostrate) . 4. Cum tu haec leges, ilium Romae esse oportebit (Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 5), hy the time this letter reaches you, he ivill he due in Rome. 633. Observation and Inference : Note that the temporal clauses introduced by cum in the foregoing examples, unlike those of 627, mark the time of the main action with defniteness and pre- cision. What mood does cum take under these circumstances (see venit, Ex. 1, eiciebam, Ex. 2, amiserant, Ex. 3, leges, Ex. 4) ? Frame a rule for the Mood to be used in Temporal Clauses like the foregoing. 634. EXAMPLES. 1. Factum periculum patrum nostrorum memoria, cum lau- dem exercitus meritus videbatur (l, 40, 5), a trial teas made within the memory of our fathers, on which occasion (= and on that occasion) the army appeared to have merited praise. 2. Hoc facere apparabant, cum matresfamiliae repente pro- currerunt (7, 26, 3), they were getting ready to do this, when suddenly the matrons rushed forth. 3. Vix agmen novissimum processerat, cum Galli flumen transire non dubitant (6, 8, i), scarcely had the rear advanced, when the Gauls without hesitation crossed the river. Cum WITH THE INDICATIVE. 187 635. Observation and Inference : Note that the temporal clauses introduced by cum in the foregoing examples express the )nain statement ; in other words, that the temporal clause, although subordinate in form (grammatically), is principal in thought (logi- cally). What mood does cum take under these circumstances (see : vidSbatur, Ex. 1, procurrSrunt, Ex. 2, dubitant, Ex. 3)? Frame a rule for the Mood to be used with cum in Temporal Clauses like the foregoing. 636. EXAMPI^ES. 1. Cum siugiilas binae navSs circumsteterant, militea summa VI contendebant (3, 15, i), whenever (i.e., if in any case) (wo ships had heen brought to bear on one, the soldiers icould struggle with all their might. •J. Cum se inter turmas msinuavgrunt, desiliunt (4, 33, l), whenever {i.e., if in any case) they have tvorked their way in- to the squadrons, they leap down. 637. Observation and Inference: Note that cum in the foregoing examples means tohencver, and that the temporal clause is equivalent to ih.e protasis of a general supjiosition. What wood does cum take under these circumstances (see: circumsteterant, Ex. 1, insinuavgrunt, Ex. 2) ? Frame a rule for the ^lood to be used w itli cum in Temporal Clauses like the foregoing. 638. Caution : It has been shown in the preceding lesson (627, 628, 629) that in temporal clauses of narration, cum with the imper- fect or pluperfect tense commonly takes the subjunctive ; is this true of the temporal clauses illustrated in the present lesson (s<;e: 6ici6- bam, 632, Ex. 2 : amiserant, 632, Ex. ') ; vidCbatur, 634, Ex. 1 ; circumsteterant, 636, Ex. 1)? 639. KKFKRENCE8 FOR VERIFICATION of Kules framed und«'r 633. 635, 637: A. & G. 325, a, b, c, 309, c; H. 521, 1., II., 1 ; < . .").s2, r)S."'). 640. EXERCISES. I. 1. Sed turn cum ilium cxterminari volebani, cos Tnfir- nios sine illO fore' putiibjim. 2. Ncque verO, cum uliquid 188 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. mandarat, confectum putabat. 3. Dumnacus instruit aciem, quae suTs esset^ equitibus praesidio, cum repente legiones in conspectura veniunt. 4. Haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omuium discessum est.^ 5. Ad equos se celeriter, cum usus est, recipiunt. 6. Repentlna ruTna pars ejus turris concidit, cum hostes inermes se uuiversi proripiunt. II. 1. The legions were a mile distant, when Scipio, fear- ing that^ he should lose the town, led out all his forces. 2. Whenever our cavalry made-a-raid^ on the fields, he would- let-loose^ his chariot men. 3. When I was-striving-to-ex peF him from the city, I had this in view. 4. O glorious day,^ when I shall depart to join^ that divine company of spirits ! 5. But whenever the supply of this class fails,'*" they have recourse to the sacrifice of the innocent. G. And now Sulla was marking out the camp, when the horsemen announced that Jugurtha had encamped. 641. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Cum quaepiam cohors impetum fecerat, hostes velocissi- iiie refugiebant. 2. Jamque a Labieno non longe aberant, cum duas venisse legiones cognoscunt. 3. O praeclarum diem, cum ex hac turba et conluvione discedam ! II. 1. [He] who does not ward off injury from his [friends] whenever he can, acts unjustly. 2. He had shaken the enemy at the first attack, when suddenly a new army bursts into view. 3. In other matters, loss is experienced at-the-moment (turn) when disaster comes. 1 fore = futiirSs esse. « For tense, cf. 636, Ex. 1. 2 Account for mood and tense. ^ For tense, cf. 633, Ex. 2. 3 tlie assembly dispersed ; cf. Exs., ** Use the accusative. 532. 'J Express "to join" by in with ac- * cf. .534, Ex. 4. cusative. ^> Use the pluperfect. lo Use the perfect tense. Cum CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE. 189 LESSON LXXXIII. Cum IN Causal and Concessive Clauses. Accusative in Exclamations. 642. EXAMPLES. 1. Aedui, cum sg defendere non posseut, legStds ad Caesa- rera mittuiit (i,n,2), the Aedui, since theij could no( defrud fheniselves, sent envoya to Caesar. 2. Quae cum ita sint, vestra tecta defendite (Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 20), this heinff the case (since these things are thus), defend your dicelUngs. 3. Cum primo impudenter respondSre coepisset, ad extrg- mum nihil neg^vit (Cic. Cat. 3, 5, 12), although at first he had begun to reply defiantly, at the end he denied nothing. 643. Observation and Inference : Note that tlie clause« introduced by cum in Exs. 1 and 2 express cause: what mood do they take (see possent Ex. 1, and sint, Ex. 2)? Note that the clause introduced l>y cum in Ex. 3 expresses concession; wliat mood does it take (see coepisset)? Frame a rule for the Mood to he used with cum in clauses denoting Cause or Concession. 644. References for Verification: A.&G. 326; IF. ."»i:.. TIL, 517; G. 581, III., 1, J. 645. EXAMPLES. 1. 6 terram illam befttam quae hunc virum excSperit (cu-. 3fi7. 38, 105), O happy the Innd irhich sh(dl nr,ir, (.sliall h:ivr received) thin man ! J. 6 praeclSLrum diem cum in illud divluum auimorum con- cilium proficiscar (Cle. Cat. .\faj. 23, 84), () glorious day, whin I shall depart to join that divine company 0/ spirits/ 646. OnsEuvATiON and Inference: Note that terram (Ex. 1) and diem (Ex. 2) are used in exclamations ; in what casa are they? Frame a rule for the Case of SubHtantives used in Exclamations. 190 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 647. References for Verification: A. & G. 240, r/; H. 381 ; a. 340. 648. EXERCISES. I. 1. Quae cum ita sint, patres conscript!, vobis populi Romani praesidia non desunt. 2. O tempora ! O mores ! sen at lis haec intellegit, consul videt : liic tameii vivit. 3. Milites, cum frigore et adsiduis imbribus tardarentni*, tamen continent! labore omnia haec siipeiaverunt. 4. O me miserum, o me infelicem ! revocare tu me in patriara potinst!, ego te in patvia retinere non potero? 5. H! cum per se minus valerent, Germanos atque Ariovistum sibi adjunxerant. 6. Cum piimi ordines hostium concidissent, tamen acerrime reliqu! resistebaut. II. 1. Notwithstanding this/ I shall nevertheless make peace with you if you make reparation^ to the Aedui for (de) injuries. 2. Verily, if this man's comrades follow him,^ [how] happy [shall] we [be], [how] fortunate the commonwealth ! 3. It is a very easy matter,^ as (cum) we excel all in valor, to obtain control of all Gaul. 4. Not being able^ to sustain the assaults of our men, they betook themselves to their baggage and wagons. 5. O wretched lot! 6. Although the Suebi had not been able* to drive out the Ubii, they nevertheless compelled them to pay tribute.^ 649. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Illi, cum neque vi contendere neque clam transire possent, reverti se in suas sedes simulaverunt. 2. At hostes, cum ipsi non amplius octiiigentos equites" haberent, celeriter iiostros perturba- verunt. 3. O praeclarum munus aetatis, si quidem id aufert a nobis quod est in adulescentia vitiosissimuni ! II. 1. The Helvetians, because (cum) tlioy knew that he had crossed the river in a single day, sent ambassadors to hiin. 2. Caesar, although there was no doubt whatever^ about the pur- pose of his adversaries, sent back the legion to Ponipey. 3. O Priu^quaiii AiS'D Antequam. 191 wretched old nuui, in-that-he" did not see that death ought to be disregarded ! ' nlthcnigh these fthinge] arc so. ' " CorapcUed them to pay tribute " - CI. 598, Ex. 1. = made them tributary to themselves. •■« Trans. : if his comrades shall hare ' A. & (J. 247, v ; H. 417, n. 2. followed this [vaan]. * Trannlatc: it teas by no means * Translate: it is rery easy. (luiniiue) doubtful. 5 Translate : since they were not able. " qui (= cuiu is) with subjunctive. LESSON LXXXIV. Temporal Clauses with Priusquam and Anteqiiam. 650. EXAMPLES. 1. Priusquam quicquam conSLrStur, Divitlacum ad sfi vocSri jubet (1, 19, 3), before taking any action, fie (jave orders for Dici- tiacus to be summoned before him. 2. Nee prius' sunt visl quam^ castris appropinquSrent (6,37,2), and they were not seen until they xcerc close upon the camp. 3. Antequam dS meo adventu audire potuissent, in Mace- doniam perrgxl (Cic. T^iawc. 41,98), Jtefore (hey could hear of my cominy, I proceeded to Macedonia. 4. Neque priua' fugere dSstitSrunt quam> ad flymen perv6n6- runt (1, 53, 1), nor did ihey cease to flee until they had reached the river. .'). Omnia ante ' facta sunt quam ' iste Italiam attigit (Cic. Verr 2, 2, GO, 101;, ercry thiny was done before he reached Italy. 651. Observation and Inference: Note that the t^MnjMinil clauses in the foregoing examples are in narration and that they ire introduced ]>y priusquam (Exs. 1, 2, 4) or antequam (Exs. ', 5). Note that the verb of the temporal clause in Exs. l-^l is in tlie imperfect or phiprrfert tense; in what mood is it (s«'«': c5nftr6tur, Ex. 1, approplnquftrent, Ex. 2, potuissent, Ex.*))? What other temporal particle takes the same mood with these tenses in narra- 192 Prlusquam AND Antequam. tion (see Exs. in 627) V Note that the temporal clauses in Exs. 4 and 5 mark the time of the main action with dejiniteness and precision, what mood do they take (see pervenerunt, Ex. 4, and attigit, Ex. 5)? What otlier temporal particle takes the same mood under the same circumstances (see 632, Ex. 1)? Frame a rule for the Moods to be used with priusquam and antequam in Narration. 652. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Ante quam pro L. Murena dicere instituo, pro me ipso pauca dioam (Cic. 3fm-. i, 2), before J undertake to speak in behalf of Lucius Murena, I shall say a few words in my own behalf 2. Nunquam conquiescam ante quam illorum rationgs per- cepero (Cic. de Orat. 3, 36, 145), / shall never rest until I have learned their methods. 3. Is videlicet ante quam veniat in Pontum, litterSs ad Pompejum mittet (Cic. Agr. 2, 20, 53), doubtless before going to Pontus {i.e., that he may the more effectually accomplish his purpose in going to Pontus) he will send a letter to Pompey. 653. Observation and Inference : Note that the temporal clauses in the foregoing examples refer to the future ; what moods and tenses may priusquam and antequam take under these cir- cumstances (see: instituo, Ex. 1, percepero, Ex. 2, veniat, Ex. 3)? Frame a rule for the Moods and Tenses to be used with priusquam and antequam in Temporal Clauses referring to the Future. 654. References for Verification of Rules framed under 651 and 653 : A. & G. 327, a ; H. 520, I., 1, 2, II. ; G. 576, 579. 655. EXERCISES. T. 1 . Nee prius ille est vacuus relictus locus quam finis est pugnandT f actus. 2. Prius ad hostium castra pervenit quam quid ageretur German! sentire possent. 3. Prius quam de ceteris rebus respondeo, de amicitia pauca dicam. 4. Caesar priusquam eodem est profectus, Ifma visa est. 6. Ducentis annis antequam Romam caperent, in Italiam ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 193 Gall! descendenint. 6. Non defatigabor ante quam illo- rum ancipites vias percepero. II. 1. Nor did they cease to pursue^ until they drew near to the gates. 2. He arrived before Pompe}' could be aware of [it]. 3. For the purpose of getting information on these points^ before making* the trial, he sent forward Volusenus with a ship of war. 4. Before I come back to the main question, I will say a few [words] about myself. 5. A few [words] must be said by way of explanation^ before I begin.' 6. Nor was there an end of butchering. 7.Thc Sulla had sated all his [followers] with riches. 656. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Navibus eoruiu occupatis, priusquani ea pars Menapi<>- rum quae citra Rhenum erat certior fieret, flumeu transierunt. 2. Non prius vidit turnias Julianas quam suos caedl sensit. o. Ante quam de re publica dicam ea quae dicenda^ hoc tempore arbitror, exponam vobis breviter consilium et profectionis et re- version is meae. IT. 1. They begged Caesar to send them aid before the king should collect a force. 2. I shall make a point of coming"* to you l»efore I pass quite out of your recollection. 55. The ambassadors did not depart until they had seen® the soldiers embarked on [board] the ships. > The part* of prluBqnam and » Translate : a feto [thinKB] tnunt be anteqnain may be separated by the made clear. intervention of other words. " »•<'., I" order that I may bo«in satiH- » Trans, : make an end o/piirmting. factorlly ; cf . 65«, Ex. 3. » Translate ; for these [things] to be ^ so. efiMo. nacertained. » Translate : / shall bestotn paiuK ♦ cf. 050, Ex. 1. that I may come. * cf . 050, Ex. 4. 194 Dum AND Quoad. LESSON LXXXV. Temporal Clauses with Dum and Quoad. — Price. 657. EXAMPI.ES. 1. Dum Caesar moratur, ad eum legati venerunt (4, 22, i), ichile Caesar was delaying, envoys came to him. 2. Quoad vives, nunquam tib! redditam gratiam putaveria (Sail. Juff. 110, 4), as long as you (shall) live, never consider your^ self fully requited (that requital has been rendered to you). 3. [Ferrum] retinuit quoad renuntiatiim est vicisse Boeotos (Nep.^imm. 9,3), he kept the sword in place until it was reported that the Boeotians were victorious (had conquered), 4. Dum naves eo convenirent, exspeotavit (4, 23, 4), lie waited for (until) the ships to come (should come) up {i.e., that the ships might come up before he attempted a landing). 5. Exercebatur ad eum finem quoad complecti posset atque contendere (Xep. Epam. 2, 4), he trained himself to the end that he might he able (until he should be able) to grapple and fight. 658. Obsp:rvation and Inference : Note that, in Exs. 1-3, the temporal clauses introduced by dum (Ex. 1) and quoad (Exs. 2 and 3) express time merely ; what mood do they take (see: moratur, Ex. 1, vives, Ex. 2, renuntiatum est, Ex. 3)? Note that, in Exs. 4 and 5, the temporal clauses introduced by these particles express purpose as well as time ; what mood do they take (see : convenirent, Ex. 4, and posset, Ex. 5) ? Frame a rule for the Moods to be used with dum and quoad. 659. References for Verification: A. & G. 328 (to the period) ; H. 519, I., II., 1, 2 ; G. 571, 573, 574. 660. Observation : Note that, in Ex. 1, dum is used with the present indicative (see moratur) although past time is referred to. 661. Keferences: A. & G. 276, e; II. 467, 4; G. 572. PRICE. 195 662. KXAMPLES. 1. Viginti talentis uuam orationem Isocrates vendidit (I'lin. X. II. 7,31), Isocrates sold a s'uujle oration for ticetitij talents. 2. Emamus vel magno (Cic. Att. 13, 29, 3), let us buy even [if we liave to l>iiy] at a hujli price. '). Lis aestimatur centum talentis (Xep. Tim. 3, 5), the fine is fxed at a hundred talents. i. Nemo nisi victor pace bellum mutavit^ (Sail. Cat. 58, 15), none hut the victor exchanges war for peace. 663. Observation axd Inference : Note that vendidit (Ex. 1) is a verb of selling, emSmus (Ex. 2), a verb of buijing, aestimatur (Ex. 3), a verb of valuing, and mutivit (Ex. 4), a verb of exchanging ; by what case is the price denoted (see : talentis, Ex. 1. mSguo, Ex. 2, talentis, Ex. :>. pace, Ex. 4)? Frame a rule for the Case of words denoting Price. 664. References for VKKiFfCATiox : A. & 0.252; 11.422; G. 404. 665. EXAMPLES. 1. Emit tanti quanti Pythius voluit (Cic. Ojf. 3, 1 4, 59), he bought at Pgthiiis\'< own prire (for as iimch as Pvthius wished). 2. VSndo non plGris, fortasse etiam minoris (Cio. Off. 3, 12, 51), / sell no dearer, perhaps even cheaper. 666. Observation and Inference: Note that 6mit (Ex. 1) and v6nd6 (Ex. 2) are verbs of buying and *e//iw<7 resi^ectively ; and tliat tlie price is here exi)ressey the ahlatire with a preposition (see : ab urbe, Ex. 1, d6 flnibus, Ex. '2, ex provincia, Ex. 3). Note, however, that in Exs. 4 and o, where the substantive denoting 'place from whicli' is the name of a town, the ablative without a preposition is used (see : Brundisid, Ex. 4, and Athgnis, Ex. 5). Not^, further, that domus and riis, like names of towns, have no preposition (see : domd, Ex. (», and rfLre, Ex. 7). Frame a rule for the expression of Place From Which. 672. Refkrences for Verification: A. & G. 258, a; II. 112, I., II., 1; G. 411, Rem. R 673. EXAMPLES. 1 . Ad eum locum v6nit (i, 49, i), he came to that place. -'. In Galliam contendit (1, 7, 1), he hastens into (Jnul. ■>. Romam profectus {n,\2,i>), having set out for Hume. \. CorflDium pervenit (Ca«. D. C. l, 15, 6), he comes to Corfimum. '». Domum revertCrunt (2, n,l)y they returned home. <•. Demos Bu&s invitaut (Hall. ./m|/. 66,3), they invite to their homes. 7. Abl rfks (PI. Afo$t. 1, 1, 03), go into the country. 198 PLACE IN WHICH. 674. Observation and Inference : Note that in Exs. 1 and 2, which illustrate the common usage, jjlace to uihich is denoted by the accusative with a preposition (see: ad locum, Ex. 1, and in Galliam, Ex. 2). Note, however, that in Exs. 3 and 4, where the substantive denoting ' place to which ' is the name of a town, the accusative without a preposition is used (see : Romam, Ex. 3, and Corfinium, Ex. 4). Note, further, that donius and rus, like names of towns, have no preposition (see: domum, Ex. 5, domos, Ex. G, rus, Ex. 7). Frame a rule for the expression of Place To Which. 675. References for Verification: A. & G. 258, 6; H. 380, I., II., 2, 1) ; G. 410. 676. EXAMPLES. 1. In eorum finibus ^l. l. 4), in their territories. 2. Erat in Gallia legio una (i, 7, 2), there was in Gaul one legion. 3. Ut Romae consules, sic Carthagini reges (Nep. Hann. 7, 4), as at Rome consuls, so at Carthage kings. 4. Remanere Brundisii (Caes. B. c. i, 25, 2), to stay at Brundisium. 5. Turn maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat (Nep.Pe^.3,2), at that time he held the highest inagistracy at Thehes. 6. Domi mHitiaeque, mari atque terra (Sail. Cat. 53, 2), at home and abroad, on land and sea. 7. Belli domique (Sail. Jug. 4i, 7), in ivar and in peace. 8. Locus humi depressus (Sail. Cat. 55, 3), a place underground (sunk in the ground). 9. An ruri censes te esse (Pi. Most, i, i, 7), do you think you're in the country ? 677. Observation and Inference : Note that, in Exs. 1 and 2, which illustrate the common usage, place where is denoted by the ablative with a preposition (see in finibus, Ex. 1, and in Gallia, Ex. 2). Note, however, that in Exs. 3-5, where the substantive denoting place is the name of a town, a locative form is used icith- out a preposition (see : Romae and Carthagini, Ex. 3, Brundisii, Ex. 4, and ThebTs, Ex. 5). Note, further, that in the first and second declensions singular, this locative is the same in form as the genitive (see Romae, Ex. 3, and Brundisii, Ex. 4) ; and that, in the third declension and in the plural, it is the same as the dative or ablative (see Carthagini, Ex. 3, and Thebis, Ex. 5). Note, ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. 199 further, that the preposition is not used with the ahlaiiiyes marl und terrS (Ex. 6) ; also with tlie locatives domi (Exs. 6 and 7), militiae (Ex. 0). belli (Ex. 7), huml (Ex. 8), and rurl (Ex. 9). Frame a rule for the expression of Place Where. 678. Referexces for Verification: A. & G. 258, c, rf; II. 425, I., IL, 426, 2; G. 412, Rem. 1. LESSON LXXXVII. Illustrative Exercises on the Foregoing Constructions. 679. EXERCISES. I. 1. Ab AUobrogibus in Segusiavos exercitum ducit. 2. I^gatl Carthaginienses Romam veneruiit. 3. Interim Dion Syracusis interfectns est. 4. In Galliu niorarl cou- stituit. 5. Id nos facieraiis, cum tfi domo proficiscens veneris Lemnum.^ 6. Dionysius tjrannus Syracusis expulsus Corinth! pueros docebat. 7. Nilllam partem Germanorum domum remittere possum. 8. ReliquT, qui doml manserunt, se atque illos alunt. 9. Celeriter ad eas quas diximus munitiones pervenerunt. 10. Diem quo Roma sis exiturus, cura ut sciam. 11. Armonim magna multitu- dine de muro In fossam jacta, pace sunt usi. 12. Nunc rus abilxi. 13. HIT erat animus belli ingens, domi modicus. 14. Xerxes ten-a marlque ))ellum intulitGraeciae. 15. Varus venientem Uticam Tu])eronem portfi atque oppido prohibet. 10. Jacet hum!. 17. Res ipsa hortarl videtur paucls'^ insti- tuta majorum domi militiaequc dissererc. 18. Rure hue advenit. II. 1. Ilaviiii: Lionc out from the camp, they hastened to the Rhine. 2. Caesar came to Brundisium. 3. When this battle had been reported* across the Rhine, the Suebi began 200 ILLUSTRATIVE EXERCISES. to return home. 4. He thinks he's in the country. 5. Com- plete control of public affairs,"* both civiF and military,^ was intrusted to Alcibiades. 6. Oedipus was born at Thebes. 7. A certain Deraaratus fled from Corinth to Tarquinii. 8. His services in the battle before (apud) Sena were highly^ valued. 9. There were but two routes by which they could go out from home. 10. Neither b}' land nor by sea had the enemy been able to prove a match ^ [for them]. 11. The archers came from Crete^ and Lacedaemon. 12. When (cum) his arms had been seized^ at Capua and his slaves seen at Naples, he abandoned his design. 13. The AUobroges are on their way home. 14. Eporedorix had very great influence^ at home. 680. Supplementary Exercises. I. 1. Uxoreni donio secum duxerat. 2. Multa populus Ro- manus domi niilitiaeqiie, mari atque terra, praeclara facinora lecit. 3. Sed is natus et omnem pueritiam Arpini altus est. 4. Arcem Syracusis quani miinierat Dioiiysius ad urbem obsidendam, a funda- mentis disjecit. 5. Eoriiin qui domimi redierunt census habitus est. 6. Quibus rebus Romam uuiitiatis, tantus repente terror invasit ut consul ex urbe profugeret. 7. Athenis profectus est. II. 1. I am able to sleep on the ground. 2. He learns that the envoys have been sent home in advance. 3. A letter was brought from Athens for Archias,!"^ who held tlie chief magistracy in Thebes. 4. In the consulship of Marcus Claudius and Lucius Furius,^ envoys came from Rome to Carthage. 5. A list had been made out [showing] how many" of them had left their homes.^'-^ 6. The-people-of-Zama meantime sent envoys to Caesar at Utica.^^ 7. He is very powerful at home. 1 The names of small islands have the » In what mood? cf. Exs. under same construction as the names of towns. 627. - briefly. " Translate : was of very great influ- 3 Ablative absolute. ence. * tota res publica. ^^ See Lesson LXXII., foot-note 7. « Translate : at home and in war. " " how many " = what number. « A. & G. 252, a; H. 404; G. 379. '^ Trans. : Tiad gone out from home. ' " to prove a match " = to he equal. ^3 Trans. : to Caesar to Utica. '1 4. iNDIBECT DISCOURSE. 201 LESSON LXXXVIII. Indirect Discourse: Declaratory and Imperative Sentences. 681. EXAMPLES. r a. Mous tenetur, the mountain is held. "\ h. Considius (licit montem teneri (ij22,2)', Considiui 8ays\ I that the mountain isjiehl. a. [Nos] parSti sumus, we are, ready. h. S§ parStos esse arbitrati sunt (i, 5, 2), they thoy^ght that they icere ready. a. Helv6tii castra movSrunt, the Helvetians have broke n up their camp. b. Caesar cognovit Helvetios castra movias e (i, 22, 4), Caesar learned that the Helvetians had broken up their camp. ' a. Ego id quod in Nerviis f6ci faciam, / shall do what I did in the case of the Nervii. h. Caesar respondit s6 id quod in Nerviia fScissetL factd- rum (2, 32, 2), Caesar replied that he should do what he had done in the case of the Nervii. 682. Obsekvation and Inference : Note that the examples marked a in the foregoing illustrations, give the exact lanyuage of the original speaker as it came from his lips (see Exs. 1 and 4), as it passed through his mind without being actually spoken (see Ex.2), or as it was communicated through messengers or letters (see Ex. 3). Note, further, that the examples marked h show the trans/orma- tion.H which the language of the original speaker undergoes when it is reported. The examples marked a illustrate what is called Direct Discourse ; the examph?s marked b illustrate what is called Indirect Discourse. Define Direct Discourse. Define Indirect Discourse. 683. References for Vehification : A. & 6. 335; H. 522, 1 : G. 051. 202 INDIEECT DISCOURSE : DECLARATORY 681. EXAMPLES. ■^ r a. Mons tengtur, the mountain is held. ^- '{ b. Considius dicit montem teneri (1,22,2), Considius says I that the mountain is held. r a. [Nos] parati sumus, we are ready. 2- J h. Se paratos esse arbitrati sunt (1,5,2), they thought that I they were ready. a. Helvetii castra moverunt, the Helvetians have broken up their camp. b. Caesar cognovit Helvetios castra movisse (i, 22,4), Caesar learned that the Helvetians had broken up their camp. a. Ego id quod in Nervils feci faciam, / shall do what 1 did in the case of the Nervii. b. Caesar respondit se id quod in Nerviis fecis.aet -factu- rum (2, 32, 2), Caesar replied that he should do ivhat he had done in the case of the Nervii. 3. 684. Observation and Inference : Note that the examples marked a illustrate declaratory sentences in which the principal verb is in the indicative mood (see: tenetur, Ex. 1, a; sumus, Ex. 2, a; moverunt, Ex. 3, a; faciam, Ex. 4, a) and its subject in the nominative case (see: mons, Ex. 1, a; nos, Ex. 2, «; Helvetii, Ex. 3, a; ego, Ex. 4, a). Note, further, that, in the corresponding examples of Indirect Discourse marked b, the indicative has been changed to the infinitive (see : teneri, Ex. 1, b ; esse, Ex. 2, b ; movisse, Ex. 3, b ; factu- rum, Ex. 4, b), and that the nominative has been changed to the accusative (see: montem, Ex. 1, 6; se, Ex. 2, &; Helvetios, Ex. 3, &; se, Ex. 4, b). Note, finally, in Ex. 4, that the verb of the subordinate clause has been changed from the indicative of the Direct Discourse (see feci, Ex. 4, a) to the subjunctive in the Indirect (see fecisset, Ex. 4, b). Frame a rule for the constructions to be used in Declaratory Sentences of Indirect Discourse. 685. References for Verification : A. & G. 336 ; H. 523, I., 524; G. 653. AND IMPEllATIVE SENTENCES. 203 686. EXAMPLES. [a. Adi civitates, visit the communities. i b. Hide iniperat adeat civitates (4,21,8), he ordered this man I to visit the communities. a. Noll hostis populo RomSno fieri, do not become an enemy to the Roman people. b. Legates ad Bocchum mittit postulatum nS hostis populo Romano fieret (Sail. Jug. 83, i), he sent ambassadors to Bacchus to urge him not to become an enemy to the Roman people. 687. Observation and Inference : Note that the examples marked a in the foregoing ilhistrations contain imperative expres- sions (see : adi, Ex. 1, a, and noli fieri, Ex. 2, a). Note, in the corresponding examples of Indirect Discourse marked b, that these imperative expressions are denoted by the subjunctive (see : adeat, Ex. 1, 6, and ng fieret, Ex. 2, b). Frame a rule for Imperative Expressions in Indirect Discoui'se. 688. Keferences for Verification: A. &G. 339; H. 523, III.; G. 655. 689. Note : The Tenses of the Infinitive in Indirect Discourse follow the rules already framed for dependent infinitives (see 466 and 467, Lesson LIX.); the Tenses of the Subjunctive in Indirect Discourse follow the rules already framed for dependent subjunctives (see 439-442, Lesson LV.). But see, also: II. 525. 1; G. 057. 204 INDIRECT DISCOURSE: DECLARATORY LESSON LXXXIX. Illustrative Exercises on the Foregoing Principles. 690. EXERCISES. I. 1. Aeduis ego obsides non reddam. 2. Ariovistus respondit: Aeduis se obsides redditurum non esse. 3. Mih! ea res curae erit. 4. Caesar poUicitiis est sib! earn rem eurae futuram. 5. AUobrogibus sese persuasuros ^ existima- bant. ' 6. Intellegimus earn rem non minus ex usu terrae Galliae quam populT Roman! accidisse. 7. Legati ad Caesarem gratulatum ^ convenerunt : intellegere sese earn rem non minus ex usu terrae Galliae quam populi Roman! accidisse. 8. Hoc^ est gravior fortuna Sequanorum, quod sol! ne in occulto'^ quidem quer! audent. 9. Divitiacus respondit : hoc esse graviorem fortunam Sequanorum, quod sol! ne in occulto quidem quer! auderent. 10. Cum voles, congredere. 11. Ariovistus respondit : cum vellet, congre- deretur. 12. Ariovistus respondit : se non sine exercitu in eas partes Galliae vemre audere quas Caesar possideret. II. 1. No one has [ever] contended with me without [meeting] his own destruction. 2. Ariovistus made answer that no one had [ever] contended with him without [meet- ing] his own destruction. 3. I shall wage war neither against* the Aedui nor against their allies. 4. Ariovistus made answer that he should wage war neither against the Aedui nor against their allies. 5. Caesar observed that the Sequani were gazing on the ground. 6. What busi- ness^ has Caesar in my Gaul, which I conquered in war?^ 7. I am at a loss to understand^ what business Caesar has in my Gaul, which I conquered in war. 8. Ariovistus answered that he was at a loss to understand what business AND IMPERATIVE SENTENCES. 205 Caesar had in his Gaul, which he had conquered in war. 9. Restore the hostages which you have [received] from the Aedui. 10. Caesar sent ambassadors to him [who were authorized to demand] that lie should restore the hostages which he had [received] from the Aedui. 691. Supplementary Exercises. Note : In the following sentences, restore to the direct form the passages in indirect discourse. I. 1, Animadvertit Caesar Scquanos nihil earum rcrum facere (juas ceteri facerent. 2. Legati ab Aeduis veniebant questum*: scse ne obsidibus * quidem datis pacem redimere potiiisse. 3. Caesar lionoris Divitiaci causa sesc eos in fidem receptunim et c5nservatu- runi dixit. 4. Ad haec Q. Marcius respondit : ab arniis disce- dant,'* Roniaui supplices proficiscantur.^ 5. Aduatuci legatos ad Caesareni miserunt, qui ad hunc modum lociiti : ne se armis despoliaret ; sib! omnes fere finitinios esse inimicos; il quibus se defendere traditis armis non possent. II. 1. Ariovistus answered that the Aedui, inasmuch as they liad been defeated, had become subject to him. 2. Caesar sent ambassadors to Ariovistus [who were connnissioued to demand] that he should bring no more nien^*^ across the Rhine into Gaul. •5. Nor did they thmk that men of hostile disposition would refrain from injury. ' Bc. esse. ' Translate : it seems strange to me. ' of. 381. " The subjunctive is here in a primary > Ablative of cause. tense, altboutcb the leading verb respon « See Lesson L.XVI 1 1., foot-note 8. (lit is in a 8<'condury tense; this fre ' bellum Tnferre with dative. quently happens in indirect discourse. cf. LeMon I^III., footnote 7. "> Trans. : not any (nS quam) tnulti ' •• in war "^ by meaiis of war. tude of men more (ainpllus). 206 INDIRECT discourse: LESSON XC. Conditional Sentences in Indirect Discourse. 692. EXAMPLES. . Si quid ille me vult, ilium ad me venire oportet, if that man wants anything of me^ he ought to come to me. . Ariovistus respondit : si quid ille se velit,i ilium ad se venire oportere (i, 34, 2), Ariovistus replied that, if that man loanted ajiy thing of him, he ought to come to him. . Si quid petere vultis, ab armis discedite, if you wish to' ask for anything, lay doivn your arms. ^' \ h. Marcius respondit : si quid petere velint,i ab armis discedanti {^a.\\. Cat. z^,A), Marcius replied that, if they wished to ask for anything, they must lay down their arms. a. Si quid mihi opus esset, ego venissem, if I ivere in need of anything, I should have come jnyself. h. Ariovistus respondit: si quid ipsi opus esset, sese venturum fuisse (1,34,2), Ariovistus replied that, if he were in need of anything, he should have come himself. a. Id si fiet, magno cum periculo erit, if this happens (shall happen), it loill be attended with great danger. b. Id si fieret, intellegebat magno cum periculo futurum (1, 10, 2), he saw clearly that, if this should happen, it would be attended loith great danger. a. Si id ita feceris, populo Romano amicitia tecum erit, if you do (shall have done) this, you will have the friend- ship of the Roman people. b. Ad eum Caesar legates cum his niandatis mittit : si id ita fecisset, populo Romano amicitiam cum eo futu- ram (i, 35, land 4), Caesar sent ambassadors to him, ivho were commissioned to say that, if he should do this, he would have the friendship of the Roman people. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 207 a. Voluptas quidem, si ipsa pro sS loquStur, concSdat diguitati, indeed, if Pleasure herself u-e re to speak in her own behalf, she would yield precedence to Worth. " h. Voluptatem quidem, si ipsa pro se loquitur, concessil- rani iirbitror diguitati (Cic. Fi«. 3, l, l), indeed, I think I that, if Pleasure herself were to speak in her own behalf I she would yield lirecedence to Worth. 693. XoTE : The foregoing examples involve no new principles ; tliey merely illustrate the application of the principles of Indirect Discourse to Conditional Sentences. 694. EXERCISES. I. 1. SI iterum experirl vultis, ego iternm paratus sum decei-tare. 2. Ariovistus respondit : si iterum experirl velint,^ se iterum paratum esse decertare. 3. Noll proelium comraittere nisi meae copiae prope hostium castra visae erunt. 4. Labieuo erat praeeeptum a Caesare : ne proelium committeret nisi ipsliis copiae prope hostium castra vIsae essent.^ ■ 5. Caesar profectus est in Italiam ; neque aliter Carnutes iuterficieudl Tasgetil consilium cepissent, neque Ivburones, si ille adesset, tanta contemptione nostrl ad « iistra venlrent. G. Titurius clamitabat; Caesarem pro- lectum in Italiam ; neque aliter Carnutes interficiendl Tasgetil consilium fuisse captfaos, neque Eburones, si ille adesset, tanta contemptione nostrl ad castra venturos esse, j 7. Ac- (luls ego bellum non Inferam, si in eo manebunt quod convenit. ^. Ariovistus respondit: Aeduls se bellum inlaturum non ^se, 81 in eo manerent quod convenisset. / 9. Ariovistus ad i aesarem legatos mittit : vellc se agere Cum eo ; uti aut -|- -tor- = imperator-, st. ol - '^ . ( maiuler. mand, J 697. Observation and Inference: Note that the substan- tives in column IV. denote the agent (doer) of the action expressed l»y the corresponding root or verb stem in column I. Tims ductor lrf)m Vduc-, lead, means 'he who leads' or 'leader.' Hence tliesi; iibstantives are called Names of A gents. Note that these names f agents are formed by adding to roots (see Exs. I an- '•m Qrfi-. speaf.% means not only * speaking,' but 'that which is ' an a1 ca.d-,^ fall ; ( ^.^^^^ PRIMITIVE AND DENOMINATIVE. 215 k arbitro-.Mst. of) . (arbitrium, behu; , .. . . >• + -io- = arbitrio-, st. of ■< nmprre; a decision arbiter), umpire, I ' ^ r > C (of the umpire). .'». artific- (st. of) t SLiti&cinra., arfis((n- 4.-X A -^-r- ^ + -io- = artificio-, St. of -^ ,. , , artif ex), arf/ffcer, ) ( shi/) ; a trade. .;. exsul- (St. of ex- ) ^ _.^_ ^ exsilio-« st. of \ ^^ili"""' ^^'"^ "« sul), ex He, . ) ( ejr/Ve; banishment. 711. Observation and Inference: Note that tlie substan- tives in column IV. are neuter abstracts which may become concrete in iiK^aning. Note that the neuter abstracts in Exs. 1-3 are from rnnis ami are therefore called Primitives: wli-i-as those in Exs. 4-0 are from noun sterna and are therefore called Denominatives. Note, further, that the denominatives denote office (see Ex. 4), employment (see Ex. 5), condition (see Ex. 6). Note, finally, that both primitives and denominatives are formed by the suffix -io-, iiom. -ium. Frame a rule for the formation of Primitive and Denominative Neuter Abstracts. 712. Form Primitive Abstracts in -ium from the fol- lowing — ( MMK.iMx I \ DING IN A RooT : prae-s'sed-,^ sit hevoinv.] sub- \8ed-, --JT m support ; in-Vgen-, h('(jri is. 713. Form Denominative Abstracts in -ium from tlic following — Noun* Stem.s : convlva-''' (st. of convlva), table compaulnn ; ijidic- (st. of index), informer; jfldic- (st. of jddex), judge : supplic- (st. of supplex), suppliant; benefico-'' (si. of beneficua), Jcind, oblijiny ; malefico-'^ (st. of maleficus), mischievous; sacrifico-'' (st. of aacrificuB), sacr/77c/a/.- rS- mig- (st. of rfimex), rower; aedific- (st. of *aedifex"), builder. 216 FEMININE ABSTRACTS 1 Medial -c- (or -qu-) and -g- (or -gu-) are dropped before many conso- nants (here before -m-) . 2 -p- here disappears before -m-. 3 -v- becomes -u-, and the resulting diphthong -ou- becomes -o-. * See foot-note 5, Lesson XCII. 5 The final vowel of the stem disap- pears before the initial vowel of the suffix. c -u- of the stem is weakened to -i-. ^ -e- of the root is here weakened to -i-. 8 The term ' noun ' includes both ' substantive ' and ' adjective.' 9 The asterisk * is used to mark a form which is not found in any classical writer, but which is assumed as afford- ing a rational explanation of existing forms. In the present case, as artifex gave rise to artificium (see 710, Ex. 5), so it is assumed that *aedifex gave rise to aedificium. LESSON XCIV. Formation: Substantives (continued), VI. Feminine Abstracts Denoting Quality. 714. EXAMPLES. I. Adjective Stems. n. Suffixes. III. Stems. 1. audaci-i (st. of ) , ._ audax), bold, ) 2. ignavo-i (st. of ignavus), idle, } audacia-, st. of ignavia-, st. of IV. Feminine Abstbacts Denoting Quality. ( audacia, I boldness. ( Ignavia, {rf/e- (. ness. 3. tristi- (st. of I . . - tristis), sad, ) 4. justo-2 (st. of Justus), Just, + -tia- 5. brevi- (St. of ^ ^ _^-^_ of) brevis), short, 6. dIgno-2 (St. of,^_^.^_ dignus), loorthy, = tristitia-, st. of = justitia-, st. of =: brevitat-, st. of ( tristitia, sa^/- ( ness. ( justitia, j'us- \ tice. brevitas, shortness. dignitat-, st. of ■< ^^ ^ ' ( worth. 7. f ora- (St. of ) ^ .„3j„. ^ f ortitudin-, st. of i f°rtitudo, fortis), brave, ) ( bravery. 8. lato-2 (st. of la- tus), broad f I + -tudin- = latitudin-, st. of | ^^^itudo, > ( breadth. DENOTING QUALITY. 217 715. Observation and Inference: Note that the substan- tives in cohimn IV. are feminine abstracts denoting quality, and ■ hat they are formed from adjective stems by the addition of the > affixes: -i5-, nom. -ia; -tia-, nom. -tda; -tSt-, nom. -tSs; -tudin-, nom. -tads. Note that vowel stems lose their Jinal vowel before the initial vowel of the suffix -iS- (see Exs. 1 and 2) ; and that the Jinal vowel of -o- stems is weakened into -i- before the suffixes -tiS-, -tat-, and -tudin- (see Exs. 4, 6, 8). Frame a rule for the forma- tion of Feminine Abstracts denoting Quality. 716. Form Feminine Abstracts in -ia from the fol- lowing — Adjective Stems: adulgscent- (st. of adulgscgns), younr/: diligent- (st. of dUigSns), attentive ; grato- (st. of gratus), pleasing ; infami- (st. of infamis), disreputable ; inopi- (st. of inops), without resources; invido- (st. of invidus), envious ; inscient- (st. of in8cigns),//7ex/>er«encec?; iracundo- (st. of iracundus), passionate; misericordi- (st. of mia- ericors), tcnder-\iv.\:RTed ; potent- (st. of pot^na), powerftd ; prudent- (st. of prudgns), sagacious ; scient- (st. of sciSns), knowing ; superbo- (st. of superbus), proud. 111. Form, in like manner, Feminine Abstracts in -ia from the following — Substantive Stems : custSd- (st. of custOs), guard; mllit- (st. of mlleB), soldier; vlctSr- (st. of victor), victor. 718. Form Feminine Abstracts in -tia from the fol- lowing — Adjective Stems: amico- (st. of amlcvLa), friendh/ ; dilro- (st. of dtlnis), hard; inimico- (st. of iuimlctts), vs/riendlg ; laeto- (st. of laetus), joyful; pudico- (st. of pudlcus), modest. 719. Form, in like manner, a Feminine Abstract in -tia from the following — Substantive Stem : puero- (st. of puer), child. 218 ABSTRACTS DENOTING QUALITY. 720. Form Feminine Abstracts in -tas from the fol- lowing — Adjective Stems : aequo- (st. of aequus), even ; alacri- (st. of alacer), eager; atroci- (st. of atrox), savage; celeri- (st. of celer), swift; crudeli- (st. of crudelis), crwe/; cupido- (st. of cupidus), desirous; familiari- (st. of familiaris), intimate; humano- (st. of humanus), refined; iniquo- (st. of iniquus)^ VNj'ust , nobili- (st. of nobilis), noble ; obscii- ro- (st. of obscurus), obscure; opportune- (st. of opportu- nus), convenient; probo- (st. of probus), upright; vano- (st. of vanus), empty ; vero- (st. of verus), true. 721. Form, in like manner, Feminine Abstracts in -tas from the following — Substantive Stems: civi- (st. of olvis), citizen; auctor-^ (st. of auctor), author; hered-^ (st. of heres), heir. 722. Form Feminine Abstracts in -tudo from the following — Adjective Stems: alto- (st. of altus), high; longo- (st. of longus), long; magno- (st. of magnus), ^/rea^; multo- (st. of multus), much; solo- (st. of solus), alone; consueto-* (st. of cSnsuetus), accustomed. 1 See foot-note 5, Lesson XCIII. * The syllable -ti-in *con8uetitudo 2 Final -o- of the stem is here weak- produced a stuttering sound; it there- ened to -i- before the suffix. fore disappeared, and the form became 3 The suffix here assumes -i- after the consuetudo. analogy of vowel stems, and becomes -itat-, nom. -itas. formation: adjectives. 219 LESSON XCV. Formation : Adjectives. T- Adjectives Denoting Belongin<^ oi; Pertaining to. 723. EXAMPLES. I. IT. III. IV. SUBSTAXTIVi: . {le&alia, belonging or %Xng }^-^ =''''^' ''-''' 1 pertaining taking., ^ regal, royal. •> navi-irstof) , (n^v&lis,helongingor " nSivis) shin \'^'^' = "^^^i"' ^^- «^ j pertaining to ships, ^' ■ ^ ' ' nayal. "■■ ' " /mllitaris, belonging miles), sol- [>• + -ari-2 = mllitari-, st. of < or pertaining to dier, ) ( sol, y -\- -ario- -- aiario-, st. of -' pertaining to the aia), icing, p ] ■ \ wing. 724. Observation and Infekknck: Note that the Adjectives in column IV. denote belonging or pertaining tc, and that they are 220 ADJECTIVES DENOTING FULL OF. formed from substantive stems by the addition of the suffixes : -ali-, nom. -alls; -axi-, iioni. -aris; -Hi-, nom. -ills; -ario-, nom. -arius. Note that vowel stems (see Exs. 2, 4, 5, 6, 8) lose their Jinal vowel before the initial vowel of these suflEixes. Frame a rule for the formation of Adjectives denoting Belonging or Pertaiijing to. 725. Form — 1. Adjectives in -alls from the following Substantive Stems: morti- (st. of mors), death ; natura- (st. of natura), nature ; anno- (st. of annus)* year ; capit- (st. of caput), head; libero- (st. of liber), freeman ; quo- (st. of some forms of qui), WHA<; to- (st. of turn), thaL 2. Adjectives in -aris ^ from the following Substantive Stems : consul- (st. of consul), consul ; salut- (st. of salus), safety , populo-, (st. of populus), people ; familia- (st. of familia), household. 3. Adjectives in -His from the following Substantive Stems : puero- (st. of puer), child; servo- (st. of servus), slave, sen- (st. of senex, gen. senis), old j^erson ; aedi-^ (st. of aedis or aedes), building. 4. Adjectives in -arius from the following Substantive Stems: frumento- (st. of f rum en turn), grain; agro- (st. of ager), land; sagitta-* (st. of sagitta), arroiv ; aes-^ (st. of aes), money ; semin-® (st. of semen), seecZ. II. Adjectives Denoting Full of. 726. exampi.es I. n. III. JSTANTrri E Stems. Suffix. Stems. IV. Adjectives Denoting Full of. 1. anno-i (st. of ) , - ^ ^ ^ , . (annosus, full of ^ > + -oso- =z annoso-, st. oi -^ *^ ^ annus), year, y ( years. 2. crimin- (st. of ^ • /- criminosus, full crimen), re- > ■\- -oso- = criminoso-, st. of ■} of reproaches, re- proach, ) i proachfid. 3. sumptu- (st. ^ /^ sumptuosus, /m/; of sumptus), v -f- -oso- = sumptu6so-,st.of -} of expense, ex- expense, ) ( pensive. VERBS : DENOMINATIVES. 221 727. Observatiox and Inference : Note that the Adjectives in column IV. denote full of, and that they are formed from $ub- stantwe sterns by the addition of the sujfix -6so-, nom. -osus. Note that the vowel stems regularly lose their Jinal vowel before the initial vowel of the suffix (see Ex. 1), but that -u- stems retain u (see Ex. 3). Frame a rule for the formation of Adjectives denot- ing Full of. 728. Form Adjectives in -osus from the following — Substantive Stems: aestu- (st. of aestus), heat; animo- (st. of aninms), courage; c6pi5- (st. of copiae), wealth; fructu- (st. of fructus), fruit; periculo- (st. of periculum), ^>(r///; studio- (st. of strudium), zeal; vitio- (st. of vitium), /«?///. ' See foot-note 5, Lesson XCIII. * Note that the euflQx -Sli- becomes -Sri- when the stem contains the letter 1. 3 The masc. form of the adj. obtained from this stem is used subst., and means ' aedile ' (superintendent of public works, etc.). * The maac. form of the adj. obtained from this stem is used subst., and means ' archer.' 5 Medial -g- between two vowels often (as here) becomes -r- ; the neuter form of the adj. obtained from ae<4- is used subet., and means ' treasury.' •J The neuter form of the adj. is used subst., and moans ' nursery.' LESSON XCVI. Formation: Verbs: Denominatives. 729. EXAMPLES. I. II. III. CHARACTKniSTIC NOUH* STKX8. POBMATIVK VKBB 8T«1I8. VOWELB. IV. Dbnominativb Vbubh. 1 fuga-2 (St. of ) ^ _jj_ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^gQ f^jf-f^, fuga), Jliffht, ) '• fi'°»o-(«t. ^n^ ^ .a_ firma-. St. of firmus), ^r/n, > levi-2 (st. ot\ levis), LiGUl > -f -a- =: leva-, st. of (not heavy), ) firmd, make firm, strengthen. < lev5, mal-e Lion/, ( LiQiitcn. 222 VERBS : DENOMIJSTATIVES. ni. IV. Characteristic Noun 1 Stems. Formative Verb Stems. Denominatite Verbs. Vowels. 4. nomin- (st. of ) , _ ^ y -\- -a- = no nomina-, st. of nomino, call hy name, n6meu),NAME, i 5. claro-2 (st. of f ^ .g. ^ clare-, st. of clareo, he bright. clsLins), bright, ) 6. fl6s-3 (st. of ) flos), flower, ) 7. fini-^ (St. of)^_j_^^j._^j_^f finis), end, ) 8. molli-2 (St. of I ^ .J. ^ ^ouj.^ ,t. of I "'°"^°' ^'^"^' '^^^'' mollis), soft, ) ( soften. 9. insano-2 (st. of Tnsanus), //7- J- + -i- = insani-, st. of insanio, be insane. -e- = fl6r€-, st. of floreo, be in flower. finio, put cm end to. in- V + -1- 730. Observation and Inference : N^ote that the stems of the 'verbs in column IV. are formed from the corresponding noun stems in column I. by the addition of the characteristic vowels of the first (see Exs. 1-4), second (see Exs. 5 and 6), and fourth (see Exs. 7-9) conjugations. Because these verbs are formed from noun stems, they are called Denominatives. Note that the noun stems which end in a vowel (see Exs. 1-3, 5, 7-9) lose this vowel before the characteristic vowels -a-, -e-, -i-. Frame a rule for the formation of Denominative Verbs. 731. Form Denominative Verbs qi the First Conju- gation from the following — NouN^ Stems : loco- (st. of locus), 79/ace ; cura-(st. of cura), care ; nuntio- (st. of nuntius), messenger ; pugna- (st. of pugna), fight; honesto- (st. of honestus), honorable; interpret-^ (st. of interpres), interpreter; labos-^ (st. of labor), labor; laud- (st. of laus), praise; memori- (st. of memor), mind- ful; proelio-* (st. of proelium), battle; regno- (st. of re- gnum), sovereignty ; salut- (st. of salus), safety ; celebri- (st. of celeher), frequented ; sacro- (st. of aa.cer), sacred ; damno- (st. of damnum), loss; equit-(st. of eques), ho7'se- VERBS : DENOMINATIVES. 223 man; gloriS-' (st. of gloria), ^r /or/; hiem- (st. of hiems), winter; judic- (st. of judex), /W^re; laeto-'* (st. of laetus), joyful; libero- (st. of \\bex), free ; nudo- (st. of nudus), hare; novo- (st. of novus), new; integro- (st. of integer), whole; vulnes-" (st. of vulnus), wound. 732. Form Denominative Verbs of the Second Con- jugation from the following — XouN^ Stems: albo- (st. of albus), white; flSvo- (st. of flSvus), yellow ; luc- (st. of lux), LiGHf. 733. Form Denominative Verbs of the Fourth Con- jugation from the following — XouN* Stems: 16ni- (st. of Ignis), soft; saevo- (st. of saevus), fierce; siti- (st. of sitia), thirst; custod- (st. of custos), guard. > See foot-note 8, Lesson XCni. ♦ Make the verb deponent, i.e., give * See foot-note 5, Lesson XCin. it a passive form with active or reflexive » See foot-note 5, Lesson XCV. meaning. 224 ANECDOTES FROM CICERO. ANECDOTES FROM CICERO. Note : The following anecdotes are to be translated by the pupil and afterwards committed to memory. The point at which the several anecdotes may be taken up is indicated in a bracketed note prefixed to each ; and the amount and kind of help afforded in the foot-notes is adapted to the needs of the pupil at the stage thus indicated. 734. Discourtesy Rebuked. [To follow Lesson XXXI.] Memoriae^ proditum est, ciim^ Atbenis^ ludis^ qiiidam in theatrum ^graB^H^ natu venisset/ magno consessu^ locum nusquam ei^ datum ^ a suis civibus. Cum autem ad Lace- daemonios accessisset,^ quT,^ legati cum essent,^" certo in loco consederant, consurrexisse^^ omnes illi^^ dicuntur et senem sessum^"^ recepisse." Quibus^^ cum a cuncto consessu plausus esset^^ multiplex datus,^^ dixisse ex ils quendam^^ Atheniensis scire quae^^ recta essent,^^ sed facere^ nolle. ^^ — [Cic. Cat. Maj. XVIII.]. 1 when. ^^ they were. 2 A. & G. 258, c; H. 425, II. ; Gr. 412. " to have risen in a body. 3 The reference is to the great Pan- ^- those (i.e., the Lacedaemonians), athenaic festival celebrated once in four nom. pi. masc. years at Athens in honor of Athena as '^ to be seated. protectress of the city, and participated " to have invited. in by the combined population of Attica. ^^ to them (lit., to whom). < had come. i" had been given. 5 Abl. of place where without prep. " [proditum est] dixisse ex iis '''for him. quendam, [the story adds] tJmi one 7 sc. esse ; datum esse is the perf. of the Lacedaemonians said (lit., one pass, infin. of do, give; the subj. of the from them to have said). infin. (here locum) is in the accusative. '« what, nom. neut. pi. Translate : that room was made (lit., '° ivas. room to have been made). ^o pres. infin. of facio, do. 8 he had come near. ^^ Pres. infin. of nolo, be unwilling. » who^ nom. pi. masc. Translate : lacked the inclination. ANECDOTES FROIM CICERO. 225 735. Remarkable Instances of Mental Vigor in Extreme Old Age. [To follow Lesson XXXV.] 1. Plato^ uno et octogesimo anno scribens est mortuus.- 2. isocrates^ eum^ librum qiii^ Panathenaicus*' insciibi- tur quarto et nonagesimo anno scripsisse se^ dicit, vixitque quTnqueuniura postea. 3. Leontinus® Gorgias^ centum et septem complevit an- nos, neque umquam In suo studio atque opere cessavit. Qui,'** cum ex eo quaereretur" cur tam diu vellet esse'" in vita: "Nihil habeo,"^^ inquit," "quod accusem^^ senectu- tem." Praeclarum responsum, et docto homine'* dignum ! ' — [Cic. Cat. Maj. V.]. * Plato, -onis, M., Plato, the cele- "^ scripsisse se, that he wrote (lit., brated Athenian philosopher; died 347 himself to have written) . B.C. ^ Leontluus, -a, -urn, adj., o/ie- ' est mortaus, died. ontini (a town in Sicily)". ' fsocrates, -Is, v., Isocrates, a » Gorgifts, -ae, m., Gorgias, a cele- celebrated Athenian rhetorician and ora- brated rhetorician and orator of Lcontini tor; died 338 B.C. On the composition in Sicily; born about 480 B.C. and elaboration of the most celebrated of ><> He (lit., who). his orations, the " Panegyric," he is said " cum ex eo quaererStur, when by some to have spent ten years, by /je tfrts aa/terf (lit., when it was inquired othen*, fifteen. from him). * thaty ace. sing. masc. '^ vellet esse, he wished to be. > which, nom. sing. masc. >3 Nihil habeO quod accfiHem, / " Pauathen&icus, -I, M., the Pan- have no fault to find with (lit., 1 have athenaic, an oration pronounced by nothing which I may lay to the rharKe of). laocrates at one of the Panathenalc festi- >* See Leaaon LIU., fout-noU- 12. vaLi ; see 734, foot-note 3. ^ See Lesson XXXIL, foot-note 3. 736. A Tree Known by Its Fruits. [To follow Lesson XXXIX.] Sophocles* ad summam senectutem tragoedids fecit.'-' (^uofP propter studium cum* rem ueglcgerc familiarem videretur/ a fllils in judicium vocatus est, ut'* cum" quasi desipientera a re fsimiliari rcmoverent* judices. Turn »cncx dlcitur eam^ fabulam quam^ in manibuH habebat et proxi- 226 ANECDOTES FROM CICERO. me sciipserat, Oedipum^ Coloneiim,^ recitasse^^ juclicibus, quaesisseque^^ nam illiid^^ carmen desipientis videretur.'^ Quo^^ recitato, sententils judicum est llberatus. — [Cic. Cat. Maj. VII.] 1 Sophocles, -is, M., Sophocles, the famous Attic tragic poet, born at the vil- lage of Colonus, near Athens, 495 B.C. ; died 406 B.C. 2 Perfect indicative of facio, make, compose. 3 this (lit., which), ace. neut. sing. * cum videretur, as hetcas thought. s to the end that. '^ eum reinoverent, might remove him. '' earn, ace. sing, fern., that. ^ quani, ace. sing, fem., which. 3 Oedipus, -odis and -i,m., Oedipus; Coloneus, -a, -uni, adj., of Colonus. The "Oedipus of Colonus," which was the last and finest play of Sophocles, re- calls the scenery and the religious associ- ations of the x)oet's native village (cf . foot- note 1). The passage said to have been recited on the occasion here referred to, contains a chorus descriptive of the beau- ties of Athens. 10 to have recited. 11 to have ashed. 12 illud, nom. neut. sing., that. 13 seemed [to them]. 1* Quo, abl. neut. sing., this (lit., which). 737. Tit for Tat. [To follow Lesson XLII.] Nasica^ cum ad- poetam Ennium^ venisset,- eique^ ab ostio quaerenti Ennium ancilla dixisset* domi non esse,^ Nasica sensit illam^ domini jussu dixisse^ et ilium ^ intus esse.^ Panels post diebus, cum ad Nasicam venisset Ennius et enm^ a janua quaereret/ exclamat Nasica se^ domi non esse. Tum Ennius : " Quid?^° ego non cognosce," inquit, '' vocem tuam?" Hic Nasica: "Homo es impudens. Ego, cum te quaererem,^^ ancillae tuae credidi te^ domi non esse ; tu mihi non credis ipsT 12 V 1 Nasica, -ae, m., Nasica (Publius Cornelius Scipio Nasica), a celebrated Roman jurist. 2 ad venisset, had come to [call on] . 3 £nnius, -ii, m., Ennius (Quintus), the father of Roman epic poetry; lived 239-169 B.C. * ei (dat.) dixisset, had told him. " domi esse, was (lit., to be) at home. — [Cic. de Orat. 2, LXVIII.] c illain dixisse, that she IkuI said [so]. 7 ilium esse, that his friend was (lit., him to be). 8 eum (insieTeret,inquiredfor him. The subject of an iafin. (here esse) is in the ace. 10 jriiatf 11 I inquired for. 12 ipsi, dat. sing., self. ANECDOTES FKOM CICERO. 227 73a The Soul Immortal. [To follow Lesson XLVI.] Apiid Xcnophontom^ moriens Cyrus ^ major haec dicit: "Xolite arbitrarl,^ 6 moi carissiinl filil, me,^ eiiin fi a obis (liscessero, nusquam aiit iiullum fore.^ Nee enim, dum eram voblseuni, animum meuiu videbatis, sed enni esse in hoc corpore ex iis rebus quas*' gerebam intellegebatis. Eundcm* igitur esse ereditote, etiam sT nullum videbitis. — [Cic. Cat. Maj. XXII.] * The reference is to a passage in Xenophon's Cj/rojHiedia, an historical romance founded on tlie career of Cyrus the elder. « Cyrus the elder founded the Persian «rnpire 559 B.C.; after a long and pros- I»erou8 reign, he was killed in battle 529 B.C. Xenophon, Ijowever, in the passage here referred to, represents him as dying quietly in bed with his children and friends about him. 3 NolTte arbitrSrl, do not suppose (lit., be xmwilling to suppose). ♦ cf. 737, foot-note 9. ° fore, used as f ut. iutin. of sum ; me fore, that I shall he. « quSs, ace. pi. fern., which. 739. Dead Muscle. [To follow Lesson L.] Quae^ vox potest esse^ coutemptior quam Milonis Crotoni- atae?'^ qui, cum jam senex esset^ athletasque se cxerceutis in cuniculo videret,'^ adspexissc" lacertos suos dicitur inlacri- iiifinsque dixis.se;' *'At In quidem mortuT jam sunt." Non \ r-iO tam istl quani In ipse, nfigator ! Neque enim ex te iiinquam es nobilitatus, sed ex latcribus et lacertis tuis. — [Cic. Cat.Maj.W.l^ ' (2ua«>, interrog. pron., nom. sing. 111., irhat. ' See Lesson LIIL, foot-note 5. 3 Milff, -ffniM, Milo; CrotntiiatPs. •ae, X., inhabitant of Crotona. Milo wu a famous athlete of Crotona, in Italy ; many stories of his extraordinary feats are told by the ancient writers. * he iea». » srtir. « to have lovkeil at. "> to have Baid, fUiri7BRSITrl 228 ANECDOTES FROM CICERO. 740. Tertia's Pet Dog. [To follow Lesson LIV.] L. PauUus, consul iterum, cum ei belliim ut^ cum rege Perse ^ gereret^ obtigisset, ut ea ipsa die domum*^ ad vespe- rum rediit,'* filiolam suam Tertiam,^ quae turn erat admodum parva, osculans^ animum advertit tnsticulam. "Quid est," inquit/ " mea . Tertia ? quid^ tristis es?" "Mi^ pater," inquit, "Persa^" periit."^^ Turn ille artius^^ puellam com- plexus:^^ "Accipio," inquit, "mea filia, omen." Erat autem mortiius catellus eo ndmine." — [Cic.de Dw.1,X1jYI.'} 1 ut gereret, to concbict (lit., that he should conduct) . 2 See Perses in general vocabulary ; for abl. Perse, cf, A. & G. 37 (come- tes) ; H. 50 (pyrites) . 3 Acc. oi place to which without prep. * See redeo in general vocabulary. ^ Tiie English form is the same as the Latin nom. " See osculor in general vocab. ; 6s- culor has a pass, form with act. meaning. '' See Le'feson LIIL, foot-note 12. ® Adverbial accusative, why. 3 See Lesson XX., foot-note 6. 10 Name of a pet dog ; also a possible form of the name Perses. 11 See pereo in general vocabulary. 12 artius, adv., more closely, closer. 13 See complector in general vocab- ulary; coinplector has a pass, form with active meaning. 1* cf. Exs. in 332. 741. Roman Character in the Earlier Days of the Re- public. [To follow Lesson LIX.] Curio ^ ad focum^ sedenti magnum auri pondus Saranites^ cum attulissent,'' repudiati sunt. Non enim aurum habere praeclarum sibi videri dixit, sed eis qui haberent aurum im- perare. — [Cic Cat. Maj. XVL] 1 Manius Curius Dentatus, consul three times; he is often referred to in Cicero's writings as a noble example of the early Roman simplicity. 2 focus, -I, M., fire-place, hearth. The focus was a small platform of brick or stone raised a few inches above the ground ; it stood in the atrium, which in primitive times served as sitting room, dining room, and kitchen. 3 Samnites, -ium, m., the Samnites. The incident here narrated belongs to the period (about 273 B.C.) which fol- lowed the great wars of the Romans with the Samnites and Pyrrhus. Curius then retired to his farm in the Sabine country, and is said to have been found here by the Samnite ambassadors, sitting at his hearth and roasting turnips. 4 See adf ero in general vocabulary. ANECDOTES FllOM CICERO. 221) 742. Braiu Better than Brawn. [To follow Lesson LXI.] Olympiae^ per stadium^ ingressns esse^ Milo* dicitur cum uinerls sustiueret bovem. Utrum^ igitur has corporis an' Pvthagorae^ tibi mails ^ viiis® iugenii dari?— [Cic. Cat. Maj. X.] » Olyinpia, -ae, F., Olympui, a small plain in Ells, celebrated an tbe scene of the Olympic games ; these games were held at intervals of four years and attracted spectators and participants from all parts of the world inhabited or colonized by Greeks. * stadium, il, n., racecourse. The fttadiuni was an oblong area having one end straight and the other semi- circular, and having its sides parallel. Around this area rose the seats of the spectators. The stadium was especially designed for the foot-race. The course extended from the straight end (see A, Fig. 1) to a point near the centre of the semicircle at the opposite end (see B, V\n. 1), and was 606^ feet long. 3 See iugrredior in general vocab. ; ingredlor has a pass, form with act. meaning. * See 739, foot-note 3. " See references in foot-note 1, Lesson XLL « Pythagoras, -ae, M., Pythagoras, a celebrated Greek philosopher who taught at Crotona in Italy. Three hundred of his disciples were formetl into a bi-otherhood, partly philosophical, partly religious, and partly political, for the purpose of studying tlie doctrines of their master, and cultivating the obserN-- ances which he enjoinetl. The contrast drawn in the text between Pythagoras and Milo is suggested by the fact that Milo was a member of this brotherhood. ' m9.1Ts, second sing. pres. subj. of maio, prefer; translate: should poii prefer t 8 See refs. in foot-note 10, Lesson XXXVI. Fig. r, —Ground-plan of a sUuiium at Clbyra in Lyci«. 230 BEADING LESSONS. READING LESSONS. 743. Division into Parties a Characteristic Feature of Gallic Society. In Gallia iiou solum in omnibus civitatibus atque in omni- bus pagis partibusque,^ sed paene etiam in singulis domibus factiones sunt ; earumque factionum principes sunt qui^ sum- mam auctoritatem eorum jiidicio'^ habere existimantur, quorum ad arbitrium'^ judiciumque^ summa^ omnium rerum consilio- rumque redeat.'' Idque ejus rel causa'' antiquitus institutum^ videtur, ne quis ex plebe contra potentiorem auxilii^ egeret r^*^ suos enim" quisque opprimi et circumveniri nou patitur, neque, aliter si faciat,^^ ullam inter suos habet^^ auctoritatem. Haec eadem ratio est in summa^^ totius Galliae;^^ nanique omnes civitates in partes divTsae sunt duas. 744. Classification of the Inhabitants of Gaul. In omni Gallia eorum bominum qui aliquo sunt numero^ atque honored genera sunt duo ; nam plebes^ paene servorum liabetur loco,^ quae^ nihil audet per se, nullo adhibetur con- silio.^ Plerique, cum aut aere alieno aut magnitudine tribfi- torum aut injuria potenti5rum premuntur, sese In servitutem dicant nobilibus : in^ hos eadem omnia sunt jura quae domi- nis'' in^ servos. Sed de his duobus generibus^ alteruni ost Druidum,^ alterum equitum. 745. The Druids the Supreme Authority in Religious and Social Matters. Illi^ rebus divinis intersunt, sacrificia publica iic privata procurant, religiones interpretantur. Ad hos magnus adu- lescentium numerus disciplinae causa concurrit, magnoquc* hi- sunt apud eos hoiiore. Nam fere de ouiiiibus contro- READING LESSONS. 231 versiis publicis privatisque constituunt ; et si quod est ad- iiiissum facialis, si caedes facta, si de hereditate, sT de fiuibus ( oiitioversia est, idem^ decernunt : praemia poeiiasqiie cou- >titiiunt. SI qui aut piivatus aut populus eorum decreto non >tetit,^ sacriiicils iuteidicuut.^ Haec poena apud cos est gravissima. Quibus ita est interdictum,^ hi nuineio'"' inii)i6- riun ac sceleratorum habentur ; his omnes decedunt, adituui ( oruui seruionemque defugiuut, ue quid ex contagioue incoiii- modl accipiaut ; neque his petentibus jus redditur neque hoiios*ullus communicatur. 746. The Governmeut of the Druids ; their Annual Meet- ing; the Origin of their System. His autem omnibus Druidibus piaeest unus, qui summara inter eos habet auctoritatem. Hoc mortuo/ aut, si qul^ ex reliquls^ excellit dignitate, succedit ; aut, si sunt pUlres pares, suffragio* Druidum, nonnunquam etiani armis, de principatu contendunt. HI certo annl tempore In finibus Carnutum,^ quae ivgio totliis Galliae*' media habetur, consl- dunt in loco consecrato. Hue omnes undique qui contro- \ersias habent conveuiunt, eorumque decretis judicilsque [)areut. Discipllna' in Britannia reperta atque inde in Galliam translata esse existimatur ; ** et nunc qul^ dlligen- tius'*' earn rem cognoscere voluut plerumque illo disceudi ciuisa proficiscuntur. 747. Immunities Enjoyed by the Druida ; their Doctrines Orally Transmitted. Druides a bello abesse consuerunt,* neque tributa una cum K'llquls pendunt ; mllitiac vacationem omniumque rerum iiabent immunitatem. Tautls excitati praemiis, et^ sua sponte multi in discipllnam conveniunt^ et a parentibus pro- hlnqulsque mittuntur.^ Magnum ibi numerum versuum discere* dicuntur:* itaque annos nonnulli vicenos' in disci- plina'* t>^rmaaent. Neque (an* esse exlstimant ea Uttcrls 232 READING LESSONS. mandare,^" cum^^ in reliquis fere rebus, publicis privatisque rationibus, Graecis ITtterTs iltantur.^^ Id^^ mihi duabus de causis instituisse videntur," quod neque in vulgum disciplT- nam efferri A^elint,^^ neque eos qui diseunt litteris^*^ eonflsos minus memoriae studere ; quod fere plerisque accidit^^ ut praesidio^'' litterarum diligentiam in perdiscendo ^^ ac memo- riam remittant.^^ 748. Teachings of the Druids. In primis^ hoc volunt persuadere,^ non interire ahimas, sed ab aliis^ post mortem transTre ad alios,^ atque lioc'* maxi- me ad virtutem excitari^ putant, metu mortis neglecto. Multa praeterea de sideribus atque eorum motu, de mundi ac terrarum^ magnitudine, de rerum natura, de deorum im- mortalium vi ac potestate disputant et juventuti tradunt. 749. The Knights or "Warrior Class. Alterum genus est equitum.^ Hi, cum est usus atque aliquod^ bellum incidit (quod fere ante Caesaris adventum quotannis accidere solebat, uti aut ipsi injurias mferrent aut inlatas propulsarent^) , omnes in bell5 versantur ; atque eorum ut quisque^ est genere copiTsque amplissimus, ita'' plurimos circum se ambactos clientesque habet. Hanc unam gratiam potentiamque noverunt.^ 750. Human Sacrifices Prevalent among the Gauls. Natio est omnis Gallorum admodum dedita religion ibus,^ atque ob earn causam qui sunt adfecti gravioribus^ morbis quTque in proeliis periculisque versantur,^ aut pro victimis homines immolant aut se immolaturos vovent, administrisque^ ad ea sacrificia Druidibus utuntur, quod, pro vita hominis nisi hominis vita reddatur,^ non posse deorum immortalium numen placari arbitrantur, publiceque ejusdem generis ha- bent instituta^ sacrificia. Alii immani magnitudine simulacra habent, quorum contexta viminibus membra vivis hominibus READING LESSONS. 283 complent ; quibus succensis, circiimventi flamma exaniman- tur homines. Siipplicia eOruin qui Tii furto aiit in latrocinio aut aliqua noxa sint comprehensi' giiitiora dils immortalibus esse arbitrantur ; sed, cum ejus generis copia defecit,* etiam ad iuuocentium suj)plicia descendunt. 751. The Gods Worshiped by the Gauls. Deum maxirae Mercurium colunt. Hujus sunt pluriiua simulacra; hunc^ omnium iuventorem^ artium ferunt, hunc viarum- atcpie itinerum- ducem, hunc ad quaestus pecuniae mercaturasque habere vim maximam arl)itrantur. Post hunc Ai>ollinem^ et Martem et Jovem* ct Miiu rvaiu. I)e IiTs eandem fere quam reliquae gentes habciil opiuionem : Apol- linem morbos depellere, Minervam operum atque artificiorum ^ initia traders, Jovera imperium caelestium tenere, Martem bella regere. Huic, cum proelio^ dlmicare constituerunt, ea quae bello^ ceperint^ plerumque devovent; cum superave- iiHit, animalia capta immolant, reliquas res in unum locum conferunt. Multls in civitatibus harum rerum exstructos tumulos locls^ consecratis conspicarl licet, neque saepe acci- dit^ ut neglecta quispiam religione^® aut capta apud se" occultare aut posita tollere auderet;^^ gravissimum el re! supplicium cum cruciatu constitutum est. 752. Traditional Origin of the Gauls; their Mode of Desig- nating Intervals of Time ; the Relation of Children to Parents. Gall! se cranes ab DTte^ prognatos praedicant, idque* ah Druidibus prOditum dicunt. Ob earn causam*' spatia omnia temporis^ non numero dierum, sc»d noctium* finiunt*; dies natales et mensium et annorum initia sic observant ut noc- tem dies subsequatur.' In reliquis vitae InstitutTs hoc fere" ab reliquTs diffcnmt,* qu(Ml suos ITl^eros,'** nisi cum" adoleve- runt ut nn'nius mllitian sustuierc possint, palam ad se adlrc'- non patiuntiir; filinmque puerfll aetate" in publico in con- spectu patris adsistcre turpe dficunt. 234 READING LESSONS. 753. Marriage Settlements among the G-auls; Subjec- tion of Wives. Viii, quantas pecunias ab uxoribus clotis nomine accepe- runt, tantas ex suis bonis, aestimatione facta, cum dotibus communicant.^ Hujus omnis pecuniae conjunctim^ ratio habetur fructusque servantur : uter eorura vita^ superarit,^ ad eum pars utriusque cum f ructibns superiorum temporum pervenit. Viri in uxores, sTcut! in liberos, vitae necisque habent potestatem ; et cum pater familiae inlustriore loco natus decessit,^ ejus propinqui conveniunt et, de raorte si res in suspicionem venit,^ de uxoribus in servilem modum^ quaestionem habent et, si compertum est,'^ igni atque omni- bus tormentis excruciatas interficiunt. 754. Funeral Rites and Usages. Funera sunt pr5 cultii ^ Gallorum magnifica et sumptuosa ; omniaque quae vivis^ cordi^ fuisse arbitrantur in Tgnem Tnferunt, etiam animalia : ac paulo^ supra banc memoriam^ servi et clientes, quos ab iis dilectos esse constabat, justis funeribus^ confectis, una cremabantur. 755. Free Discussion of Public Questions Forbidden by Law^. Quae civitates commodius^ suam rem publicam admini- strare existimantur,^ habent legibus sanctum,^ sT quis^ quid"* de re publica a finitimls rumore aut fama acceperit,^ uti ad magistratum deferat^ neve'' cum quo"^ alio communicet : quod saepe homines temerarios atque imperitos falsTs rum5ribus terreii et ad f acinus impelli et de sum mis rebus consilium capere* cognitum est.^ Magistratus quae visa sunt^^ occul- tant ; quaeque esse ex usu judicaverunt, multitudim produnt. De re publica nisi per concilium ^^ loqui non conceditur. READING LESSONS. 235 II. 756. The Worship of the Germans; their Out-of-Door Life. GermfinT mnltum ab hac^ consnetildine diffenmt. Nam neque Druides habent qui rebus dlvinis praesint, neque sacri- licils student. Deorum numero eos solos ducunt quos cernunt et quorum aperte opibus juvantur, Solem et^ Volca- num^ et- Lfmam : reliquos ne fama'* quidem acceperuut. Vita omnis in veuatiouibus^ atque m studiis rei militarist consistit ; ab parvulis ' labori ac duritiae student. 757. Means of Subsistence; Annual Change of Abode. Agi'iculturae non student ; majorque pars corum victus in lacte, caseo,' carne^ consistit. Neque quisquam^agrlmodum certum aut fines habet proprios. sed magistratus ac piincipes in annos singulos'' gentibus cognationibusque liominum qui una coiemnt, quantum et quo loco visum est agii * attribuunt, atque anno' post alio transire coguut. 758. The Reasons Assigned for this Annual Change of Abode. Ejus rei multas adferunt causas : ne adsidua consuetudine captl studium belli gerendi agricultural commutent; ne latos fines parare studeant potentioresque humiliores poSvSessioni- bus expellant ; ne accuratius ad f iTgora atque aestus vTtandos ^ aedificent ; ne qua'' oriatur pecuniae cupiditas, qua ex re factiones dissensionesque nascuntur; ut aniniT aecjuitati; plebem contineant, cum suas qtiisque op^s cum potentissimls aequ&ri videat.* 759. Deserted Frontiers Deemed an Evidence of Mili- tary Oreatness. CivitatibuH maxima laus est quam latissime circum se vastatis finibus* solitudines habere. H6c* proprium'' virtu- 236 READING LESSONS. tis"* exTstimant, expulsos agrls finitimos cedere neque quem- quam^ prope aiidere c5nsistere : simul hoc^ se fore^ tutiores arbitrantur, repentinae incursionis timore sublat5.^ 760. Methods of Government in War and in Peace; Predatory "Warfare Deemed Honorable. Cum bellura cTvitas aiit inlatnm defendit aut infert, magis- tratus qui ei bello praesiut^ ut vitae necisque habeant^ pote- statem, deliguntur. In pace nuUus est communis^ magistra- tus, sed principes regionum'* atque pagorum'* inter suos jus dicunt controversiasque minuunt. Latroeinia nullam liabeut^ infamiam quae extra fines cuj usque civitatis fiunt ; atque •ea juventutis exercendae ac desidiae minuendae causa fieri praedicant. 761. Loyalty of the Germans to their Chiefs; Hospi- tality to Strangers. Atque ubi quis^ ex principibus^ in concilio dixit se ducem fore, quT^ sequi velint^ profiteantur,^ consurgunt ii qui et causani et lioininem probant, suumque auxilium poUicentur atque ab multitudine conlaudantur ; qui ^ ex his^ secuti non sunt, in desertorum ac proditorum numero ducuntur, omnium- que his^ rerum postea fides derogatur.^ Hospitem violare fas non putant ; qui^ quacumque de causa ad eos venerunt, ab injuria prohibent, sanctos^ habent, liisque omnium domus patent victusque communicatur. EXPLANATORY NOTES. 237 EXPLANATORY NOTES ON THE PRECEDING READING LESSONS- 743. * pa^s refers to the districts ; partibus to the parts or subdi- visions of tlie districts. — ^ qui, those icho ; cf. 393 and 394. — -^ eo- rum jOdicio, in their {i.e., the GauW) J ud(jment. — •* arbitriiiin, decision (of the arbitrator) ; judicium, sentence (of tlie judge). — ^ siiinina redeat, the Jinal appeal is to be made. — ^ redeat : for mood, cf . 573, Ex.1. — 'Note the position of causa. — ^ institntum : so. esse. — ^ auxilii : A. & G. 223 ; H. 410, V., 1 ; G. 389, Rem.2. — ^ ©geret : for mood, cf. 528, Ex. 2 ; note that egeret takes its tense from institii- tum (esse), not from videtur : A. & G. 287, a ; H. 495, IV. ; G. 518, Exc. — 11 Note that enim is postpositive. — ^^ facial : for mood and tense, cf. 601, Ex, 1. — 13 habet : H. 511, 1, (1). — " in sunima, in general. — 1° Galliae : predicate possessive genitive limiting ratio and sepa- rated from it by est: A. & G. 214, c ; H. 401 ; G. 365. 744. 1 numero and honore : cf . 322, Ex. G. — ^ pigbes : archaic form of nominative = plebs. — ^ loco : for absence of preposition, see A. & G. 258,/; IL 425, 2 ; G. 385, Rem. — ^ quae : and they (refer- ring to the common people). — ^ consilio : dat., they are admitted to no council. — * in : over. — " sc. sunt ; for case of dominis, cf . Exs. in 449. — * Might the partitive genitive have been used in place of de . . . generibus ? See A. & G. 216, c ; U. 397, n. 3 ; G. 371, Rem. 5. Why is it not used 1 — » Druldum : A. & G. 214, c ; 11. 401 ; G. 365. 745. ' Illl : refers to Druidum at the end of 744. — -^ hi : refers to the Druids. — ^idem: nom. pi. — * dec re to non stetit: does not '/uiesce in the decision ; note that stetit is construed with the ablative 'lecretS); for tense of stetit (translated present), see A. & G. 270, ; H. 471, 5. — <^saorificiis interdicunt and Qiiibus est Interdic- luin: with interdico, the thing from which the jKTSon is exclmled expressed by the abl. of separation (sec sa<;rificli8) ; the person on vliom the prohibition is laid is expressed l)y the dat. (see Quibus). lor the impersonal use of interdico in the pass., cf. Exs. in 522. — "numero: abl. of place where, without prep. 746. ' niortuo: ptrf. part, of inorlor; hor inortuo, at his death. — - qui : used subst. = quis. — ^ ex rellquis : »vv refs. in 744, note 8. — * Buttr&gio : in the Mine construction as annis. — ^ CarnQtum ; 238 EXPLANATORY NOTES. southwest of Paris, between the Seine and Loire. — ^ Galliae : gen. after media; A. & G. 218, a; H. 399, 3; G. 373. — ^ Disciplina : the Druidical system. — ^ Note that Caesar says here : disciplina trans- lata esse existimatur, the system is thought to have been transferred ; might he have said : disciplinani translatam esse existimatur, it is thought that the system iras transferred ^ See A. & G. 330, h\ H. 534, n. 1, (2) ; G. 528.-9 qui ; cf. 743, note 2. — lo diligentius cognoscere : to gain a more thorough acquaintance with, or a more accurate knowledge of. 747. ^ consiierunt : cf. Lesson XXXIV., foot-note 2. — -et: both. — 3 in disciplinam conveniunt : place tltemselves under instruc- tion ; hence, enter the order. — *mittuntur: sc. miilti. — ''"' ediscere : to learn by heart ; note the intensive force of the prep. — ''^ Note that Caesar says : ediscere dicuntur; might he have said: eos ediscere dicitur? cf. 746, note 8. — ^ vicenos : why not viginti? — ^in disciplina: under training. — ^ fas, def. neut., divine law; hence, translated adjectively, right, lawful, proper. — i^ litteris mandare : to commit to icriting. — ^' cum : although. — 12 Qtantur : for mood, cf. 642, Ex. 3. — 13 Id ; fjiis practice. — i* videntur : cf. note 0. — ^^ Note that in quod . . . velint the writer is reporting the reason of the Druids ; whereas, below, in quod . . . accidit he is assigning a reason of his own. For the difference of mood, see A. & G. 321 and a ; H. 516, I. and II. ; G. 540 and 541. — i^' litteris : abl. with confisos, depending on. — 1'^ praesidio : through dependence on. — ^^ perdiscendo : note the intensive force of the prep., and cf . note 5. — i^ remittant : translate relax with diligentiam, enfeeble with memorlam ; for mood, cf , 556, Ex.5. 748. 1 In primis : among their foremost [doctrines]; hence, especially, particularly. — ^ persuadere : to inculcate. — ^ ab aliis ad alios : from one body to another. — * hoc : by this belief. — ^ excltari : sc. homines. — "^ terrarum : the earth (as made up of various lands). 749. 1 equitum : cf. 744, note 9. — ^ aliquod : why not aliquid? See A. & G. 105, d, n. ; H. 190, n. 1 ; G. 105, 1. — 3 uti . . . inferrent and uti . . . propulsarent are subst. clauses of result in apposition witli quod; for the subjunctives, cf. Exs. in 556. — *ut quisque amplis- simus . . . ita pliirimos : the more distinguished . . . the more numeroxis. — ^ noverunt : acknowledge, recognize. 750. 1 religionibuf. : superstition. — ^ gravioribus : of xinusual se- verity ; cf. Lesson XXX., foot-note 4. — ^^ersantur: are in the midst EXPLANATORY NOTES. 239 of, are encompassed hij. — * admlnistris : predicate abl. agreeing in case witli Druidibus ; translate : they employ the Druids as agents. — • re-cSdd, -ere, -cessi, -cesstis [ad, to ; cedo, yo or come], yo or I rome to, approach ; he added ; ac- I cSdere ad, to come up to. ac-cend5, -ere, -cendl, -<*<"nMUs fad, to; Vcaud-, set fire], kindle; tnjlamet Jlrt. 244 ac-cido ad-olesco ac-cido, -ere, -cidi[ad, to ; cado, f all], happen, occur ;(ysr. dat. pers.) happen to, befall. ac-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [ad, to (one's self); capio, take], ac- cept, receive ; receive (as by trans- mission from ancestors) ; experi- ence ; hear of, hear. ac-commodo, -are, -avi, -atus [ad, to ; commodo, make suitable] , adjust. accurate, adv. [abl. form of accuratiis, careful], carefully, elab- orately. ac-curro, -ere, -cncurrT or -curri, -cursum [ad, to ; curro, run], run to, hasten to. ac-cuso, -are, -avi, -atus [ad, to, against; causa, charge (through denom. vb. *causo; cf. causor)], bring a charge against, call to ac- count, take to task, accuse. Achillas, -ae, M., Achillas (com- mander of the forces of Ptolemy Dionysus, king of Egypt). acies, -e and -el, f. [^lac-, sharp], EDGE; line of battle, line, army (drawn up in battle array) . acriter, adv. [acri- (st. ofacer), sharp] , sharply, with energy, vigor- ously, resolutely, valiantly. ad, prep. w. ace. (opp. ab), (of motion towards) to, against; (of nearness) at, close by ; (w. num.) about; according to ; (expressing purpose, especially with gerunds orgerundives)/or; adhunc mo- dum, as follows ; ad Id. April. = ad Idus Aprllis, on the Ides (thir- teenth) of April. ad-_daco,-ere, -duxi, -ductus [ad, to ; duco, lead], lead to, lead, bring to, bring; lead, prompt, move, in- cite, influence. ad-eo, -ire, -ii (-TvT), -itus [ad, to ; eo, go], go to, get at, approach, come into the presence of, appear before; incur. ad-fero, adferre, attuli, adlatus (allatus) [ad, to; fero, bear, liwing], BRing to, nning, Biiing forward, advance. ad-iicio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [ad, to ; facio, do], do (something) to, visit vjith ; hence, (in good sense) bestow upon ; (in bad sense) inflict upon; adfectas niorbis, having diseases, laboring under diseases. ad-finis, -e, adj. [ad, near to ; finis, boundary], having adjacent boundaries, neighboring; related to ; iwivy to, implicated in. ad-hibeo, -ere, -uT, -itus [ad, to, towards; habeo, hold], hold toioar'ds, bring to ; summon, invite, admit; apply; exercise. ad-huc (accent the final sylla- ble), adv. [ad, to; hue, hither], hithei'to, up to this time. ad-imo, -ere, -emi, -emptus [ad, to (one's self) ; erao, take], (take to one's self from another, and so) take away from, deprive of (w. ace. th. and dat. pers.). aditus, -us, m. [ad-Vi-, go to], a going. to, approach, access; pres- ence. ad-jungo, -ere, -junxi, -junctus [ad, to ; jungo, Join], Join to. Join, unite, add to. ad-juvo, -are, -jiivi, -jfitus [ad, to ; ju vo, give aid] , give aid to, aid. ad-minister, -tri, m. [ad, 7iear to; minister, servant], (one who is at hand to serve, and so) as- sistant, minister, agent. ad-niinistro, -are, -avi, -atus [ad, near to ; ministro, serve], (be at hand to serve, and so) assist; manage, execute, administer, con- duct. ad-miror, -arl, -atus [ad, at ; miror, loonder], wonder at, admire. ad-mitto, -ere, -mlsT, -missus [ad, to; mitto, let go]., let go to. admit; allow, perm it ; commit, per- petrate, perform. admoduni, adv. [ad, ?■-. ;uhI so) surface; sea (as presenting a level surface). aerarium, -ii, n. [aes- (st. of aes; -8- becomes -r-), money], (adj. used subst., and so) place for depositing money, treasury. aes, aerls, n. [cogn. w. Eng. i>i{K], copper, bronze; money; aes alienuin, another's money. I.e., debt. aestas, -atis, v., sununer season. acstimAtid, -onis, v. [aestima- (st of aestimo), value], valuation, appraisement, estimate. aestlmu, -are, -avi, -atus, va/u«, estimate, fix; consider, deem. 246 aestuosus alius aestuosus, -a, -um, adj. [aestii- (st. of aestus), heat]^full of heat, burning hot. aestus, -us, m., boiling, tossing, and so (of fire, etc.) heat; (of the sea) swell ; maritimi aestus, tides. aetas, -atis, f. [= ae vitas, fr. aevo- (st. of aevum), age'], time of life, life, age. aeternus, -a, -um, adj. [= aevi- ternus, fr. aevo- (st. of aevum), eternity, age], eternal. _ Africauus, -1, M. [Africa- (st. of Africa), Africa], (adj. used subst.) conqueror of Africa, Afri- canus (surname of Scipio the elder as conqueror of Hannibal at Zama 202 B.C. ; also of Scipio the youn- ger as destroyer of Carthage 146 B.C.). ager, -gri, m. [cogn. w. Eng. acre] , land, soil ; field ; district ; in ^^X., fields, country districts. Agesi-laus, -T, M., Ayesi/aus (king of the Spartans b.c. 398- 361). ag-ger, -eris, m. [ad, to; \/ges- (-S- becomes -r-), carry], (what is carried to, and so) materials for constructing a mound (as earth, stone, brushwood, etc.) ; mound, embankment ; rampart. agmen, -inis, n. [Vag-, put in motion, lead], (that which is led, and so) train, army (on the march) ; novissimum agmen, rear. ago, -ere, egi, actus [Vag-, put in motion], lead, drive; do; (of courts, assizes, etc.) hold; agere de, to discuss, to talk over ; agere cum, to treat or confer with ; (im- per.) agite, on ! agrarius, -a, -um, adj. [agro- (st. of ager), laud], pertaining to land. agri cultura or agricultiira, -ae, F. [ager, soil; cultura, culti- vation], cultivation of the soil, agriculture. alacer, -cris, -ere, adj., eager. alacritas, -atis, F. [alacri- (st. of alacer), eager], eagerness. alarius, -a, -um, adj. [ala- (st, of ala), wing], belonging to the wing; subst., alarii, -orum, m., auxiliaries (posted on the wings of the army). albeo, -ere [albo- (st. of albus), white], be ichite. Alexandrea (or -ia), -ae, f., Alexandria (capital of Egypt; founded by Alexander b.c. 331). Alexaiidrini, -orum, m., inhabi- tants of Alexandria ; see Alexan- drea. algor, -oris, m., cold. alienus, -a, -um, adj. [alio- (st. of alius), other], belonging to an- other, another's, foreign ; unfavor- able. alio, adv. [old case form of alius, other, used adv.], to another p)lace, FA^seiohere. aliquando, adv. [all- (st. of old forms of alius), giving an indefi- nite meaning, some; quando, whem], at some time; at any time. aliquantus, -a, -um, adj. [ali- (st. of old forms of alius), giving an indefinite meaning, some ; quan- tus, how much, wjia^], somewHAt. aliqui, -qua, -quod, indef. adj. pron. [ali- (st. of old forms of alius) , giving an indefinite mean- ing, some, any ; qui, winch], some ; any. aliqnis, -quid, indef. pron. [ali- (st. of old forms of alius), giving an indefinite meaning, s(>7»e, any; quis, who], some one, something ; any one, anything; occasionally adj., some; any. aliquot, indecl. adj. [ali- (st. of old forms of alius), giving an in- definite meaning, some; quot, HOW many], several. aliter, adv. [ali- (st. of old forms of alius), other], otherwise. alius, -a, -ud, adj. and subst. [cogn. with English VA.se], other, another ; alius . . . alius [^one . . . one], another . . . another; one AUobrog-es ante-fero 247 another ; ab aliis ad alios, from one [body] to another. Allobroges, -um, yi.,the Allobro- ges (a tribe of Celtic Gauls be- tween the Rhone and the Isere) . alo,-ere,aluT,altus[v'al-,no?ovE. de-terreo, -ere, -uT, -itus [de, from, off; terreo, frighten], fright- en off, deter. de-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tractus [de,/ro7/i, off; traho, draw^, witli- draw, take away, seize, snatch. detritnentum, -i, N. [de-Vtri-, ritb away], (result of rubbing away, and so) loss, damage, detri- ment. deus, -T, M. [conn. w. dies], god, deity. de-voveo, ■ -ere, -vovl, -votus [de, iuteus. ; voveo, promise sol- emnly, vow], solemnly promise to sarrijice, devote, vow. dexter, (-tera) -tra, (-terum) trum, adj., right. dico, -are, -avI, -atus [as if fr. St. dico-, found only in com- pounds, a.s veridicus, truth-tell- ing ; conn. w. dico], (or Ig. ) /)ro- cUiim ; (usu.) give up, devote, ded- icate. dico, -ere, dixT, dlctus [Vdic-, "int out, show], say, express, give /iression to, tell, talk of, men- tion; call, name; Jus dicere, /c], half di-mitto, -ere, -raisi, -missus [dis-, in different directions ; mltto, send], (send In dlflerent direc- tions, and so) d/smiaa, disband, break tfp, dissolve ; forego, lose. 262 Oio domus Dio or Dion, -onis, m., Dion (emineut Syracusan, l)rother-in- law of l^ionysius 1., and friend of Plato; assassinated B.C. 353). Dionysius, -il, m., Dionysius (1. the elder, tyrant of Syracuse B.C. 405-367; 2. the younger, tyrant of Syracuse B.C. 367-343). Dis, -Itis, M. [conn. w. deus and dies]. Dis (the god of the under world), Pluto. dis-cedo, -ere, -cessT, -cessum [dis-, apart; cedo, ^/o], (jo apart, icithdraw, depart, disperse : disce- dere ab, desert, abandon : disce- dere ab armis, to lay down one's arms. disciplina, -ae, F. [discipulo- (st. of discipuUis), lear7ier'], in- struction, tuition; system (e.g., the Druidical system), DOC^rmes, discipline. discipulus, -1, M. [conn. w. disco, learn'], learner, pupil. disco, -ere, didici [inceptive fr. Vdic-, point out, show'] , (begin to point out, and so) learn; study, receive instruction. dis-curro, -ere, -curri or -cu- currT, -curkum [dis-, in different directions ; curro, run] , run in dif- ferent directions, scatter, disperse. dis-lcio (pronounced: disjicio), -ere, -jecT, -jectus [dis-, asunder, in pieces; jacio, throio], lay in ruins, raze, destroy. dis-pono, -ere, -posui, -positus [dis-, apart, at intervals; pono, place] , station at intervals. dis-puto, -are, -avT, -atus [dis-, separately, in detail ; puto, reckon] , reckon in detail or by items; ex- amine, discuss. dissensio, -onis, f. [dis-, apart, at variance ; base sent-(in sentio) , perceive, feel], disagreement, dis- sension, discord. dis-sero, -ere,-ui, disertus(adj.) [dis-, at intervals ; ser5, jom, bind together], (arrange Avords in con- nected discourse, and so) 1. tr., discuss; 2. intr., discourse, talk. dis-tiueo, -ere, -ui, -tentus [dis-, asunder ; teneo, keep], keep asun- der, keep apart. din, adv. [conn. w. dies, day, time], for a long time, long. Comp., diutius, /or a longer time, longer; for too long a time, too long. diversus, -a, -um [perf . part, of divcrtd, t^irn in different direc- tions] , oj)posed. Divico, -onis, M., Divico (a prominent Helvetian; defeated Lucius Cassius Longinus B.C. 107; Avas ambassador to Caesar B.C. 58). divido, -ere, -vTs!, -visus, divide, separate. divinus, -a, -um, adj. [divo- (st. of divus), f/ocZ], pertaining to the gods, divine, sacred. divisus, -a, -um [perf. part, of divido, divide], divided. Divitiacus, -T, m., Divitiacus (1. chief of the Aeduans and brother of Dumnorix; 2. chief of the Suessiones). divitiae, -arum, f. [divit- (st. of dives), rich], riches, wealth. do, dare, dedi, datus [Vda-, give], give, awards assign, afford, allow, grant. doceo, -ere, -cm, -ctus [v/doc-, show, teach; conn. w. disco and dico], TEACH, instruct, shovj, de- clare, tell, point out. doctor, -oris, m. [Vdoc-, teach], TEACHer. doctus, -a, -um [p. a. of doceo, teach], learned. doleo, -ere, -uT [conn. w. dolor, q. v.], feel pain; grieve for, be afflicted at. dolor, -oris, m. [Vdol-, teak, split; conn. w. doleo, feel pain], pain ; mortification. dolus, -1, M., deceit, treachery. domesticus, -a, -um [conn. w. domus, house, home], domestic, native, private. dominus, -i, M., master, lord. domus, -us, f. [v/dom-, build], (that which is built, and so) house, dos eloquens 263 houK. ; family, household,' domi (loc.), <(( home, in peace; doin5 Tabl. ) , from home. dos, Vldtis, F. [Vdo-, give'], dowry, ia(irri(tge portion. Druides, -uni, M.,Z7rw/rth. ex-erceo, -ere, -cui, -citus [ex, j'rth, on; arceo, drive], drive on, keep busy, exercise, train. exercitatio, -ouis, F. [exercita- (st. of exercito) , exercise frequent- ly, practise], practice, experience. exercitus, -us, m. [exerce- (st. of exerceo), train], (lit., training, and so, used concretely) a trained body of men, an army. ex-haurio, -Ire, -hausl, -haustus [ex, out of, off; haurio, draw, drain], drain off. eximius, -a, -um, adj. [ex-Vem-, t'lke out], (taken out of the com- mon herd, and so) exceptional, extraordinary, especial. ex-i.stimo, -are, -avT, -atus [ex, lit; aestimo, reckon or think], "lue, reckon; consider, think, 'I rem. ex-opto, -are, -avi, -Etus [ex, i II tens. ; opto, desire"}, desire eam- ' stly, long for. expedio, -ire, -ivi or -Ii, -Itus ' x-pcd- (st. of pes, foot), foot- ,'rce], (make foot-free, and so) M/tFETTer, extricate t disentangle. set free; (reflexively) take care of itself. expeditns, -a, -um [p. a. of cx- pedio, disentangle], unincumbered, free from obstructions. ex-pello, -ere, -pull, -pulsus [ex, out; pello, drive], drive out, ex- pel, banish. ex-perior, -irl, -pertus [ex-Vper-, penetrate or test thoroughly, cf. comperio], test thoroughly, try, make trial of, make tnal, measure strength with. ex-pleo, -ere, -evi, -etus [ex, completely ; * ple5, fill], fill up, complete. explorator, -oris, M. [expldra- (st. of exploro), search out], searcher out, explorer ; scout. ex-pono, -ere, -posul, -positus [ex, forth; pono, put, set], set forth, explain, point out. ex-pugno, -are, -fivi, -jltus [ex, oiit, to the end; pfigno, fight], (fight to the end, and so) take by assault. ex-sequor, -I, -cutus [ex, out, to the end; sequor, follow], follow to the end ; execute, maintain. exsilium, -ii, n. [exsul- (st. of exsul), exile], being an exile, han- ishjnent, exile. ex-specto, -are, -avI, -atus [ex, forth, out; specto, look], look for, look forward to, await, wait for ; wait ; wait to see. ex-stinguo, -ere, -nxi, -nctus [ex, completely ; stinf^uo, quench], quench completely ; extinguish ; annihilate. ex-sto, -are [ex, out; sto, »T\nd], RTAnd out., be conspicu- ous ; be extant. ex-struo, -ere, -struxi, -struc- tus [ex, from below, up; struo, build], heap up, raise, construct. ex-sul, -Is, c, exile. ex-8iilto, -are, -avi, -atum [ex, from below, up ; nalto, leap, dance], leap up ; revel, exult. ♦exterus, -tera, -terura, adj. [comp. ftn. fr. ex, out], on the 266 extermino ferax outer side, on the outside. Superl., extremus, -a, -um, last, remotest, extreme, farthest, (in agreement w. subst.) remotest part of . extermino, -are, -avi, -atus [ex, out of, beyond; terminus, boun- dary (through presumed adj. St.)], drive beyond the boundaries, banish. ex-timesco, -ere, -mui [ex, intens.; *timesc6, /ear], fear or dread greatly. ex-torqueo, -ere, -torsi, -tortus [ex, from; torqueo, wresf], wrest from, take away forcibly, extort. extra [abl. fern, of *exterus, used adv.], adv. and prep. w. ace, beyond. extremus, see *extcrus. F. fabula, -ae [Vfa-, say, teW], (what is told, and so) story; play. fades, -e, r. [Vfac-,^ shine, ap- pear ; of. fax, torch'], appearance, face, visage, countenance. facile, adv. [n. ace. of facilis, easy, used adv.], easily, readily. Comp., facilius, more easily, more readily. facilis, -e, adj. [Vfac-, do], (capable of being done, and so) easy. facilitas, -atis, f. [facili- (st. of facilis), easy], ease; affability, courtesy. facilius, see facile. facinus, -oris, n. [Vfac-, do], DEEcZ, act ; misDF.Kd, crime ; mala facinora, acts of lawlessness. facio, -ere, feci, factus (for the pass., fio, fieri, factus is used) [Vfac-, DO, make], do, make, pros- ecute, commit, perpetrate; cause, produce, bring to pass ; grant, fur- nish, give ; act, do ; render ; ali- quem certiorem facere, to in- form ; iter facere, to march ; vim facere, to resort to force ; facere non possum quin, / cannot help. factio, -onis, f. [Vfac-, do, make], Doing, making; party spirit; faction, division, political party. factum, -1, N. [n. perf. part, of facio, do], deed, act, proceeding, exploit. facultas, -atis, f. [faculi- (one fm. of the St. of facilis), ready, apt], readiness, aptitude, capabil- ity; opportunity; abundance. fallo, -ere, fefelli, falsus [Vfal-, make fall, trip, deceive],, deceive, disappoint. falsus, -a, -um [p. a. of fallo, deceive], deceptive, false. falx, falcis, f., hooked knife, pruning hook; hook (implement used in sieges for pulling down w^alls) . Mma, -ae, f. [Vf a-, make known, say], (what is said, and so) com- mon talk, report ; good name, rep- utation. familia, -ae, f. [famulo- (st. of famulus), servant], (collection of servants, and so) slaves of a household ; family (descendants of a common ancestor) ; ances- try ; pater familias or famili- ae, master of a house, head of a family. familiaris, -c, adj. [familia- (st. of familia), household], pertaining to a household or family: res familiaris, patrimony, property; intimate; siibst., trusted friend. familiaritas, -atis, F. [familiari- (st. of familiaris), intimate]., inti- macy. Faunius, -ii, M., Gajus Fannius Strabo (son-in-law of Laelius, and one of the characters in Cicero's work on Friendship). fas, N. def. [Vfa-, make knovm, say ; conn., therefore, with fama], (the divine Avord or command, and so) divine law; translated adj., right, lawf id, proper. faveo, -ere, favi, fautum, favor, ferax, -acis, adj. [v/fer-, bear], (apt to bear, and so) productive., fertile. fere frigiis 267 fere, adv., nearly, almost, about, xubstantially, for the most part, almost all ; chiefly ; (jenerally. fcro, ferre, tull, Ifitus [pres., vfer-, BEAU; perf., vtol-, lift, bear ; perf. part., V(t)la-, bear"], reau, carry, BRing, contribute ; endure ; regard, consider; fertiir, is said; fcrendus (j^eruiidive), sufferable. ferreus, -a, -um, adj. [ferro- (st. of ferrum), iroii], of iron; iron-hearted, nnfeelimj. ferns, -a, -um, adj., wild, fierce. fessus, -a, -urn, adj., ireai'y. fcstino,-are, -avi, -atus [festino- (st. of festinus), hasty~\, hasten. fides, -ei, F. [v'fld-, trust], faith, trust, confidence; keeping, protec- tion. Hdus, -a, -um, adj. [s'fld-, trusf], tru.'ity, faithful. fifiiur»,-ae,v.[\lA^,-, shape'}, .Hhape. filia, -ae, f. [fern, of filius, .«o/i], daughter. filiola, -ae, i'. [fern, of dim. filiolus, little son], little daughter. filiiiK, -il, M., son; in pi., also children. finio, -Ire, -IvI or -U, -Itus [flnl- (st. of finis), end], put an end to, limit, fix, determine; compute, reckon. Hnis, -is, m. (sometimes f. in siniT-), limit, boundary, frontier; end; in pL, land included icithin boundaries, and so territories, territory, eMates. finltimus, -a, -um, adj. [fini- (st. of finis), limit], bordering on, adjacfo/iora&Ze], clothe with honor, adorn, dignify, embellish. honestus, -a, -um, adj. [conn. w. honos, honor], honorable, loorthy of honor. honori-ficus,-a,-um,adj.[hou6s- (st. of honos) , honor; Vfac-, make] , (making honor, and so) honora- ble. honos or honor, -oris, m., hon- or, dignity, estimation; honoris causa, out of compliment to, out of respect to. hora, -ae, r., ij[our (the Ro- mans divided the interval between sunrise and sunset into twelve parts called hours ; accordingly, their hour did not have a fixed value, but varied in length accord- ing to the season). hortor, -ari, -atus, encourage, urge, exhort. hortus, -1, M. (conn. w. cohors, q.v.], (enclosure, and so) GxiiDen. liospes, -itis, c, host; guest (whether friend or stranger) , . hostis, -is, c, stranger, foreign- er ; enemy (especially a public enemy in contrast to inimicus, a private enemy) : in pi., enemy, a hostile army. hue, adv. [case fm. of pron. st. ho-, this, with demonstr. ending -c(e)], to this place, to this point, hither. humanitas, -atis, f. [humauo- (st. of humanus) , human; refined], humanity ; refinement (of manners, language, etc., resulting from a liberal education, and so) accom- plishments. humanus, -a, -um, adj. [conn, w. homo, man], human ; humane; refined, highly civilized. humilis, -e, adj. [humo- (st. of humus), ground], (pertaining to the ground, and so) low; insig- nificant, weak. humus, -I, F., ground. ibi, adv. [pron. st. i- (of is), that, w. loc. suff.], in that place, there. ictus, -us, M. [Vic-, hit], hitting ; blow. idem, eadem, idem [is, that, vf. demonstr. suff.], the same ; trans, adv., also, likewise, again. idoneus, -a, -um, adj., suitable; convenient, accessible. idus, -uum, F., the Ides (one of the three points in the month from which theRomansreckoned ; the Ides fell on the thirteenth except in March, May, July, and Octol)er, when they fell on the fifteenth). igitur, conj. (usu. placed after the first word of the sent.), then, therefore, accordingly. ignavia, -ae, f. [ignavo- (st. of ignavus), idlel^, idleness, sloth. ignis, -is, M.,firc. isriioi'o iii-cendo 271 ignoro, -aro, -fivl, -fitns [conn. w. lirnfinis, ignorant^, not know, be ignorant of. i-gno8co, -ere, -^novT, -gnotum [i(n)-, not; (g)uosco, take steps fo know], (not inquire into, and so ) overlook . pa rdo n . ille, ilia, illiid, tlemonstr. pron., (used subst.) he, shf, iv; (used adj.) thai; the well knoicn, thar . . . of old, of yore; the following ; hie . . . ille, the latter . . . the former; in pi., those, they ; ille ferreus, so iron-hearted. illo, adv. [ca«e fm. of ille, that], to that pdace, thither. iniber, -bris, m., rain, rain- storm. iiiiinanis, -c, adj., monstrous, imMKnse, huge. im-matOru^ -a, -uin, adj. [in-, not; raatfirus, ripe, seasonable'], unseasonable, before one's time. iininolo, -are, -avl, -atus [in, «/)ON ; mola, sarrijicial meal (throuifh presumed adj. st.)], (sprinkle sacrificial meal on the victim to be sacriliced, and so) snerijiee, immolate. im-mortalis, -e, adj. [in-, not; niortalis, mortal'], immortal, un- dying, perpetual ; translated adv., forever. im-ninnis, -e, adj. [in-, not; miinis, under obligation ; cf. com- munis], eyempt. immunitas, -atis, F. [Immuni- (st. of immunis), exempt], exr emption, immunity. Impedimentiim, -T, N. [impedi- (.st. of impedio), hinder], hind- ranee, impediment ; in pi., bng- gnge. impedio, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itus [In-ped- (st. of pes), having the VKKT entangled], (cause one's feet to become entann^led, and so) impede, hinder, interfere with, prerent. im-peI15, -ere, -pull, -pulsus [In.ON, Against ; pcllo, drive^,drive ON or Against, urge o.\, impel. ini-pondeo, -ere [in, over ; pen- deo, hang], hang over, impend, threaten. iiiiperator, -oris, m. [impera- (st. of impero), command], com- mander, general. Im-peritusr, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not; peritus, experienced], inex- perienced, Jj'svn.s.ctixed, vsskiUed. imperiuin, -il, n. [conn. w. im- pero, command], order, command; power, direction, authority, con- trol ; persons in power ;goverument. im-pero, -are, -avT, -jitus [in, withis, thoroughly; paro. pre- pare], (lit., prepare thoroughly, work over, and so) command, di- rect, govern ; demand, make a req- uisition for. im-petro, -are, -avT, -atus [in, (hy appeal) to; patro, bring to jmss], bring to pass by entreaty, obtain a request. impetus, -us, m. [in-Vpet-, Jly at, fall upo's], (falling upon, and so) oyset, attack. im-pius, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not; pins, dutifid, reverent], vyidutiful, irreverent, impious, wicked. im-ploro, -fire, -avl, -atus [in, to ; ploro, cry o^it], cry out to, call upon, ask beseechingly, entreat, implore. iiii-piidens, -entis, adj. [in-, not; pudcns, modest], shameless. impulsor, -oris, m. [in-Vpol-, push on], (one who pushes on, and so) instigator, urger ; impul- 8or esse, to urge. in, prep. w. ace. and abl. 1. w. ace: isto, to, towards, for ; in favor of; \gainst, over; 2. w. abl. : IN, ON, IN the midst of. Amid, IN the case (f: in armis, under arms; in irxilimUncuif is width ; in cdnspectuni, in sight. incendiiim, -ii, n. [in-Vcand-, set fire to], setting fire to; fire, conjtagratiftn. in-cendo, -ere, -cendi, -census [ill, to; ♦cando (y!ca,iid-), set fire], set fire to, burn; fire, infiame. 272 inceptum mj^ens inceptum, -T, n. [n. perf part, of incipio, begin], (that which has been begun, and so) attempt, un- dertaking. in-cido, -ere, -cidi, -casus [in, upON; cado, fall], fall wpoN; happen, occur, arise. in-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [in, upo^; capio, lay hold], (lay hold upon, and so) begin. in-colo, -ere, -m [in, ix; colo, dwell], inhabit; dwell. Incolumis, -e, adj., v^injured, vsharmed. incommodum, -i, n. [n. of adj . inconimodus, inconvenient, used subst.], inconvenience, disadvan- tage, injury, harm, disaster, de- feat. in-credibilis, -e, adj. [in-, not; credibilis, credible], incredible. in-crepito, -are, -avi, -atus [in, to. Against; crepito, rattle much, make a loud noise], call out to; exclaim Against, rebuke, chide. incursio, -onis, F. [in-curr- (base in curro), rush in or Against], in- cursion, iNroad. in-cuso, -are, -avi, -atus [in. Against; causa, charge (through presumed denom. vb. *causo ; cf. causor)], bring a charge Against, Jind fault with, complain of, blame, upbraid. inde, adv., from that place, thence; next in order. Indicium, -il, n. [indie- (st. of index), he who or that which points out], pointing out, informing; in- formation, testimony. in-dico, -are, -avi, -atus [in, to- loards ; dico, make known, and so point), point out, disclose, reveal, betray. indigeo, -ere, -ui [indigo- (st. of indigus) , in ivant] , be in want of, need, stand in need of. indigne, adv. [abl. form of in- dignus, vsworthy], UNioorthily, \jndeser7)edly. in-dignus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not; dignus, worthy], v'sworthy. in-dnco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus [in, iNto; duco, lead], lead i^ to. indulge©, -ere, -si, -tus, indulge. induo, -ere, -ui, -iitus [indu, ON; "ivi-, clothe], put o^. industria, -ae, F., industry. in-eo, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itus [in, iNto ; eo, go], go iNto, enter ; enter upo'N or iN^o, begin, form. inermis, -e, adj. [in-, without; armo- (st. of arma, arms)], with- out arms, vsarmed. infamia, -ae, f. [infami- (st. of infamis), disreputable], disrepute, dishonor, disgrace, infamy. in-felix, -icis, adj. [in-, not; fellx, happy], vshappy. inferior, -ius, adj., comp. of inferus, q. v. In-fero, inferre, intuit, inlatus [in, prep., Against; fero, bear], (of war) wage or carry on Against, (of arms or standards) carry iNto, carry Against; inflict; (w. in and ace.) cast i^to ; vim et manus inferre, to lay violent hands w^ON. Inferus, -a, -um, adj., below. Comp., inferior, -ius, lower. Su- perl., infimus, -a, -um, lowest, lowest part of, at the bottom. Infestus, -a, -um [p. a. of *in- fendo, strike ov thrust Against ; cf. defendo, strike or thrust off], (dashed against, and so) hostile, oppose!) ; Infestis signis consist- ere, to come to a halt and assume the defensive. infimns, -a, -um, adj., superl. of inferus, q. v. in-firmus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not; flrmus, firm], xueak, feeble, infirm. in-fluo, -ere, -xi, -xum [in, iNto ; fluo, flow], flow T^to, flow. ingenium, -il, n. [in-Vgen-, beget in], (what is born in one, and so) disposition; mind. ingens, -entis, adj. [in-, out of, beyond; genti- (st. of gens) KiNdf, class], (beyond its kind, and so) great (in an exaggerated degree), huge ; a great quantity of. iii-gredior inter-cludo 273 iii-gredior, -T, -gressus [in, in«o; gradior, step], go iNio, enter; walk. in-icio (pronounced: injicio), -ere, -jeci, -jectus [in, ixio; jacio, throic'], throioi^to, infuse^ impart. inimicitia, -ae, ¥. [iniinlco- (st. of inimlcus), hostile, VN/riendly'}, hostiUty, enmity. iu-imicusy -a, -um, adj. [in-, not ; amicus, fnendly], vsfriendly, hostile; subst., personal enemy (opp. hostis, public enemy), enemy. iniquitas, -atis, f. [inlquo- (st. of iniquus), uyjust], injustice. in-iquus, -a, -urn, adj. [in-, not; aequus, fair'], ux/air; unreason- able. initiuin, -il, N. [inWi-, go iNto, begiri], beginning ; first principles, elements. injoria, -ae, f. [in-, not; jus- (st. of jus), right (-8- becomes -r-)], (violation of right, and so) injury, wrong, v^ijust treatment, oppression; injuria, wrongfully, vsjustly, without provocation. iu-lacrimo, -are, -avT, -atuin [in, at; lacrimo, shed tears], shed TEARS, ir.eep. in-licio, -ere, -lexi, -lectus [in, isto ; ♦lacio, lure], lure mto, entice, decoy, seduce. inlustris, -e, adj., distinguished, illustrious, high, exalted. in-nocens, -entis, adj. [in-, not; nocens, criminal, guilty'], guiltless, innocent ; subst, the innocent. inopia, -ae, F. [inopi- (st. of inops), xoithout resources], want; necessitous condition. in primi.s, inprimiH, or impri- mis, (among tlie first, and so) especially, particularly. inquam, def., / say; inquit, says he ; said he. Insfinid, -Ire, -Tvi and -il, -Ttum [insano- (st. of Insunus), //;sa/»e], be insane. inscientia, -ae, V. [inscient- (st. of insciens), in^rpprienced], inexperience. I iii-scribo, -ere, -scripsi, -scrip- tus [in, on; scribd, write], in- scribe, entitle. fn-sequor, -T, -cutus [in, close upon; sequor, follow], follow close upon or after, pursue. inslgne, -is, N. [n. of adj. insi- gnis, marked], distinguishing mark, badge. insolenter, adv. [insolent- (st. of lusolens), insolent], insolently.^ in-stituo, -ere, -uT, -utus [in, isto ; stsitub, place], (place into, and so) fix, establish, institute. Institatuin, -i, x. [n. perf . part, of Tnstituo, establish], (what is established, and so) institution, regulation, usage. In-struo, -ere, -struxT, -structus [in, into; struo, build], build in- to ; draw up, arrange. Insula, -ae, f., island. in-sum, inesse, TnfuT [in, in; sum, be], bem, belong to. integer, -gra, -gram, adj. [in- Vtag-, not touch], untouched, whole; in integrum, to a for- mer condition. integro, -are, -avi, -atus [inte- gro- (st. of integer), whole], make whole, renew. intel-lego, -ere, -lexT, -lectus [mtQT, between, into; lego, see], see into, unuKiistand, know ; per- ceive, be aware. in-tempestus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not; *iQmpeiitus, seasonabl p.], un- seasonable ; inteiiipostu nocte, at an unseasonable hour of the NIGHT, late at night. inter, adv. and prep. w. ace. [comp. fm. of in, in], between, .Kniong ; inter se, (according to the context) .Kmong themselves, to one anoTiiKK, from one rtwoTHKR, one anoTiiEii, icith each othkr, etc. inter-cSdo, -ere, -cessi, -cessuna [inter, between; cedo, go], go be- tween, interrene. inter-cludo, -ere, -si, -sus [inter, between; claudo, shut], 274 inter-dico is shiit off (by interposing some- thing), sh^it out, cut off. inter-dico, -ere, -clTx!, -dictus [inter, hetween ; dicb, spea¥\, for- bid, prohibit, exclude. interdum, adv. [inter, hetween ; CiMva., whiW], sometimes, occasion- alhj. interea, adv. [inter, xmong ; ace. pi. n. ea (orig. ea), these things, of. antea w. foot-note], meaniuhile. Inter-eo, -Tre, -ii, -itum [inter, xmong ; co, go, he lost'], (be lost among other things, and so) per- ish, hecome extinct. inter-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [inter, xmong ; facio, put., make go, cause to he lost. cf. intereo], (cause to be lost among other things, and so) dispatch, kill, put to death. interim, adv., meanwhile. Inter-iino, -ere, -emi, -emptus [inter, (out from) xmong; emo, take'], (talce an object out from its surroundings, and so) kill. Interior, -ius, adj. [comp. of *interus], iNX^r; the interior of. inter-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus [inter, hetiveen, and so, in the midst; mitto, let go], (leave off in the midst, and so) interrupt, intermit; let pass, suffer to elapse. inter-pono, -ere, -posui,-positus [inter, hetween; pbnb, place], inter- pose. interpreter, -ari, -atus [inter- pret- (st. of interpres), interpret- er], explain, expound, interpret. inter-rogo, -are, -iivT, -atus [inter, hetween (the questioner and tlie person questioned) ; rogo, ask], interrogate, question, ask. Inter-sum, -esse, -fui [inter, he- tween ; sum, he], be hetween, inter- vene ; take part ix, have to do with; attend to, superintend ; im- pers., interest, it concerns, it inter- ests, it is impjortant. intervallum, -i, N. [inter, he- tween, and so within; vallum, rampart], (space within the ram- part, i.e. between tlie rampart and the soldiers' tents, and so) interval, distance. in-tueor, -eri, -itus [in, at, on ; tueor, look], look at, gaze ox. intiis, adv. [in, Y^],\riithi^. in-utilis, -e, adj. [in-, not ; utilis, useful], useless, 'unprofitable; in- jurious. in-vado, -ere, -vast [in, isto ; vado, go], go I'sto, enter, invade, rush IN, fall upon, take possession. in-venio, -ire, -venT, -ventus [in, upOT^; venio, come], come lipoid, find (by. accident; cf. reperio, which often means 'fiud by searching'). inventor, -oris, m. [in-Vven-, COME ? (l«yhJg hold of, and so) labor, toil, excrtinii. labor, -1, lapsus [Vlab-, glide, fall], glide, fall, sink ; err. lal>oro, -iire, -avT, -atus [labor- (st. of labor), labor], labor; strug- gle again. 'ft odds. lac, lactis, n., milk. 276 liacedaemon levo Ijacedacinon, -onis, ¥., Lacedae- mon or Spnrt'C (chief city of Lacouia, in relopoiniesns). Lacedaemonii, -oruin, m., Lace- daemonians (inhabitants of Lace- tlaemou, q. v.). lacertiis, -i, M., upper arm, arm; ill pi., also muscle, hrawn. lacesso, -ere, -ivi, -itus, clial- lencje, irritate, attack. lacrima, -ae, F., tear. lacus, -us, M., lake. Ijaeca, -ae, m., Marcus Porcius Laeca (one of Catiline's accom- plices in the conspiracy of 63 B.C.) . Liaelius, -ii, M., Gajus Laelius (friend of Scipio Africanus the younger, and principal character in Cicero's work on Friendship ; flourished in the latter half of the second century B.C.). laetitia, -ae, f. [laeto- (st. of laetus) , joyful^ , joy. laetor, -ari, -atus [laeto- (st. of laetus), jo?//z(Z], he joyful, rejoice; rejoice at. lapis, -idis, m., stone. largior, -iri, -itus [largo- (st. of largus), ahundanf], bestow lavish- ly, he lavish of. late, adv. [abl. fm, of latus, wide'], ividely ; quam latissime, as vjidely or extensively as possible. Latinus, -a, -um, adj., Latin (pertaining to Latium, q. v.). latitude, -inis, f. [lato- (st. of latus), hroad], hreadth, extent. Tjatium, -ii, n., Latium (district in Italy containing the city Rome). Latovici, -drum, m., the Latovici (German tribe, neighbors of the Helvetii). latro, -5nis, m., rohher. latrocinium, -ii, n. [conn. w. latrocinor, rob on the highway'], robbery. latus, -a, -um, adj., broad, ex- tensive. latus, -eris, n., side, flank. laudo, -are, -avi, -atus [laud- (st. of laus), praise], commend.^ praise. laus, laudis, f., praise, commen- dation ; glory, distinction, renown. lector, -oris, m. [v/leg-, read], reader. legatio, -onis, f. [lega- (st. of lego), depute], deputing; deputa- tion, embassy. legatus, -i, M. [perf. part, of lego, depute], (one commissioned or deputed, aud so) ambassador, envoy ; lieutenant (the legati were experienced officers commanding separate divisions of the army under the general direction of the commander-in-chief ; often in special exigencies they exer- cised independent command). legio, -onis, f. [Vleg-, pick, gather], (a levy, and so) legion (a full legion in Caesar's time contained about 6000 men; the legion was divided into ten co- horts, each cohort into three maniples, and each maniple into two centuries). legionarius, -a, -um, adj. [le- gion- (st. of legio), legion], per- taining to legions, legionary. lego, -ere, legi, lectus [v'leg-, pick, gather], gather ; select; read. Lemannus, -i, M., (ancient name of) Lake Geneva. Liemnos or Liemnus, -i, f., Lem- nos or Lemnus (island in the northern part of the Aegean sea). Lemovices, -um, m., the Lemo- vices (tribe in Celtic Gaul, w^estof the Arverni). lenio, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itus [leni- (st. of lenis), soft], make soft, soothe. Lentulus, -i, M., Puhlius Cor- nelius Lentulus S%ira (one of Cat- iline's accomplices in the conspir- acy of 63 B.C.). leo, -onis, m., lion. Lepidus, -i, m., Manius Aemil- ius Lepidus (consul QQ B.C.). levls, -e, adj., lAQiit, slight. levo, -are, -avi, -atus [levi- (st. of levis), LiGii^], lAGiiten, relieve, release. lex niag^is 2T lex, lesfis, f., law. libeuter, adv. [libent- (st. of libens), iriUing], mlUnghj, cheer- fnllij. liber, -brl, M., book, treatise, trork. liber, -era, -erum, adj., free, un- restricted. libcralis, -e, adj. [IThero- (st. of liber), free'\, belong ing to a freeman.; liberal, lavish. liberaliter, adv. [ITberali- (st. of llberfilis), pertaining to a free- man'}, (in a manner becoming a freeman, and so) graciously, cour- teouslg. libere, adv. [abl. fm. of ITber, free'],fre^y, icithout constraint. liberi, -drum, yi. [masc. pi. of adj. liber, free, used subst.], (the free members of the household in distinction from the slaves, and so) children (with reference to tlieir parents; cf. pueri, children in general). libero, -are, -avi, -atus [libero- (st. of liber), /ree], set free, free, liberate, relieve, release. libertas, -atis, f. [libero- (st. of \\hi:Y), free'], freedom, liberty. llbet, -ere -buit or -bitum est (older forms, lubet, etc., Vlub-, desire ; cognate w. Euglieh lovk], it is pleasing or agreeable ; mthi llbet, / am disposed. licet, -ere, -cuit or -citum est [Vlic-, leave free (through pre- sumed adj.)], it is permitted, it is lafrful,one is at liberty,it is possible. IJIiigones, -urn (arc. Lingonas), M., the Lingones (tribe in Celtic Haid near the sources of the Ma rue and Meuse). lingua, -ac, F., TONGUE; lan- guage. Liscus, -T, M., Liscus (proini- neut Aeduan of Caesar's time). LItavlcctifl, -T, M., Litaviccus ' Aeduan of Caesar's time). littera, -ae, f., letter (of the alphabet), character; in pi., letter (epistle), dispatch, letters, dis- patches; litteris maudare, to commit to icriting. litus, -oris, k. , shore (of the sea ; cf. ripa, bank of a river). loco, -are, -iivT, -iitus [loco- (st. of locus), place'], place. locus, -1, M. ; in pi., (usu.) loca, -orum, N., (sometimes) loci, -orum, M., place, sj)ot, site, posi- tion ; room ; rank. longe, adv. [abl. f m. of longus, LONG],/rtr; by far ; for a long time, LONG. loiigiiiquus, -a,-um, adj. [conn, w. longiis], LONG, j.O'SG-continued. longitudo, -inis, f. [longo- (st. of longus), long], LK^Gth. longus, -a, -um, adj., long; navis longa, ship of u^ar. loquor, -T, -cutus [Vloqu-, sounds sjyeak], speak. luceo, -ere, luxi [conn. w. lux, LiGHi], be LiGiif, shine. ludus, -T, M., game. lugeo, -ere, luxT, mourn, lament. lumen, -inis, n. [\l\u(c)-, shine], (that which shines, and so) ligh^. liina, -ae, f. [v'lu(c)-, shine]^ moon. lustrum, -1, N. [Vlou-, tcash]^ purificatory sacrifice. lux, lilcis, F. [Vluc-, shine], LIG^^ Lycus, -T, M., Lycus Can Athe- nian, father of Thrasybulus ; lived in the flfth century b.c). M. M., abbr. of Marcus, -T, m. (Roman praenomenorllrstname). M*, abbr. of 3Ianius, -ii, m. (Homan praenomen or llrst name). machinatio, -onis, f. [mfichi- na- (st. of raachiuor), devise], (devising, and so) mechanism; engine. machinor, -firl, -atus rmfuthina- (st. of mfichina), machine], in- vent, contrive, devise. magis, adv. [for *inaglus, n. ace. sing. comp. ofadj. used adv.], More. 2T8 magister mehercle magister, -tri, m. [Vmag-, be great, he powerful, w. double comp. stiff. : -is =: -ius, and -ter], (he who is greater or more powerful, and so), master. magistratus, -us, M. [magistra- (st. of *niagistro), be master], (being master, and so) office of a magistrate, magistracy ; magis- trate. inagnificus, -a, -urn, adj. [ma- gno- (St. of nmgnus) , great ; Vfac-, i>o], (of great deeds, and so) magnificent, glorious, splendid. magnitudo, -inis, F. [magno- (st. of magnus), greaf], greatness, size, bulk, extent, magnitude. magnus, -a, -um, adj. [Vmag-, be great'] , great, large ; magni (gen. of value), greatly, highly. Comp., major, -us, g^rea^er; older, elder ; pi. subst., majores, ances- tors ; majores natu, elders, old men. Superl., maximus, -a, -um, greatest; quam maximus (with or without some form of possum), greatest possible. major, -us, see magnus. male, adv. [abl. fm. of malus, had] , badly, ill. maleficium, -ii, n. [maleflco- (st. of maleflcus), mischievous], mischief. malo, malle, malu! [mage (=magis), rather; volo, loish], ivish rather, choose rather, prefer. malus, -a, -um, adj., bad, evil, mischievous, evil-minded ; wretched, unfortunate; subst., mialum, -i, N., evil. Comp., pejor, -us, worse. Super!., pessimus, -a, -um, worst. mandatum, -T, n. [n. perf . part, of mand5, command], injunction, order, commission, message. mando, -are, -avi, -atus [mauu- (st. of manus), hand; do, give (through presumed adj. st.)], (put into one's hands, and so) commit, intrust; order, command. mane, adv., early in the morn- ing. maneo, -ere, mausi, mansuni [Vman-, think], (stand wrapt in thought, and so) wait, remain, abide, continue; manere in, to remain in, to abide by. manus, -us, v., hand ; art ; force, band; in manibus, in jwepara- tion; vim et manus Inferre, to lay violent hands upoN. Marcius, -ii, M., Quintus Mar- cius Rex (consul 68 B.C.). mare, -is, N., sea; mari, on the sea, by sea. maritimus, -a, -um, adj. [mari- (st. of mare), sea], belonging to the sea, maritime. Mars, Martis, m.. Mars (Mars was originally a Roman agricul- tural divinity, but early came to be identified with the Greek god Ares; hence he is generally viewed as the god of war). Massiva,, -ae, m., Massiva (grandson of the Numidian king Masinissa; assassinated at the instigation of JugurthaB.c. 108). mater, -tris, f. [v/ma-, /orm, fashion, make], mother. materia, -ae, f. [mater, moth- er], (mother-stuff, and so) mate- rials; timber. mature, adv. [abl. fm. of ma- turus, ?'ipf?], seasonably; speedily. maturo, -are, -avi, -atus [matu- ro- (st. of maturus), ripe], ripen; hasten. maturus, -a, -um, adj. [conn. w. mane, early in the morning], Hpe. maxime, adv. [abl. fm. of maximus, greatest], especially, Most of all, Most. maximus, -a, -um, see magnus. mediocris, -e,adj. [conn. w. me- dius, MiDD^e], MiDDling ; slight. medius, -a, -um, adj., miDule, MiDDle part of, in the mirnyle ; per medios, through the MiY>st of them. mehercle or mehercule [me, ace. pers. pron. w. vowel short- ened (sc. juves) ; hercle or her- cule, voc. of Hercules], (Her- cules, [help] me! and so) by Hercules ! nielior minor 279 meMor, -ius, see bonus. membrum, -T, N., limh, member. nieinini, def. (only in perf. system, w. meaning of pres.) [v'men-, think ; of. mens], think of, remember, cherish the memory of; mention, make mention of. memor, -oris, adj. [Vmor- (re- duplicated), tarry over, brood; conn. w. mora, delay'}, mindful, thoughtful, recalling. ineinoria, -ae, F. [memori- (st. of memor), mindful], remem- brnnrf, memory ; time; memoriae proditum est, the story runs (lit., it has been handed down to mem- ory). memoro, -are, -avT, -atus [me- mori- (St. of memor), mindful], (make mindful, call to mind, and so) mention, recount. 3Ienapii, -orum, m., the Menapii (tribe in the northern part of Belgic Gaul). mens, mentis, f. [Vmen-, think], MIND, the intellectual faculties; disposition; opinion; purpose, in- tention. mensis, -is, m. [conn. w. metior, measure], (measure of time, and so) MON^^. mentior, -TrI, -Ttus [menti- (st. of mens), mind (with special ref- erence to the imagrlnation)], (draw upon the imagination, inveut, ro- mance, and so) lie, speak falsely. mcrcator, -oris, m. [merca- (st. of mercor), trade], trader, mer- chant. mereatura, -ae, F. [mercSr (st. 'f nmrcor), trade], trade, traffic, ommerce: in pi., commercial intnsactions. mcrces, -cdls, f. [codd. w. mer- cator and mercatura], hire, pay. Mercuriug, -il, m. [conn. w. the foregoing words], Mercury (Roman god of commerce and gain; later identified with Greek god Hermes, and so viewed as herald and messenger of the gods, presider over roads, etc.). mereor, -eri,-itus, deserve, merit. 3Iessalla, -ae, m., Messa//a(M(is- sala). -met (pron. suft". appended for emphasis to certain forms of the pers. and poss. prons.), self. metior, -iri, inensus [conn. w. modus, MF.Asure, and mensis, Mox^/i], measure., estimate, judge. metiio, -ere, -uT, -fitus (once) l^metu- (st. of metus),/ear],/e«r. metus, -us, m., fear, apprehen- sion. meus, -a, -um, poss. pron., my ; mea interest, it interests me, it is of importayice to mk. miles, -itis, m., soldier. milltaris, -e, adj. [milit- (st. of im\ci>), soldier], pertaining to sol- diers, military ; res militaris, the military art. militia, -ae, f. [milit- (st. of miles), soldier], xmrfare, military service; militiae, abroad, in the field. mille, in sing., indecl. adj., thousand; also in nom. and ace. sing. (w. part. gen.),subst., thou- sand: mille passuum, a thousand paces, a mile ; in pi., milia (millia) (w. part, gen.), subst., thousands : milia passuum or milia (sc. passuum), miles. 3Iiltiades, -is, m., Miltiades (celebrated Athenian general ; de- feated the Persians in the battle of Marathon b.c. 490). mina, -ae, f. [borrowed from the Greek], mina (sum of money equivalent to about .31 H). Minerva, -ae, v., Minerva (god- dess of wisdom, of the arts and sciences, of spinning and weav- ing, etc.). minimus, -a, -um, see parvus. minime, adv. [abl. fm. of mini- mus, lea.Ht], least, least of all. minitor, -url, -atus [intens. of minor, threaten; formed as if the perf. part. were minitun], threaten, menace. minory -us, see parvus. 280 minus mos minus, adv. [ace. ii. sing, of minor], leas ; not ; minus valere, not to he strong enough, to be too weak. minao, -ere, -ui, -utus [conn. \v. minor, less^, lessen, diminish; check, prevent ; (of disputes) settle. mirabilis, -e [mira- (st. of mi- ror), wonder af]^ to he wondered at, wonderful. miror, -ari, -atus [miro- (st. of mirus), wonderful'], iconder at, admire, wonder. mIrus, -a, -um, adj. [\/(s)mi-_, SMiZe], wonderfid, strange; milii mirum videtur, I am at a loss to understand. miser, -era, -eriim, adj., wretch- ed, unfortunate. misereor, -eri, -eritus or -ertus [misero- (st. of miser), icretched], (be wretclied in another's belialf, and so) feel pity, pity, have com- passion. miseret, -ere, -eritum, impers. [misero- (st. o^ miser), ivretched], it distresses, it moves to pity ; me miseret, I pity, I am sorry for. misericordia, -ae, f. [raiseri- cordi-, (st. of misericors), ten- der-iiKAUTed] , tender-niiARTedness, compassion, pity. miseri-cors, -cordis, adj. [mi- sero- (st. of miser), wretched; cordi- (st. of cor), heart], tender- iiKAKTcd, compassionate. miseror, -ari, -atus [misero- (st. of miser), ivretched], express pity for, lament, hewail. Mithridates, -is, m., Mithridates (kiug of Pontus and enemy of the Roman people; committed suicide G3 b.c). mitis, -e, adj., mild. mitto, -ere, misi, missus, send. modeste, adv. [abl. fm. of modestus, temperate], temperately. modestus, -a, -um, adj. [conn, w. modus, MKASure], (measured, observant of due restraint, and so) modest. modicus, -a, -um, adj. [modo- (st. of modus) ,MEASM?'e] , moderate. modo, adv. [abl. of modus, MEASwre, \v. final vowel short- ened], (b}' measure, i.e. not ex- ceeding, and so) only, merely, hut ; if only ; non modo . . . ve- rum etiam, not only . . . hut also. modus, -1, M. [Vmod-, MEAS?«re], MEAsm'e, quantity, amount; man- ner, way, sort ; hujusce modi, of this sort, the following , as follows; ejusmodi, of such a kind, such ; ad hunc modum, as follows ; in servilem modum, as in the case of slaves. molestus, -a, -um, adj. [conn, w. moles, mass, hurden], hurden- some, trouhlesome, annoying. mollio, -ire, -Tvi and -ii, -itus [molli- (st. of mollis), so/«] , soften. mollis, -e, adj., soft, pliant, yielding ; feehle. momentum, -1, N. [^mov-, push], (result of pushing, and so) move- ment ; weight, importance, moment. moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus [v/mon-, think, cause to think], reMiNd, warn. mons, montis, :\i., mountain. morbus, -T, M. [Vmor-, ivaste away; conn, w.moriorand mors], disease. Morini, -orum, m., the Morini (tribe in Belgic Gaul near strait of Dover). morior, mori (morlri), mortuus [v'mor-, waste away; conn. w. morbus and mors], die. moror, -ari, -atus [mora- (st. of mora), delay], delay, remain, lin- ger. mors, -tis, f. [v/mor-, waste aicay ; conn. w. morior and mor- bus], death. mortalis, -e, adj. [morti- (st. of mors), death], pertaining to death, mortal ; subst., human be- ing, mortal, man. mortuus, -a, -um [p. a. of mo- rior, die], dead. mos, moris, m., custom, wont, usage, practice; in pL, morals, character. moveo ■ne 281 nioveo, -ore, raovi, motus [N'mov-, push (through presumed adj. St.)], move; excite, cause; affect, disturb, trouble; influence. mulier, -eris, F., woman. multiplex, -icis, adj. [multo-(st. of multus), much; Vplec-, folcZ], maniFOLd; plausus multiplex, repeated outbursts of applause. multitudo, -inis, f. [multo- (st. of uuiltus), much^, great number, multitude; the people, the public. multo, -are, -avi, -atus [multii- (st. of mu\ta.) , penalty , flne], pun- ish, fine ; aliquem pecunla mul- tare, to fine one in a sum of money. multus, -a, -um, adj., much ; in 'pl.f many ; mnltum (used adv.), much, widely ; multo (w. comp.), much, far; inulta nocte, late at NIGHT. Trans, adv., frequently. Corap., plus, pluris, more; pi., plures, plQra, more than one, and so several. Superl., plurimus, -a, -ura, most, very much, very many, most numerous ; plurimum posse, to be most or very powerful, to be very influential. Mulvius, -a, -um, adj., Mulvian (bridge across the Tiber). mundus, -T, M., universe, world. munimcntum, -!, N. [muni- (st. of munio), fortify], means of de- fence, fortification, rampart. muiiio, -Ire, -iv! or -il, -itus [old fm., moenio, fr. moeni- (st. of mocnia,iraUs)],buildawall ; make secure, fortify. munitio, -onis, F. [muni- (st. of munio) , fortify"] , fortification. mGnus, -eris, n., office, function^ duty; burden; service; yijl. murus, -T, M., wall. muto, -arc, -avT, -atus [for *motd, intens. of moveo, move ; fr. moto-, St. of perf. part, motus], change. \. nam, conj. (stands at the be- ginning of tlie sentence), for; (in intorrog. sentences expressing suipii-ic or emotion) hut oi pray. nam que, conj. [nam, /or; que, and; cf. etenim] (stronger than nam) , for indeed, for. nascor, -i, niitus [for *gnascor, inceptive fr. Vgua-, be born], be born; anse. natalis, -c, adj. [nato- (st. of niitus), born], pertaining to one's birth ; dies natalis, birthday. natio, -onis, f. [for *gnatio, fr. Vgna-, be born], being born, birth; race ; nation, people, tribe. natu (in abl. only), m. [for ♦giiatfi, fr. v'gnii-, be born], by birth; grandis natu, advanced in years. natura, -ae, f. [for *gnatura, fr. Vgna-, be born], nature, character; natura, by nature, naturally. naturalis, -e, adj. [natura- (st. of natura), nature], belonging to nature, natural. natus, -a, -um [perf. part, of nascor, be born], born. navalis, -e, adj. [mivi- (st. of nJivis), ship], belonging ov pertain- ing to ships, naval. navigo, -arc, -avT, -atus [ntivi- (st. of navis), ship; Vag-, drive (through presumed adj. st.)], sail. navis, -is, f., ship; navis longa, ship-ofwar, man-of-war ; see Fig. 6. Fig. 6. Nftvis longa, from a mosaic in u tumb near Putcoli. ne, adv. (regular negative w. hort. and opt. subj.), ^ot; (in final clauses) that sot, lest; (w. verbs of fearing) that or lest. n6 . . . quidcm, vot even (w. emphatic word or words between ne and quidem). -ne, enclitic interrog. particle ; it simply inquires, without im- plying wliat answer is expected, cf. Qonuc and num. 282 l^eSpolis non niillus Neapolis, -is, F., Naples (New- toii). nee, see neque. necesse, n. adj. used in nom. and ace. sing., necessary. neg-lego, -ere, -exi, -ectus [nee, sot ; lego, gather, heed], disregard, neglect; set at defiance. nego, -are, -avi, -atus, deny, say . . . NO^. negotium, -ii, N. [nee, sot; otium, leisure'], business, affair, matter, enterprise, undertaking. nemo (in place of gen. neminis, nullms is used ; in place of abl. nemine, nuUo, ^i. or nulla, f. is used), c. [ne, sot, so; hemo (homo), man], so one, sobody. neque or nee, conj. [ne (w. vowel shortened), sot; -que, and], and sot, seither, sor ; neque . . . neque or nee . . . nee, seither . . . sor. Nervii, -orum, m., the Nervii (tribe in Belgic Gaul between the Sambre and the Scheldt). ne-sclo, -Tre, -ivi or -ii [ne, sot ; scio, k7iow], sot know. neuter, -tra, -trum, adj. [ne, sot; uter, einiKii], NCiXHER; in pi., neutri, seinn^ii party. neve or neu, conj. [ne, sot; ve, or], and sot, sor, and that sot (takes the place of neque in clauses expressing pur- pose, exhortation, and prohibi- tion). nex, necis, f. [v/nec-, destroy; conn. w. noceo and pernicies], death (by violence). niger, -gra, -grum, adj., black. nihil, N., def. (also nihilum, -1, N., and nil) [ne, sot; hilum, trifle, the least thing], sothing ; nihil (adv. ace.) sot at all; nihil posse, to be loithout any effective strength. nimis, adv., too, excessively. nimius, -a, -um, adj. [conn. w. foregoing], too much, exces- sive. nisi, conj. [ne, sot; si, if], if sot, unless, except; nihil nisi, sothing but; nisi cum, until. nitor, -1, nisus or nixus, depend, rely. nobilis, -e, adj. [s/gno-, know], capable or worthy of being KNOw;i ; famous, celebrated, renowned ; high-born, noble; subst., noble- man, noble. nobilitas, -atis, f. [n5bili- (st. of ndbilis), well KNOW?i], fame; nobility, noble birth, rank; nobles, the nobility. nobilito, -are, -avT, -atus [no- bili- (st. of nobilis), famous], make famous. noceo, -ere, -m, -itum [v/noc-, destroy, injure (through presumed adj. St.) ; conn. w. nex and perni- cies], injure, damage, inflict in- jury. nocturnus, -a, -um, adj. [conn, w. noctu, by sight], pertaining to the NIGHT, nocturnal, posted by NIGHT. nolo, n511e, nolui [ne, sot; volo, icish] , be unwii^ung, decline ; id nolle, to object to this. nomen, -inis, N. [v'gno-, know], (means of knowing, and so) NAME ; nomine, under the name, as, by way of. nominatim, adv. [nomina- (st. of n5miuo), n^vme], by name, in detail. nomino, -are, -avT, -atus [nomin- (st. of nomen), name], name, call. non, adv. [old forms, noenum, noenu, fr. ne, sot, and unum, one], sot, NO. nonagesimus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj., siSBTieth. nondum, adv. [non, no^; dum, yet], sot yet. nonne [non, sot; -ne, interrog. particle], interrog. particle intro- ducing questions to which an affirmative answer is expected. non niillus or nonnullus, -a, -um, adj. [non, no^; nullus, no], some; pi. subst., nonnulli, some. noil nimqiiain ob-ses 283 non nunquam (luimquam) or nonnunquam (numquam), adv. [nou, yot ; nunquam, 'sever'], sometimes. noniis, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. [conn. w. novem, Nixe], xiN^/i. Xoricus, -a,-um, adj., belonging to Noricum (a country lying be- tween tlie Alps and the Danube) Morican. nosco, -ere, novi, notus [incep- tive fr. Vgno-, know], become ac- quainted with; acK'soYfledge ; in perf., Kxow. noster, -tra, -trum, poss. pron. [nos, ire], our. novem, num. adj. indecl., Nixe. novo, -fire, -avT, -atus [novo- (st. of novus), new], make new, reNEW. novus, -a, -um, adj., new, strange; superl., novlssimus, hindmost, rear; novissimum ag- men, rear ; ab novisslmis, in the rear. nox, noctis, f. [Vnoc-, destroy, injure; conn. w. noce5], night; inulta nocte, late at night. noxa, -ac, f. [Vnoc-, destroy, in- jure; conn. w. noceo], offence, crime. nObo, -ere, nupsT, nuptus, (of a bride) veil one's self (for the bridegroom), and so marry; nuptuiii (sup.) conloc&ref to give in marriage. undo, -arc, -avT, -atus [nudo- (st. of nudus), barel, strip, lay hare. nacliis, -a, -um, atlj. [for ♦nug- dus; cognate w. English NAKed], bare, destitute. nugator, -oris, m. [nOgOr (st. of nugor), trifle'}, trifler. nuilii8, -a, -um, adj. [ne, no<; fillus, AX//5, sot Any, no; annihi- lated ; SUbst, NO ONE. num, intcrrog. particle intro- dacing questions to which a ncg. answer is expected ; also (in de- pendent questions), whether. Numantia, -ac, f., Mumantia (town in Spain on tlie upper Douro, destroyed by Scipio Afri- canus the younger 133 B.C.). numen, -inis, n. [Vnu-, nod}, (that which is expressed by a nod, and so) divine imll or power. numerns, -i, m., number; ac- count, estimation, rank. numquam, see nunquam. nunc, adv., now. nunquam or numquam, adv. [ne, :sot; unquam, ever}, sever. n5ntio,-are, -avi, -atus [nuntio- (st. of nuntius), messenger}, an- nounce, report. nuntius, -il, M. [conn. w. novus, new], messenger ; message, ii.hed, se- cret ; in occulto, in secret. occ upo, -are, -avi, -atus [ob-Vcap-, lay hold of (through presumed adj. St.) ], take possession of, seize ; occupy, employ. oc-curro, -ere, -cuni (-cucurri, rare), -cursum [ob, tovmrds; cur- ro, run], run to meet; hasten to oppose ; Aa««ew(againsttheenemy) to the rescue (of one's friends). Oceanus, -i, m., ocean. octingenti, -ae, -a, num. adj. [octin-, conn. w. octo, eight; -ginti, conn. w. centum, hun- jyred'], eight uuNjDrecZ. octo, indecl. num. adj., eight. octogesimus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj., EiGHTie«/i. octoginta, indecl. num. adj. [octo, eight; -gin- represents (de)cem, ten], eighty. oculas, -1, M. [fr. Voc-, see (through presumed subst.)], eye. odi, osus, def. (pres. system wanting), hate, cherish hatred. odium, -ii, N. [sfod-, hate ; conn, w. odi], hatred; grudge. of-fero, offerre, obtuli, oblatus [ob, towards; fero, bear], pre- sent, offer. offlcium, -i!, n. [base op- (in opus), work, service; s/fac-, do], service, office, duty; sense of duty; obedience., allegiance. omen, -iuis, n., omen. o-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus [ob, before, aside ; mitto, let go] , let go ; disregard. omnino, adv. [abl. fm. conn, w. omuis], altogether, in all, only, but; in general. omnis, -e, adj., all, every. onus, -eris, N., burden, weight; ennui. opes, -um, F. (nom. sing, used only as name of goddess of Plen- ty), means, resources, property, wealth, riches; opis (gen. sing.), aid, help, assistance. opinio, -onis, f. [conn. w. opTnor, be of opinion], opinion, views, belief, impression ; expecta- tion ; suspicion ; celerius opini- one, more quickly than any one had supposed possible. opitulor, -ari, -atus [opi- (st. of opis), aid; Vtol-, bear (through ♦opitulus)], bring aid, relieve. oportet, -ere, -uit, impers., it is proper, it is right, it behooves. oppidanus, -a, -unij adj. [oppi- do- (st. of oppidum), town], be- longing to the town; subst., oppi- dani, -orum, m., inhabitants of the town, townspeople. oppidum, -1, N., town (viewed as stronghold). opportunitSs parum 285 Qpportanitas, -Stis, F. [oppor- tuiio- (st. of opportunus), con- venient], convenience, favorable- ness; opportunity. opportunus, -a, -um, adj., con- venient, fit, opportune. op-primo, -ere, -press!, -pressus [ob, against; premo, press], crush, overpoiiser. op-pugno, -tire, -fivl, -jitiis [ob, against; pfigno,/^/*^], assault. optimus, see bonus. [Ops], opis, F., see opes. opus, -eris, n., icork ; undertak- ing ; in pi., manufactnres. opus, X., used as nom. and ace. only [same as foregoing], need, necessity; translated adj., neces- sary. ©ratio, -onis, f. [ora-, speak], speaking, speech, language; address. orator, -oris, M. [ora-, speak, plead], speaker, orator. orbis, -is, m., circle, orb; com- pact mass. ordo, -inis, m., row, rank ; com- pany. Orgetorix, -igis, M., Orgetorix (prominent Helvetian of Caesar's time). orior, -TrT, ortus, rise, spring up, take one's origin, begin ; descend. drnamentum, -T, N. [drna- (st. of orno), embellish], (means of embellishing, and so) mark of honor, distinction, ornament. orn5, -are, -iivT, -fitus, embellish, adorn, honor, distinguish. 5r6, -are, -avT, -atus [6s- (st. of 6s) (-»- becomes -r-), movXh], en- treat, beg, beseech. ortus, -Qs, M. [Vor-, rise ; conn, w. orior], rising; origin. oseulor, -arl, -atus [6sculo- (st. I osculuni), a kiss], kiss. os-tendo, -ere, -tend!, -tentus ♦obs=ob, toxmrds; iandb, stretch], i">int out, show ; make known, de- clare, give to understand. dstium, -II, N. [conn. w. 68, mouth], entrance, door. Qtium,-!!, n.f leisure. P. P., abbr. of Publius, -il, m. (Roman praenoraen or first name). paene, adv., almost. paenitet, -ere, -uit, impers. [conn. w. poena, penalty],* cause to repent; me paenitet, / repent, I regret, I am dissatisfied. pagus, -T, M. [v'pag-, make fast], (place enclosed by fixed bounda- ries, and so) district. palain, adv., openly, publicly. Palatium, -il, n., the Palatine hill (one of the seven hills on which Rome was built). paliis, -tidis, f., swamp, marsh. pando, -ere, pandi, passus, stretch out, expand. par, paris, adj., equal; match for; of equal rank or considera- tion. paratus, -a, -um [p. a. of paro, prepare], preparert, ready ; eager. parco, -ere, peperci (pars!), SPARE. parens, -entis, c. [part, of pario, bring forth, used subst.], parent. pareo, -ere, pfiruT [Intr. form conn. w. tr. paro, make ready], (be ready, and so) appear; (ap- pear in response to orders, and so) obey. pariter, adv. [pari- (st. of par) , equal], equally ; at the same time. paro, -are, -avi, -atus [tr. fm. conn. w. intr. pareo, be ready], make ready, prepare; procure, ac- quire. pars, partis, f. [v'par-, assign, make ready ; the same root is con- tained in paro and pareo], (as- signment, and so) part, volition, share ; side, direction, quarter. parti-ceps, -cipis, adj. [parti- (st. of pars), part; Vcap-, take], taking part, sharing; partlccps esse, to come in for a share. partior, -TrT, -Ttus [parti- (st. of pars) ,part],part, divide, distribute. parum, adv. [ace. used adv.; parum (for ♦sparum) ia conn. w. 286 parvulus per pared (for *sparc6), spare], too little. parvulus, -a, -um, adj. [dim. fr. parvo- (st. of parvus), smaW], very small, tiny; ab parvulis, from. childhood. parvus, -a, -um, adj. [— *paurus (cf. nervus = *Deurus) ; conn. w. pauci, few], small, little, slight. Comp., minor, -us, less, smaller; minus, used adv.: less; not; minus valere, not to be strong enough, to be too weak. Superl., minimus, -a, -um, very little, least. passus, -us, M, [Vpat-, spread, stretch; conn. w. pateo], (stretch- ing forth of the legs in walking, and so) pace ; (as a measure of length) five Roman feet (a little less than five English feet). pateo, -ere, -ui [Vpat-, spread, stretch (through presumed adj. St.)], be open, lie open, extend. pater, -tris, m. [of uncertain origin], father. pater familias or paterfami- lias, patris familias, M. [pater, FATHER ; familia, household of slaves'], master of a house, head of a household. patera, -ae, f. [conn. w. pateo, through Vpat-, spread], libation- saucer, sacrificial dish ; see Fig. 7. Fig. 7. Front and side view of two paterae, one with handle, the other without. The illustrations are copies of bronze origi- nals found at Pompeii. patienter, adv. [patient- (st. of patiens), />af/e/7f], patiently. patlor,-!, passus, suffer ; permit. patria, -ae, f. [fern, of patrius, belonging to one's fathers; sc. terra], native country. pauci, -ae, -a, adj. (sing, very rare) [conn. vv. parvus, small, q. v.], few, but FEW; paiica, few icords, briefly ; paucis, in a FEW words, briefly. paulisper, adv., for a little while, for a short time. paulus, -a, -um, adj. [dim. fr. *pauro-= parvo- (stem of parvus) little], a little; paulo, by a little, a little. Paullus, -T, M., 1. LiLCius Aemi- lius Paullus (Roman consul, killed in the battle of Cannae 216 b.c.) ; 2. Lucius Aemilius Paullus (son of preceding, defeated Perses, king of Macedon, at Pydna 168 B.C.). pax, pacis, f. [\/pac-, bind fast], (that which binds fast, and so) peace ; pace tua, loith your per- mission. pecco, -are, -avi, -atum, 7nake a mistake, transgress, sin. pecunia, -ae, f. [conn. w. pecu, cattle], (as cattle consti- tuted the earliest form of wealth, therefore) wealth, riches ; money, a sum of money. pedes, -itis, m. [ped- (st. of pes), foot], YOOT-soldier. pedester, -tris, -tre, adj. [pcdit- (st. of \jedes),¥OOT-soldier], p>er- taining to vooT-soldiers. peditatus, -us, m. [pedita- (st. of pedito) go on foot], (orig., going on foot, and so, used con- cretely) YOOT-soldiers, infantry. pejor, -us, comp. of malus, q. v. pellis, -is, F. [cognate w.English fell], skin; tent; sab pellibus, in camp. pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, beat ; drive, expel ; rout. pendo, -ere, pependi, pensus, weigh ; pay. pensum, -i, n. [n. perf. part, of pendo, weigh] , something tceighed ; weight, consideration, importance ; pensi habere, to consider of im- portance. per, prep. w. ace, through; by, by means of, through the instru- mentality of; per se ; of himself, per-cipio per-terreo 287 herself, itself or themselves; through I his, iter, it^ or their own exer- tions. per-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [per, completely; capio, take']., perceive, learn, understand; re- ceive in one's own person, experi- ence. per-disco, -ere, -didici [per, thoroughly; disco, learnl, learn thoroughly, commit to memory. per-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus [per, through, away; do, put], make way with, destroy, ruin. The forms of pereo supply the pass. per-diico, -ere, -dfixT, -ductus [per, through; duco, lead], lead through, lead; carry, extend, con- duct. peregriniis, -a, -um, adj. [pere- gro- (St. of adv. percgre, abroad)], strange, foreign ; subst., stranger, foreigner. per-eo, -ire, -ii [per, through, away ; eo, go, pass], perish, be de- stroyed ; pcriit, is dead. per-facilis, -e, adj. [per, very; facilis, easy], very easy ; perfacile est, it is a venj easy matter. per-fero, -ferre, -tulT, -latus [per, through; fero, bkar], bear to the end, endure, submit to, sustain. per-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [per, through; facio, do], carry through or out, accomplish; finish, bring to completion. per-fruor, -T, -fructus [per, thoroughly; fnior, enjoy], enjoy fully. pcrfuga, -ae, M. [perWfug-, pie through (the lines)], (one who flees through the lines, and so) deserter. pcrgo, -ere, perrexT, perrcctus [per, through, on; rego, guide], 1 . tr. proceed xcUh; 2. intr. proceed. periclltor, -arl, -atus [intens. verb; conn. w. perlculum, trial], make trial of try, test. periculosus, -a, -urn [perTculo- (st. of pcru-iiIum), peril], full of peril, dangerous, perilous. periculum, -T, x. [pert- (st. of ♦perior ; cf. experior and peritus), try, test], trial ; danger, peril, nsk. peritus, -a, -um [p. a. of *perior (cf. experior), try, test], tried, ex- perienced, skillful. per-maneo, -ere, -mans!, -man- sum [per, through; maneo, s^a?/], stay through, remain, abide, con- tinue; survive. per-niisceo, -ere, -scuT, -mTstus or -mixtus [per, thoroughly; misceo, mix], disturb, throw into confusion. per-mitto, -ere, -misT, -missus [per, through; mitto, let go] (orig., let go through), intrust, commit. per-moveo, -ere, -movi, -motus [per, thoroughly; moveo, move], move deeply, influence, alarm. pernicies, gen. -ii, -ies, or -ie, f. [per-v'nec-, completely destroy], de- struction, ruin. perniciosus, -a, -um, adj. [per- nicic- (st. of pernicies), destruc- tion], destructive, ruinous, perni- cious. per-rnmpo, -ere, -rupT, -ruptus [per, through; rumpo, break], break or rush through. per-sequor, -T, -cutus [per, per- sistently; sequor, folloic], follow up; avenge. Perses, -ae, m., Perses (last king of Macedonia, defeated by Lucius Aemilius PauUus at Pydiia 1G8B.C.). per-solvo, -ere, -solvT, -solutus [per, completely ; solvo, discharge], discharge fully, pay. per-splcioj-ere, -spexi, -spcctus [per, through; specio, look], ex- amine ; perceive, ascertain. pcr-8iiadco, -ere, -si, -sus [per, through^ to the end ; suadco, urge], persuade, convince; inculcate. per-torreo, -ere, -ul, -itus [per, thoroughly; terreo, frighten], frighten thoroughly; paralyze mth fear. 288 per-tlneo pons per-tineo, -ere, -ui [per, through, to the en(Z;teneo(iiitr.),co?if//7ieFORE; v'sed-, sit], (sitting before, and so) possession, prop- erty. pos-sideo, -ere, -sedT, -sessus [por- (old prep.), beFOUE; sedeo, sit], hold, be master of, possess. possum, posse, potui [potis, able; sum, be], can, be able; plu- rimum posse, to be the most pow- erful, to have the most poicer, to be very influential; nihil posse, to be icithout any effective strength ; facere n5n possum quin, / can- not help. post, adv. and prep. w. ace, 1. adv. : aftencards, later, after ; anno post, the year after. 2. prep. w. ace,: (of place) behind, in the rear of, next to ; (of time) after. postea, adv. [post, ajler; ace pi. n. ea (orig. eti), these things ; of. antea], afterwards. ♦po8teru»,-cra,-erum,adj.[posti. (st. of post), after], coming after, following ; subst., posteri, -drum, M., posterity. Corap,, posterior, -ius, later. Supcrl., postremus, -a, -uni, last. postquam or postquam [post, ' ''-r; (juani, than] ^ after, wUKn. |)ostremuH, -a, -um, superl. of i>i)stt'rus, ({. V. postulS, -are, -avi, -fitus [conn. w. posco], press earnestly, de- mand, claim, request. pots OS, -entis [p. a. of verb conn. w. possum, be able], poi'-rr- ful. potentatus, -us, m. [poten^ (st. of^ potens), powerful (through presumed verb stem)], political power. potentia, -ae, f. [potent- (st. of potens), powerful], political power, influence. potestas, -litis, f, [potent- (st. of potens), powerful], power; sovereignty, majesty ; possibility. potior, -TrI, -Itus [poti- (st. of potis), able], become master of, get possession of, obtain; reduce to subjection. potius, adv. [n. sing. comp. of potis, able], rather. praebeo, -ere,-uT, -itus [= prae- hibeo, fr. prae, 6eFORE; habeo, hold], offer, produce, v\5i\nish, give ground for. prae-cedo, -ere, -ccssT, -cessus [prae, beYonvr, cedo, ^70], go be- FORE, precede ; surj)ass, excel. praeceps, -cipitis, adj. [prae, 6eFORE; caput, head], he.^d FOREmos^, UEAVlong ; steep, preci- pitous. prae-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [prae, bevouvr, capio, take^, take beFoiiEha nd ; instruct, order, di- rect. prae-claros, -a, -um, adj. [prae, exceedingly; clarus, illustrious], very illustrious, illustrious, glori- ous. praeda, -ae, f. [conn. w. i)re- hcndo, seize], booty. prac-dieo, -are, -fivT, -atnH[prae, behoiiK, and no publicly ; iVico, de- clare], proclaim, declare, maintain, avoxf}. prae-flcio, -ere, -f6ci, -fectus [prae, bevonvr, faci5, make, put], appoint over, place in command. prac-mittd, -ere, -misT, -missus [prae, Vimward ; mitto, send], send voiiirard, send in advance. praemium, -il,x.[=*praeimium, fr. prae-Vem-, take /^cfohe (oth- ers)], (what one receives more 290 praescriptum pro-euro than or in preference to others, and so) reward; privilege. praescriptum, -I, N. [n. perf. part, of praescribo, prescribe'], dictate^ order. praesidium, -it, N. [praeWsed-, SIT ?>eFORE], (sitting before for protection, and so) defence, pro^ tection,aid, support; guard, garri- son. prae-sto, -are, -it!, -atus (once), -itus (once) [prae, fteFORE; sto, STA7id], (intr. w. dat. pers. ) exceZ, suipass; (impers.) praestat, it is better; (tr.) perform ; exhibit, dis- play. praesto, adv. [superl. fm. conn. w. prae, 6eFORE], (in tlie foremost place, and so) at hand. prae-sum, -esse, -fui [prae, beFORE ; sum, 6e], be at the head of, have charge or com- mand of, BE invested with, preside over. praeter, adv. and prep. w. ace. [comp. form of prae, 6eFORE], beyond; besides; except. praeterea, adv. [praeter, be- sides; ace. pi. n. ea (orig. ea), these things; cf. an tea], besides, moreover, too. praeter-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis^ sus [praeter, beyond, by; mitto, letgo~\, let pass, omit, leave. praeteritus, -a, -um [p. a. of praetereo, go by], past. praetor, -oris, m. [= *praeitor, f r. prae-v/i-, go ftcFORE] , (one who goes before, and so) leader ; prae- tor (Roman magistrate who ad> ministered justice). preces, -um, f. (usu. pi.), en- treaties, prayers. prendo = prehendo, -ere, -hen- di, -hensus, grasp. premo, -ere, press!, pressus, press hard, beset, weigh down, burden, overpower, distress. pretium, -ii, n., price. ♦prex, *precis, f., see preces. pridie, adv. [prl- = prae (loc), &CFORE ; loc. or abl. form of dies, day], the day fteFORE. primus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of prior, q. v. prin-ceps, -cipis, adj. [primo- (st. of primus), firs^; Vcap-, take], (taking the first place, and so) FOREmos^, chief; subst., FOREmos^ man, leader, Jiead. principatus, -us, m. [princip- (st. of princeps), vonF.most (through presumed verb st.)], (being foremost, and so) foke- most place, supremacy presidency. principium, -ii, N. [prlncip- (st. of princeps), FOREmos^], be- ginning. prior, prius, adj. [comp. of st. conn. w. prae and pro], roRmer. Superl., primus, -a, -um, viust, FOREmos^; (in agreement with subst., often) firs< part of; in primis, especially,, particularly; adv., primum, firs^. pristinus, -a, -um, adj. [prls- for prios- (st. of prior), FORme?-], belonging toYOiimer times, Yowmer, earlier, ancient, pristine. prius quam or priusquam, adv. [prius, sooner; quam, J/iaw], fteFORE, until. privatus, -a, -um [p. a. of privo, deprive], private; subst., private individual. pro, prep. w. abl., in front of, 6eFORE; in behalf of, FOR; in view of, considering ; in the light of, as ; in return for. probita.s, -atis, F. [probo- (st. of probus), upright, good], up- rightness, probity. probo, -fire, -avT, -atus [probo- (st. of probus), good], esteem good, approve; recommend, make satis- factory or acceptable. pro-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum [pro, bcFORFl; cedo, go], go for- ward, advance, proceed. Procillus, -1, M., Gajus Valerius Procillus (a Gaul much trusted by Caesar) . pro-ciiro, -are, -avi, -atus [pro, pro-curro provmcift 291 in behalf of, for ; euro, take care'], attend to, look after, con- duct, superintend. pro-t'lirro, -ere, -curri and -cu- currl, -ciirsum [pro, FOiiicard; ciirro, run'], run vomcard. proditio, -onis, F.[pr5-Vdar,gri>e up, betray^ y betrayal, treachery, treason. proklltor, -oris, M. [pro-Vda-, fjive up, betray], betrayer, traitor. pro-do, -ere, -did!, -ditus [pro, YORth ; do, give, put], give or put ¥ORth, make known, publish ; give up, betray; hand down (as by tradition) ; memoriae proditum est, the stoi-y runs (lit., it has been handed down to memory) . proelior, -arl, -atus[proelio-(st. of proelium), battle], engage in battle, fight. proelium, -ii, x., battle, fighting. profectio, -onis, f. [pro (w. vowel shortened) -v'fac-, make off], (making ofl*, and so) setting out, departure. profecto, adv. [pro (w. vowel shortened), for; facto (abl. of factum), accomplished fact], as- suredly. pro-flciscor, -I, -fectus [pro (w. vowel shortened), ¥Oiith, off; ♦faciscor (inceptive of facio), begin to make], (begin to make off, and so) set out, depart, pro- ceed; proflcisci iu w. ace, set out for, depart to join. pro-flteor, -cri, -fessus [pro (w. vowel shortened), for//*, openly; fateor, acknowledge], de- clare one's self, give in one's name, volunteer. pro-fiifflo, -ere, -fugl [pro (w. vowel shortened), voRth; fugio, flee], flee vimth.,Jlee, run away. pr5-gnfitu8, -a, -urn, adj. [pro, voRth, from ; (g) niitus, born, perf. part, of nascor], born from, born, descended. pro-hlbeo, -ere, -nl, -Una [pro (w. vowel shortened), vmxth, off; habeO, hold], keep offt exclude, cut off, restrain, prevent, impede ; pro- hibit ; defend. pro-icio (pronounced : pro- jicio), -ere, -jecl, -jectus [pro, voRth, off; jacio, cast], cast off. pro-Iato, -are, -avi, -atus [pro, YORward; *lato (iutens. fr. st. of latus, perf. part, of fero), carry], (carry forward, and so) defer, postpone. pro-mo veo, -ere, -movl, -motiis [pro, voRward; moveo, moye], move FORicard. prope, adv. and prep. w. ace, near. propensus, -a, -um [p. a. of propended, hang voRward], in- clined, disposed. propinquus, -a, -um, adj. [conn. . w. prope, near], near; substs. : propinquus, -i, m., relative, kins- man; propinqua, -ae, v., female relative, kinswoman. propior, -ius, adj. [comp. of st. contained in prope, near], nearer. Superl., proximus, -a, -um, near- est, next, neighboring ; proxima nocte, last night. pro-pono, -ere, -posuT, -positus [pro, voRth; pono, jmt, set], set YORth, display; make known, de- clare. proprius, -a, -um, adj., one's own, peculiar to one's self, private, personal. propter, adv. and prep. w. ace. [comp. form of prope, near; cf. inter and praeter], close to ; owing to, on account of. pro-pugno, -are, -uvl, -atus[prr>, in front; pugno, fight], rush otU to fight, make a sortie. pro-pulso, -are, -avI, -atus[pro, voRth, off; pulso, drive], ward off, repel, avert. pro-rlpio, -ere, -ul [pro, voRth ; rapio, seize, drag], drag FORth ; w. se, rush voiUh. pro-video, -ere, -vidl, -visus [pro, voRward; video, see], pro- vide, have in view. proviucia, -ae, i., province. 292 proximitas quam ob rem proximitas, -atis, F. [proximo- (st. of proximus), next^, near- ness ; relationship. proximus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of propior, q. v. proxime, adv. [abl. fm. of proximus, nearest]^ last. prudentia, -ae, F. [prudent- (st. of prudens), sagacious'], sa- gacity, practical wisdom, prudence, skill. Ptolomaeus, see Ceraunus. publice, adv. [abl. fm. of pu- blicus, belonging to the state], in behalf of the state, from a public point of view, as a measure of state voi^icy. publicus, -a, -um, adj. [= *po- pulicus,fr.populo-(st. ofpopulus), people] , belonging to the people or state, public, common; res pu- bliea, common weal; common- wealth ; in publico, in public. pudet, -ere, puduit or puditum est, it shames ; me pudet, / am ashamed. pudicitia, -ae, F. [pudico- (st. of pudicus), modest], modesty; chastity. pudor, -oris, m. [base pud- (in pudet), shame], sense of shame, modesty. puella, -ae, f. [= *puerula (-u- disappearedand-r-wasassimilated to -1-) dim. fr. puero- (st. of puer) child], female child, girl, little girl. puer, -eri, m., child ; boy. puerills, -e, adj. [puero- (st. of puer), child, boy], boyish, youthful. pueritla, -ae, f. [puero- (st. of puer), child], childhood, boyhood. pugna, -ae, v., fight. paii^no, -are, -avT, -atus [pugna- (st. of pn^wdi), fight], fight. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj., beautiful; honorable, glorious. pulvis, -eris, m., dust. pungo, -ere, pupugi, punctus [Vpiig-, thrust], prick, sting ; dis- quiet. punio, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itus [old form, poenio, fr. poena- (st. of poena) , punishment] , inflict punish- ment on, punish. puppis, -is, F., stern. piirgo, -are, -avi, -atus [= *puri- go, fr. puro- (st. of purus), clean ; Vag-, drive, make (through pre- sumed adj. St.)], make clean, cleanse, purge ; free from suspicion, exculpate. puto, -are, -avi, -atus [puto- (st. of putus), cleanseD], cleanse; (of trees) prune; (of accounts) clear up, settle; reckon; think, suppose. Q. Q^ abbr. of Quintus, -i, m., Quintus (Roman praenomen or first name). quadraginta, indecl. num. adj. [quadra-, conn. vv. quattuor, four; -gin- represents (de)cem, ten], forty. quadringenti, -ae, -a, num. adj. [fr. St. of quadrmi, distr. num. adj., four; -genti, conn. w. cen- tum, nuNDrefZ], four iiv^Dred. quaero, -ere, -slvl or -sii, -situs, seek, search, strive to obtain; ac- quire; ask, ask for, seek to learn, inquire, make inquiry, inquire for. quaestio, -ouis, f. [base qiiaes- (in quaero, orig. quaeso), in- quire] . inquiring ; investigation ; examination by torture. quaestus, -us, m. [base quaes- (in quaer5, orig. (\\mQsb), acquire], acquiring, acquisition; gain. quails, -e, interrog. and rel. adj. [pron. st. quo- seen in forms of quis and qui], 1. interrog., of WHAi sort; 2. rel., o/wHic/t sort, as. quam, interrog. and rel. adv., HOW ; (used to strengthen superl- atives) quam maximus, as great as possible, the greatest possible : quam latlssime, as extensively a.-< possible; (in comparisons) as, than. quam. ob rem or quamobreni, interrog. and rel. adv., vfiiKreforc , for winch or wiia^ reason. quaniquam Quirites 293 quamqiiain, conj. [quam, now; quam, now], (however, and so) though, althomjh ; and yet. quamvis, adv. and couj. [quam, now, as; vis (volo), you icish'], as you WILL; iiowerer, uowcver much, though, although, though ever so. quantusy -a, -um, interrog. and rel. adj. [prou. st. quo- seen in forms of quis and qui], 1. interrog., HOW great, now much; quanti (gen. of indef. value), for how much. 2. rel. (correlating with tantus) as; (w. tantus omitted) as much as ; quauto . . . tauto, by HOW much . . . by so muchy the . . . THE. quare, interrog. and rel. adv. [abl. of quae res], why, wiiEre- fore. quartus, -a, -urn, ord. num. adj. [quattuor, four], fourth. quasi, adv. [quam, as; sT, if], as if. quaterni, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. [quattuor, four], four [from] each. quattuor, indecl. num. adj., FOUR. quattuordeeiin, indecl. num. adj. [quattuor,FOUR ; decem,TEN], FOURTEEN. -que, conj., and. queni ad moduni or quciuad- moduiii, interrog. and rel. adv., in WH.vf or WHic/i may. queror, -T, qiiestus, complain. qui, (luae, quod, interrog., rel., and indef. pron., 1. interrog. (used adj.) WHir/i, WH.vT. 2. rel., who, WHu7{, WHAT, thfiT ; (w. aut. omit- ted) HE WHO, those WHO, any who, etc.; (at the beginning of a sen- tence, often) this, these, etc. ; (= ut is, etc.) in order that he, that HE, etc. ; quo . . . eo, by wiiAt . . . by that, the ... the ; e6 . . . quo, by that . . . by wmch, the . . . the. 'A. (after si and ng), indef., any. quicumque,quaecumque,quod- ciinHiUf, Indef. rel. pron. [qui, rel. pron. ; -cumque, indef. suft'.], wiioerer, WHATere?-; any what- ever. quidam, quaedam, quoddam and (subst.) quiddam, indef. pron. [qui, rel. pron. ; -dam, pron. suff.], a, a certain, some one. quidein, adv., indeed; ne . . . quidem (with emphatic word or words between ne and quidem), sot even. quiesco, -ere, -evi, -etus (p. a.), become quiet, go to rest, refrain from action. quietus, -a, -um [p. a. of qui- esco, be quiet], quiet, at rest. quilibet, quaelibet, quodlibet and (subst.) quidlibet, indef. rel. pron. [qui, rel. pron. ; libet, it is pleasing], any you idll, any what- ever. quin, conj. [qui, abl. f m. of rel. pron. qui; ne, sot], who . . . No<, that, but that, so that :sot., from or xdthout (w. part.). quiiidecim, indecl. num. adj. [quTnque, five; decem, ten], fifteen. quini, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. [quinque, five], five apiece. quinquagiuta, imlecl. num. adj. [quTnquiX-, conn. w. quinque, five ; -gin- represents (de)cem, ten], fifty. quinque, indecl. num. ad j., five. quiuqueaulum, -ii, n. [quln- quenni- (st. of quTnquennis), of five years], a period of five years. quintus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. [quinque, five], fifth. Quirites, -iuuj, m. [Curl- (st. of Cures, town of the Sabines)], Quirites (i.e., inhaljitants of Cures. After the union of the Sabines with the Romans, tlic name Qui- rites was applied to the combined people when acting in a civil capacity ; the name lionidnl, on the otlier hand, was applied to tlieni when acting in a military capacity) ; fellow citizens. 294 quis red-eo quis, quid, iuterrog. and iudef. pron., 1. inteiTOg., who, what; (occasional!)' used adj.) what; neut. sing. ace. quid (used adv.), WHY. 2. (after sT and ne) indef., any one, any thing ; (occasionally used 2id].)any ; si quid, if anything , if at all. quispiam, quaepiam, quodpi- amand (subst.) quidpiam or quip- piam, indef. pron., any one, any. quisquam, quicquam or quid- quam (pi. and f em. sing, wanting), indef. pron. (used when a neg. is expressed or implied), any one, any thing. quisque, quaeque, quodque and (subst.) quicque or quidque, iu- def. pron., every one, each one, every, each; nobilissimus quis- que, all the nobility ; antiquissi- mum quodque teinpus, priority (of occupation) in each instance. quivis, quae VIS, quod vis and (subst.) quidvis, indef. pron. [qui, rel. pron.; vTs (volo), you wish], any you jylease, any what- ever ; any one you please, any one ^YH \tever. quo, adv. [case fm. of pron. st. quo-], WHither; (at the begin- ning of a sentence, often) thither, there. quo, con j . [neut. abl. of rel. pron. qui] (— ut eo, usu. w. comp.), that thereby, in order that, that. quoad, adv. [qu5 (w. vowel shortened), wuither ; ad, to], (how long, and so) as long as; until. quod, conj. [neut. ace. of rel. pron. qui], because, that. quominus, ccfnj. [quo, neut. abl. of rel. pron. qui ; minus, less, not'}, that thereby the less, so that not, from (w. part.). quoniam, conj. [quom = cum, since; jam, now}, seeing that. quot, indecl. interrog. and rel. adj., how many ; as. quot annis or quotannis [quot, now many, as many as; annis, abl. pi. of annus, year}, (on as manj' years as there are, and so) every year, annually. quotieus, adv. [quot, hoav many},, how often, how many times ; as often as. R. ratio, -onis, r., account, com- putation; list, register; business matter, transaction ; manner, way, method, procedure. ratis, -is, v., float, raft. RauricI, -orum, m., the Raurici (tribe in Celtic Gaul, neighbors of the Helvetians). recens, -entis, adj., recent. re-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [re(d)-, again, back; capio, take}, take back; receive; se recipere, to betake one's self, return, flee for refuge, recover ; se lude recipere, to come off. re-cito, -are, -avi, -atus [re(d)-, intensive; cito, recite}, recite. re-cognosco, -ere, -gnovl, -guitus [re(d)-, again; c5gnosco, become acquainted with}, recall to mind, revietc. recorder, -ari, -atus [re(d)-, again; cord- (st. of cor), heart (through presumed adj. st.)], (take to heart, and so) think over, reflect on, review, recall. recte, adv. [abl. fm. of rectus, uight] , lllGllTly. rectus, -a, -um [p. a. of reg5], RIGHT, fitting. re-cuso, -are, -avI, -atus [re(d)-, against ; causa, objection (through denom. vb. *causo; cf. causor)], make objection against, refuse; recusare de, to make objection to, to object to. red-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus [red-, back; do, give}, give back, return, restore ; accord, award, grant, pay. red-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum [red-, back ; eo, go}, go or come back, return; come for settlement, come in the last resort. red-iffo re-peto 295 red-igo, -ere, -egi, -actus [red-, back; a.}^d, drive, bring^^ bring back, reduce. red-imo, -ere, -erai, -emptus [red-, back; emo, hny'\, buy back, redeem ; contract for, farm ; pur- I'hdfii-. procure. rt^d-integro, -are, -avi, -atus [red-, tujain; integro, makewhole'], make irhole again, renew. re-dueo, -ere, -dfixT, -ductus [re(d)-, back; duco, lead], lead or bring back. re-fercio, -Ire, -si, -tus [re(d)-, iuteiis. ; farcio, stuff, craw], Jill full, croicd. re-fero, -ferre, rettulT, relatus [re(d)-, bark; fero, beau], beau, carry or nmng back, report; re- ferre ad senatuin, to lay a matter before the senate. re fert or refert, -ferre, -tulit, // matters, it is of importance. re-fugio, -ere, -fugi [re(d)-, back ; ingxb, flee'], Jleeback, retreat. regalis, -e, adj. [reg-(st. of rex), king], pertaining to a king, royal. regio, -onis, f. [Vreg-, guide, di- rect], direction ; boundary-line ; ter- ritory, region ; province, district. regius, -a, -um, adj. [reg- (st. of Tl:\)yking], pertaining to a king, royal, regal. regno, -are, -avI, -atus [regno- r^t. of regnura), sovereignty], exr 'ise sovereignty, reign. regnum, -T, N. [Vreg-, guide, di- rect], kingdom; sovereignty, royal power. regu, -ere, rexT, rectus [Vreg-, guide, direct], direct; ride, preside over. re-laxo, -are, -avT, -atus [re(d)-, iiiteus. ; lax5, loosen], relax, un- hrud. religid, -onis, F. [re(d)-Vlcg-, go over again, regard attentively], (re- gard for the gods, and so) relig- ion : superstition, anrrfdness, sanc- tity ; in. pi., religious matters, re- ligious rites, matters pertaining to the toorship of the gods. re-llnquo, -ere, -llqui, -lictus [re(d)-, back, behind; linquo, leave], leave behind, leave. reliquus,-a, -um, adj. [re-v'liqu-, leave behind], remaining, other, rest of; subst., the i*est. re-maneo, -ere, -raiins! [re(d)-, back, behind; maueo, stay], stay behind, remain. reinedium,-ii, n., remedy, means of defence. Re mi, -drum, m., the Remi (tribe in Belgic Gaul on the Marne). remigium, -ii, x. [remig- (st. of remex),Roiocr],KOiPinr., one of the Remi (see Kemi), a Reman. re-novo, -are, -avI, -atus [re(d)-, again; novo, make new], rexEW. re-Duntio, -are, -avT, -fitus [re(d)-, back; nuntio, bring word], bring back word, report. re-pello, -ere, reppuli, repulsus [re(d)-, back; pello, drive], drice back. rcpente, adv. [case fm. of re- pens, sudden], suddenly. rcpentiuus,-a, -um [repent- (st. of repens), sudden], sudden. re-perio, -Ire, repperl, repertus [re(d)-, again; parid, procure], find, find out (by making in([uiry) learn, ascertain., discover ; invent, devise. re-pet5, -ere, -ivl or -ii, -Ttns [re(d)-, again; petd, demand], demand back, demand; lay claim to. 296 re-prehendo sacro re-prehendo, -ere, -hendi, -lien- sus [re(cl)-, hack; prehendo, grasp, hold], hold hack, check; dis- approve, reprehend. re-prinio, -%re, -pressT, -pressus [rc(d)-, back; premo, press], check, restrain, repress. repudio, -are, -avi, -atus [repu- dio- (St. of repudium), rejection], reject. re-pugno, -are, -avi, -atum [re(d)-, hack, against; pugno, fight], oppose, resist. re-quiro, -ere, -sivi or -siT, -situs [re(d)-, again; quaero, seek], seek after, ask for, he in want of res, gen. rei (rei, re), f., thing, affair, matter, suhject, object, fact, circumstance, condition, movement, business, enterprise, it; res mili- taris, the military art; res fru- mentaria, corn, grairi, provisions ; res publica : common weal, public welfare ; civil affairs, government ; commoni'jealth, state ; summa res publiea, the highest interests of the commonwealth ; tota res publica, conltplete control of public affairs ; res famillaris, private resources, patrimony, property ; in turbidis rebus, IN distressed circumstances ; res de, proposition to. re-sisto, -ere, -stiti [re(d)-, back, against ; sist5, STAnd], resist. re-spondeo, -ere, -spondi, -spon- 8us [re(d)-, in return; spondeo, promise], (orig., present in re- turn), answer, make ansioer, say or tell in reply. responsum, -i, n. [neut. perf. part.ofresponde6,a7ist^er],awsr(jer. re-stitao, -ere, -ui, -utus [re(d)-, again; statuo, set up], restore. re-tineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus [re{d)-, hack; teneo, hold], hold fast, retain, detain, keep. re-vello, -ere, -velli, -volsus or -vulsus [re(d)-, hack, away ; vello, pluck, pull], pull away, tear away. reversio, -onis, r. ire(d)-\/vert-, turn hack] , return. pe-verto, -ere, -verti, -versus [re(d)-, hack; verto, turn], turn hack; return. re-vertor, -!, -versus [re(d)-, hack; *vertor, turn], turn hack; return. re-voco, -are, -avi, -atus [re(d)-, hack; voc5, call], recall, restore. rex, regis, m. [Vreg-, guide, di- rect], king. Rhenus, -i, M., Rhine (river separating Gaul from Germany). Rhodanus, -i, m., Rhone (river in Gaul). ripa, -ae, r., hank of a river. robur, -oris^ k., oak. rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask. Roma, -ae, r., Rome (city on the Tiber in Italy). Romanus, -a, -um, adj. [Roma- (st. of R5ma), Rome], belonging to Rome (see Roma), Roman; subst., Romana, -ae, f., Roman woman. Romani, -orum, m., Romans (inhabitants of Rome ; see Roma). rota, -ae, F., wheel. ruber, -bra, -brum, adj. [v/rub-, REDDe/l], RED. Riifus, -1, M., Lucius VihulUus Rufus (adherent of Pompey). ruina, -ae, f. [conn. w. ruo, fall violently]., downfall, crash. rumor, -oris, M., (orig., noise, murmur, and so) hearsay, rumor, report. rupes, -is, f. [Vrup-, break], (broken, precipitous) rock. rursus, adv. [= revorsus, perf. part, of re verto, turn back], again. rus, ruris, n., the country (opp. the city). S. Sabis, -is, m., the Sabis (mod. Sambre, river in Belgic Gaul). Sabvirra, -ae, M., Saburra (lieu- tenant of Juba, king of Numidia). sacrificium, -ii, N. [sacriflco- (st. of sacrificus), sacrificial], sacrifice. sacro, -are, -avi, -atus [sacro- (st. of sacer), sacred], declare sacred. saepe secundiis 297 saepe, adv. [ueut. ace. of *sae- pis, rroirded, frequent ; conn, w, sacpes, hedge'\, often, saepe numer5 or saepenume- ro [saepe, often ; uuincro, in num- ber], oftentimes^ again and again. saepes, -is, f. [conn. w. saepe, i{. v.], hedge, fence. saevio, -Tre, -ii, -Itum [saevo-(st. of sacxus) , fierce'], be fierce, rage. Sagittarius, -ii, M. [adj. used substf, fr. sagitta- (st. of sagitta), arrow], (one having to do with arrows, and so) archer, bowman. salus, litis, F. [conn. w. salvus, safe], safety. salutaris, -c, adj. [salut- (st. of salus) , safety] , pertaining tosafety, sa/utary. saluto, -are, -JivT, -atus [salut- (st. of salus), safety]., wish safety to, greet, pay one's respects to, sa- lute. salvus, -a, -ura, adj. [Vsal- (akin to Vser- in servus), protect, sup- port], sound, unimpaired, safe, un- harmed, prenKnyed. sanelo, -Ire, sanxT, sanctus (sancTtus, once) [conn. w. sacer, sacrf^d], render sacred; (of laws) < stnhli.sh, ordain, enact. sanctus, -a, -um [p. a. of san- cio, q. v.], sacred, inviolable. sane, adv. [abl. fm. of sanus, sound], indeed, by all means, for aught I care, if you laill. san^is, -inis, M., blood (flow- ing in the body). 8antoni, -oruni, m., the Santoni (tribe in Celtic Gaul on the nortiiern bank of the Garonne). sapiens, -cutis, p. a. (of sapio, taste ; discern) discerning, wise. Sardinia, -ac, v., Sardinia (island ill the Mediterranean, west of Italy). Sardiniensls, -e, adj. [Sardinia- <'st. of Sardinia), Sardinia], of Sardinia, Sardinian (see Sardinia). sarmenta, -oruffl, N. (usu. pi.) {Vsarp-, lop, prune], (what is bpped, and so) light branches. sarmentum, see sarmenta. satis, adv., enough, sufficiently ; very. satis facio or satisfaeio, -ere, -feci, -factum [satis, enough; facio, do], give satisfaction, make repar- ation. saxum, -1, N., st07ie (large and rough). Scaevola, -ae, m., Quintiis Mu- cins Scaevola (augur and jurist of Cicero's time; he was a son-in- law of Laelius). sceleratus, -a, -um [perf. part, of scelero, pollute], polluteD ; ac- curseD. scelus, -eris, x., crime. scientia, -ae, f. [scient- (st. of sciens), knoidtig], knowledge, skill. _ scio, -Tre, -Tvi, -itus, know. Scipio, -onis, m., 1. Publius Cornelius Scipio Africanus Major (conqueror of Hannibal at Zama 202 B.C.). 2. Publius Cornelius Scipio Africanus Minor (destroyer of Carthage 146 n.c). scribo, -ere, scrips!, scrlptus [v'scril)-, dig, gk.vve], (cut with a pointed instrument, grave, and so) u^te. scutum, -T, N. [Vscu-, cover], ^g\ o-n oblong shield 1^1 (the scutum of the ^^^1 Roman legionaries ^ ^ was made of wood iS) covered with leatli- *^A cr; it was semi- cylindrical in shape, and was 41 ft. long by 2^ ft. " broad) ; see Fig. 8. se-cerno, -ere, Hg. 8. -crevT,-cretus[se(d>, Shield (scfUum) ^„..,,/ . pprtio HOita- ofthoUomanln. ^/'^^V' CCruo, sepa fantry Hoidier, rate] , set apart, sepa- fronithocoltimn rate. of Trajan. The sCCUndus, -a, -UlU, detroratlon rep- ,. r ^ ' ' , ' renenU. a thun- adj. [= ♦sequeudus, dcrbolt. gerundive of se- quor, follow], (following, and so) second ; favorable. 298 sed sexaginta sed, CODJ., but. sedeo, -ere, sedT, sessum, sit. sedes, -is, f. [Vsed-, sit ; cf. se- deo], SEAT: habitation, abode. Segusiavi, -orum, m., theSegusi- avi (tribe in Celtic Gaul on the Rhone). se-jungo, -ere, -junxi, -junctus [se(d)-, apart; jungo, join^, dis- join, separate, sever. Seleiicus, -i, M., Se/eucus (one of the ablest generals of Alexan- der the Great ; murdered by Ptol- emy Ceraunus 280 B.C.)- semeu, -inis, n. [Vse-, sow], (that which is sown, and so) SEEcZ; origin, source. sementis, -is, r. [semen, seecZ], i^owing. semlnarium, -ii, n. [adj. used subst., fr. semin- (st. of semen), SEEfZ], (having to do with seed, and so) nursery. semper, adv. [conn. w. Lat. siMilis and English same], al- loays. Sempronia, -ae, f., Sempronia (wife of Decimus Junius Brutus : Sempronia was implicated in Catiline's conspiracy G3 b.c). senator, -oris, m. [conn, w, senex and senatus], senator. senatus, -us, m. [conn. w. senex, elder'], council of elders, senate. senatus consultum or sena- tusconsultum, -i, N., decree of the senate. senectns, -utis, f. [senec- (st. of senex), old], old age. senex, senis, adj., old, aged; subst., old man or woman. senilis, -e, adj. [sen- (st. of ^GXiQiC), old person], belonging to an old person, senile. Senones or Senones, -um, m., the Senones (tribe in Celtic Gaul along the upper Seine). sensus, -iis, m. [base sent- (in sentio), become aware through the senses], sense-perception ; sense. sententia, -ae, f. [conn. w. sen- tio, think], opinion, view; vote; ad sententiam redire, to come back to the. main question ; in earn sententiam, to this effect, of this purport. sentio, -ire, sensi, sensus, per- ceive, be aware; think. septem, indecl. num. adj., SEVEN. septentrio, -onis, M. ; also pi., septentriones, -um, M. [s^tem, SEVEN ; tridnes, ploughing oxen] , the SEVEN prominent stars in the constellation Ursa Major or the Great Bear ; the north. Septimus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. [septem, seven], seven^/^. Sequani, -orum, m., the Sequani (tribe in Celtic Gaul enclosed by the Saone, the Rhone, and Mt. Jura) ; sing., Sequanus, -T, m., a Sequanian. sequor, -i, secutus [v/sequ-, fol- lovf] , follow, pursue. sermo, -onis, m. [Vser-, connect] , (connected discourse, and so) conversation, intercourse. servilis, -e, adj. [servo- (st. of servus), slave], pertaining to a slave, servile. servio, -ire, -Ivi and -ii, -itum [servo- (st. of servus), slave], be a slave, serve, submit to. servitus, -utis, r. [servo- (st. of servus), slave], slavery, servitude; serfdom, vassalage. servo, -are, -avT, -atus [servo- (st. of servus), protected; see servus], protect, preserve; keep, lay by. servus, -T, M. [Vser- (akin to Vsal- in salvus), protect], (a cap- tive in war, not killed, but saved alive, and so) slave. Sestius, -ii, m., Publius Sestius (tribune of the people 57 b.c, and friend of Cicero). severus, -a, -um, adj., severe. sex, indecl..nuin. adj., six. sexaginta, indecl. num. adj. [sexa-, conn. w. sex, six; -gin- represents (de)cem, ten], sixty. Sextius somniiini 299 Sextius, -il, m., Titus Sextius (one of Caesar's lieutenants). sextus, -a, -um, oi\l. num. ailj. [sex, six], sixth; sextus decl- mus, SIXTKKNTII. si, conj., (;'; si quis, if any one ; si qui, if any (see quis and qui). sic, adv., in such a way, so, in this icay^ thus ; as follows ; to such a (kf/n-e ; ut . . . sic, as . . . so, although . . . yet. sicut and sicuti, adv. [sic, so ; ut or utT, as'\, just as, as. sidus, -eris, N., group of stars, constellation ; star. significo, -are, -fivT, -fitus [sT- gnitic-(st.of ♦sTgnifex), sign-mak- ing^., show by signs, show, make evident. signuin, T, x., sign, signal; in pi., military stand- ar(h; signa ferre, to advance against the enemy; con- versa signa fn- ferre, to face about ami advance \- gainst the enemy ; infestfs signis Fig. 9. co„»istcrc, to xr rs": 'I'he middle fig- ure represents the eai;ie, the stand- ard of the legion ; the two side fig- ures rep resent tlie standards of co- horts. ivith wood. come to a halt and assume the defen- sive ; see Fig. 0. sllva, -ae, f., wood, forest. sllvestris, -e, adj. [conn. w.silva, wood], overgrown wooded. simllls, -c, adj. [cognate w. 8AM k], like. siinul, adv. [neut. fm. of simi- li.'*, like], at the same time ; eimul atque, as soon as. slmulacruin, -T, n. [.simula- (.st. of simulo), imitate], image. siinuld, -are, -avi, -iitus [fr. st. of simili.s, like, seen in adv. simul], imitate :' pretend. sin, conj. [hi, if; ne, not], if however, but if. sine, prep. w. abl. [sT, if, in that case; ne, ^ot], without. singuli, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj., one by one, single, individual, separate, several; translated adv., singly, individually; in annos siugulos, each or every year. sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left. si quidein or siquidem, conj. [si, if; quidem, indeed], since in- deed. sitis, -is, F., thirst. sitio, -Ire, -ivi or -it [siti- (st. of sitis), thirst], thirst. situs, -us, M. [\/si-, put], (put- ting or placing, and so) position., situation. socer, -erl, m. , father-in-law. socius, -il, M. [adj. used subst., f r. >^soc-,f<>Uoio ; conn. w. scquor], associate, confederate, ally. Socraticus, -a, -um, adj. [bor- rowed from the Greek], belonging to Socrates (celebrated Athenian philosopher; lived 408-399 B.C.) ; subst., disci])le of Socrates. sodalis, -is, c, mate, comrade, intimate. sol, solis, M., suw. soleo, -ere, -itus, be accustomed, be wont. solitudo, -inis, f. [solo- (st. of solus), alone], solitude; deserted place or tract, desert, wilderness. sollicito, -are, -avT, -atus [solli- cito- (st. of solWcMvis), agitatei)], stir up, agitate, urge, stimulate, in- cite; approarh with corrupt over- tures, corruptly solicit. Solon (Solo), -onis, m., Solon (famous Athenian law-giv<^r; Ids public career belongs to the first half of the sixth centtiry B.C.). solum, -1, N., ground, soil. solum, adv. [neut. of solus, alone], only; noia solum, xoiowi^/. solus, -a, -um, adj. alone, only, sole. somnus, -T, m. [for*sopnus, fr. Vsop-, sleep], sleep. somnium, -iT, y. [adj. used subst., fr. somno- (st. of somnu>), 300 spatium subsidium sleep'], (resulting from sleep, and so) dream. spatium, -il, N. [Vspa-, svAn, stretch out], space; distance; time enough, time; interval, division, period. species, gen. -e, r. [s/spec-, spy], seeing; appearance; show. spectaciiliini, -T, N. [specta- (st. of specto), look at], spectac/e, sight. specto, -are, -avT, -atus [intens. of specid, formed as if from a perf. part. *spectus], look at; face, extend ; regard, heed. spero, -are, -avT, -atiis [conn. w. spes, hope] , hope, look for. spes, gen. -ei (-ei), f., hope; pros- pect; hopefulness; in spem ve- nire, to cherish or entertain hope. spiritus, -us, m. [conn. w. spiro, breathe], breath. spolium, -il, N., usu. in pi., spolia, -orum, n., spoils. sponte, abl. r. (only in gen. [spontis] and abl. smg.), impulse; sponte is regularly accompanied by a poss. pron. ; as, tua sponte, of your own free will. statim, adv. [ace. fm. of st. stati-, fr. Vsta-, sxAwd], on the spot, forthwith. statio, -onis, F. [Vsta-, sTAnd], STAnding ; station, post ; in stati- one, ON guard. Stator, -oris, m. [Vsta- (causa- tive), make sxAwd], ST xyer, sup- porter (epithet of Jupiter). statuo, -ere, -ui, -utus [statu- (st. of status), STAnding, position], put in position, setup, station ; de- cide, determine, resolve. statara, -ae, f. [Vsta-, STA7id], (standing, and so) stature. stipendium, -ii, N.[= *stipipen- dium, fr. stipi- (st. of *stips), contribution ; bsfse pend- (in pen- do), pay], (payment of a contri- bution, and so) tribute, tribute money. stlrps, -is, F., stock, root ; origin, source. sto, -are, steti [Vsta-, staw^?], STAW(?; abide; decreto stare, ac- quiesce in a decision. strepitus, -fis, m. [base strep- (in strepo), make a noise], noise, din. studeo, -ere, -uT, be eager for, strive earnestly for, apply one's self to, devote special attention to, cul- tivate ; exercise partiality. studiosus, -a, -um, adj. [studio- (st. of studiura), seal], full of zeal, zealous, earnest; eager [for], assiduous \\n],fond [of]. studium, -il, n. [base stud- (in studeo), be eager], eagerness, earnest desire, zeal, enthusiasm; devotion, attachment; pursuit. In pi., zealous efforts; studies, pur- suits. suasor, -oris [Vsuad-, make SWEET, urge, advise], (one who advises, and so) adviser; suasor esse, to advise. sub, prep. w. ace. and abl., under; sub occasum, towards the setting. sub-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus [sub, from under; duc5, draw], ivithdraiv. sub-eo, -ire, -ivi or -il, subitiis [sub, under; eo, go], go under, go close to, approach; come stealth- ily ; (w. ace.) undergo, submit to. sub-igo, -ere, -egi, -actus [sub, tinder; ago, drive, force], con- strain, impel, prompt. subito, adv. [n. abl. of subitus, sudden], suddenly. subitus, -a, -um [p. a. of subeo, come stealthily], sudden. sublatus, -a, -um, perf. part., raisei) (see tollo). subinotus, -a, -um [perf. part, of submoveo, remote, drive back], driven back; subst., submoti, those driven back. sub-sequor, -i, -cutus [sub, clo.se upon ; sequor, follow], folloio close upon, follow, succeed. subsidium, -il, n. [sub-Vsed-, SIT in support of], (sitting in re- siib-sisto suppliciiim 301 serve for support, and so) sup- port, aid, relii\f. sub-sisto, * -ere, -stiti [sub, under ; sisto, stau^ stiW], come to a halt, halt; maintain one's ground, irith^Txnd. sub-traho, -ere, -xT, -ctus [sub, from under; traho, draw'], vnth- draw, keep out of reach. sub-venio, -Ire, -veni, -ventum [sub, under, to the support of; ve- nio, come], come to the support of sac-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum [sub, tinder, close upon; cedo, go], follow close upon, succeed. suc-cendo, -ere, -cendT, -census [sub, /row beloK ; ♦cendo(N/cand-), set fire], set fire to (from below). Suebi, -orum, m., the Suebi or Swabians (collective name of sev- eral German tribes ; their king at the time of Caesar's first cam- paign in Gaul was Ariovistus). 8iiebus, -a, -um, adj., pertaining to the Suebi, Swabian. Suessiones, -um, M., the Suessi- ones (tribe in Belgic Gaulj). siiflVagium, -il, N. [sub-Vfrag-, BREAK somewhat or partially], (fragment used for voting, and so) voting tablet ; vote, suffrage. 8ui, gen.(nom. wanting), reflex pron., of himself, herself, itself themselves ; intense, see inter. 'HO 11a, -ae, m., Lucius Cornelius Sulla (famous Roman dictator 82-79 «.C.). Hiim, esse, fuT [sum, V.s-,6e ; esse, Ves-, he; fuT, Vfu-, grow, become], UK (cognate w. Vf u-), exist, prevail, consist, live, remain. Biimnia, -ac, f. [fem. of summus (sc. res), highest], the main thing, sum ; supreme control olf direc- tion ; in suninia, in general. HiimmotuH, see subniotus. 8ummu8, -a, -um, adj., super!, of superus, q. v. Humd, -ere, sQmpsT, sOmptus [sub, /rom undpr,vr; cimy, take], f'ike vv,take; assume, arrogate; •>\h\ HumerCf to lake UPon one's self, to assume; suppliciuni suinerc de, to exact punishment from, to injlict punishment on. sumptaosus, -a, -um, adj. [sumptu- (St. of silmptus), ex- pense^, expensive, costly. sumptus, -us, M. [sum- for sub- v'em-, take up (for some purpose, and so) spend], expense; in pi., extravagance. superbia, -ae, f. [superbo- (st. of supcrbus), proud], pride, arro- gance. superior, -ius, adj., comp. of superus, q* v. snpero, -are, -avT, -atus [supe- ro- (st. of superus), afiovK] (be above, and so) he left over, re- main, survive; surpass, exceed; l)eat, defeat, ov^^'Mcome, conquer, vanquish; vita superare, outlive. superstitio, -onis, f. [super-sta-, ST\nd OVEU], (standing over as in wonder, awe, etc., and so) ex- aggerated fear of the gods, super- stition. super-sum, -esse, -fu! [super, over; sum, he], be left, remain. superus, -a, -um, adj. [conn. w. sub, from under, up], a?^ovE. Comp., superior, -ius, higher, up- per ; (of time) preceding, former ; superiore noete, night before last. Superl., summus, -a, -um, highest; greatest, chief; of the highest importance ; supreme; ex- treme; summus mons, the summit of the mountain ; summus cruci- atus, the severest punishment. sup-plcx, -icis, adj. [sul), un- der; Vplcc-, FOUrZ. hend], (kneel- ing, and so) suppliant; translated ! adv., in supplicntion. supplicatio, -onis, f. [supplica- (st. of supplied), kneel to, pray to], (kneeling to, praying to, and 80) public supplication ; thanks- giving. supplicium, -it, N. [supplic- (st. of supplex), suppliant], (humilia- tion, and so) punishment ; in pi., sacrifice. 302 sup-porto tempi um sup-porto, -are, -iivT, -atus [sub, from below, up to; porto, con- vey'], convey to a place, bring up. supra, adv. aud prep. w. ace. [abl. fem. of superus, a^ovE], 1. adv., a&ovE; (of time) 6e/ore, previously. 2. prep., before. suspicio, -onis, v. [conn. w. su- spicio, lookaskance af], suspicion ; ground of suspicion ; in suspici- onem venire, to be attended ivith suspicion, to be open to suspicion. sus-tineo, -ere, -ni, -tentus [*subs, collateral fm. of sub,/?'om below, UP; teneo, hold'], support, sustain ; perform, discharge ; rein in, check; withstand. suus, -a, -um, poss. pron., Jiis orcn, her own, its own, their own ; his, her, its, their ; subst., sui, his men. Syracusae, -arum, f., Syracuse (city on the eastern coast of Sicily). T. T., abbr. of Titus, -i, m., Titus, (Roman praenomen or first name). tabesco, -ere, tabui [inceptive fr. tabe- (st. of tabed), melt], begin to melt ; pine away. tabula, -ae, f., board, jylank ; writing tablet; tabula picta, painting. tabulatum, -i, n, [nent. of tabu- Itltus, boarded], flooring, story. taceo, -ere, -uT, -itns, be silent ; jmss over in silence. taedet, -ere, -duit or (rarely) -sum est, it wearies ; me taedet, lam weary. talentum, -T, n., talent (sum of money equivalent in value to about $1080). talis, -c, adj. [pron. st. to-, thaiJ ; cf . qualis], of tha« kind, of such a kind, such. tarn, adv., so; non tarn, ^ot so, :sot so much. tamen, adv., nevemiKless, yet, still, however, notwithstanding. tametsI,conj. [tamen, n^verrHE- less; etsi, although], alTiiough. tandem, adv., at length; (in exclam.) j^my- tantulus, -a, -um, adj. [dim. fr. tanto- (st. of tantus), so great], so small, so slight. tantummodo, adv. [tantum, so much, so far, u. ace. of tantus ; modo, only], only, merely. tantus, -a, -um, adj. [pron. st. to-, THA^;.cf. quantiis], so f/rea^, so much, so strong a, so important, such {= so great) ; so foul, so heinous, of such enormity; qnan- tus . . . tantus, now much . . . so much, and so as much ... as; quanto . . . tanto, by irow much . . . by so much, the . . . the; est tanti, it is worth while. tardo, -are, -avT, -atus [tardo- (st. of tardus), slovj], make slow, retard, delay, hinder. tardus, -a, -um, adj., sloio, tardy. Tasgetius, -ii, M., Tasgetius (chief of the Carnutes in the time of Caesar). taurus, -T, M. [for *staurus; cognate w. English steer], b^dl. Taurus, -I, M., Taurus (moun- tain range in Asia Minor). tectum, -T, x. [n. perf. part, of tego, cover], roof; divelling. tego, -ere, texi, tectus [v'teg-, cover ; cognate w. English TiiATcn and deck], cover. telum, -1, ^., javelin; weapon. temerarius, -a, -um, adj. [fr. st.contained in adv. temere, rash- ly], headstrong, rash, indiscreet. tempero, -are, -avi, -atus [conn, w. tempus, QXt.) portion], appor- tion duly; (conduct one's self with due proportion, and so) re- frain, abstain; (w. dat.) restrain. tempestas, -atis, f. [conn. w. tempus, time], time; weather; storm. templum, -T, N. [prob. for *te- mulum, dim. f r. Vtem-, cut, through lost subst], (orig. a space marked off by the augur's wand and con- secrated, and so) a consecrated place; temple. tenipiis tra-icio 303 tempiis, -oris, n. [v'tcm-, cut], (lit., a section ov portion, and so) a period of time , season, time. tendo, -ere, tetendi, teiisiis or tentus [vtcn-, stretch], stretch, stretch out, extend. tenebrac, -arum, r., darkness. teneo, -ere, -ui [v'ten-, stretch], holdfast, hold, keep; occupy; de- tain ; (with quoininus) restrain, prevent; (culpa) teneri, to be controlled by, to be under the do- minion of, to be subject to, to be chargeable with; enchain, hold spell-bound, paralyze; (of wind) adversum tenere, to bloic in the face of tent5 or teinpto, -are, -avT, -iitus [intens. fr. tento- (st. of perf. part, of tendo, stretch)], at- tempt, try to effect, test. tenus, prep. w. abl. (follows its word) [\'ten-, stretch], as far as. terguin, -T, x. , back. terni, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. [tri- (st. of tres) three], three and THREE, in groups of three, THREE /row* eac^, three apiece, three each. terra, -ae, f. [for *tersa, fr. v'tors-, be dry ; conn. w. Lat. tor- reo, parcli, and cognate w. English THIRST], dry land, land, earth, ground; terra, by land, on land; land, ctmntry ; in pi., the earth (as made up of various lands). terreo, -ere, -uT, -itus [for ♦ter- seo, v'ters-, tremble], frighten, ter- fify, alarm. terribllis, -e, adj. [conn. w. terreo, frighten], frightful, terri- ble. terror, -oris, M. [for ♦terser, fr. Vters-, tremble], fright, alarm, terror. tertiuH, -a, -lun, ord. num. adj. [conn. w. tres, three], third. testamcntiitn, -T, n. [testa- (st. of testor), bear rnitness], (wliat^ is acknowledged beforcwltnesses,' and so) imll. testis, -is, c, witness. theatrum, -i, n. [borrowed from the Greek], theatre. Thebae, -arum, f., Thebes (most important city of Boeotia). Thrasybulus, -I, M., Thrasy- bulus (distinguished Athcuiau general; freed Athens from the yoke of tlic thirty tyrants 403 n.c.). Thuys, Thuynis, m., Thuya (prince in Paphl.agonia). Tiguriuus pagiis, -T, 'si., Tigu- rine district (one of tlie fonr divi- sions of the Helvetian country; its inhabitants were called Tigu- rlnl). timeo, -ere, -uT, fear. timor, -oris, m. [v'tim-, choke, be breathless; conn. w. timeo], fear, alarm; cowardice. Titiirius, -il, M., Quintus Titu- rius Sabinus (one of Caesar's lieutenants in tlie Gallic war). . Titus, -1, M., Titus (Roman prae- nomen or first name). tolero, -are, -avi, -atus [conn, w. toUo (v/tol-), rai.'te], su.Htain. toUo, -ere, (sustulT), (subla- tus) [v'tol-, lift, raise; perf and perf part, borrowed from sus- tollo], raise; remove, take away, break off; put an end to. Tolosa, -ae, f., Tolosa (mod. Toulouse, city in the Roman province of Gaul). tornientuiii, -i, N. [v'tor(qu)-, twist, hurl], (means of hurling, and so) engine for hurling mis- siles ; instrument of torture; tor- ture. totus, -a, -um, adj., whole, all, entire, complete, throughout. tra-d6,-ere,-didT,-ditus[trri(ns), over ; do, give] , surrender, deliver ; intrust, impart. tra-duco, -ere, -duxT, -ductus [tra(ns), arross ; duco, lead],lead, convey or conduct across. tragoedia, -ae, f. [borrowed from the Greek], tragedy. traho, -ere, traxT, tractus, draw, drag. tra-icl6(pronounced : trajiclo) 304 tranquillus turba -ere, -jeci, -jectus[tra(ns), across; jacio, throw'], throw across, convey over. tranquillus, -a, -um, adj., tran- quil, iindisturhed. trans, prep. w. ace, across. trans-eo, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itus [trans, across ; eo, go], go over or across, cross, pass over, pass ; re- move, migrate. trans-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus [trans, over, across; fero,BEAR], Buing over, transfer, transplant. trans-figo, -ere, -fixi, -fixus [trans, TURough ; figo, fix, thrust], pierce. trans-porto, -are, -avi, -atus [trans, across; port5, convey], transport. transversus, -a, -um [perf. part, of trans ver to, turn across], trans- verse, cross. trecenti, -ae, -a, num. adj. [tri- (st. of tres), three; st. of centum, HUNDJ'ecZ], THREE HUNDredf. trepido, -are, -avI, -atus [trepi- do- (st. of trepidus), restless, alarmed], be in a state of trepida- tion or alarm. tres, tria, num. adj., three. Treveri, -orum, m., the Treveri (tribe in Belgic Gaul in the lower valley of the Moselle). tribunus, -T, M. [tribu- (st. of tribus), tribe], (orig., head of a tribe) tribune; tribunus militum, military tribune (there were six tribunes attached to each legion, and they commanded in turn, each two months at a time ; they seldom led troops in battle, but were employed for the most part in routine administrative duties). tribuo, -ere, -ul, -utus [tribu- (st. of tribus), tribe], (orig., as- sign to a tribe, and so) assign, ascribe, avjard, allot, bestow, give, contribute, confer, render. tributum, -T, n. [n. perf. part, of tribuo, contribute, used subst.], tribute, tribute money. • triduum, -i, n. [tri-, conn. w. tres, three; -duum, conn. w. dies, day], space o/ three days. triginta, indecl. num. adj. [trI-, conn. w. tres, three; -gin- repre- sents (de)cem, ten], thirty. trini, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj, used with substs. pi. in form, but sing, in meaning [conn. w. tres, three], three. tri-plex, -icis, adj. [tri- (st. of tres), three; Vplec-, fol^], threefolc?, tnple. tristiculus, -a, -um, adj. [dim. fr. tristi- (St. of tristis), sorrow- ful], somewhat sorrowful. tristis, -e, sad, gloomy. tristitia, -ae, f. [tristi- (st. of tristis), sad], sadness. triumphus, -i, M., triumph. to, tuT, pers. pron., thou, you. tuba, -ae, f., a straight trum- pet; see Fig. 10. Fig. 10. Tuba, from the arch of Titus. Tubero, -onis, m., Lucius Tu- bero (one of Pompey's lieuten- ants). Tulingi, -orum, M., the Tulingi (German tribe on the Rhine, north of the Helvetii). TuUius, -ii, M., Marcus Tullius Cicero (the famous Roman ora- tor). TuUus, -1, M., Lucius Vocatius Tullus (consul QQ B.C.). turn, adv., at tha* time, then; turn cum, at the time when, at THE moment when. tumulus, -T, M. [dim. fr. Vtu-, swell (through *tumus)], (orig., a little swelling, and so) rising ground, earth-mound ; pile, heap. tumultus, -lis, M. [tumulo- (st. of tumulus), swelling], tumult (especially used of an outbreak in Italy or Gaul). turba, -ae, f. [conn. w. turma, throng], uproar ; crowd, multitude. turbidus liter 305 mob; turba et conluvio, vile rabble. turbidus, -a, -um, adj. [turba- (st. of turba), uproar'], disturbed ; troubled, dangerous. turina, -ae, f. [conn. w. turba, uproar], throng ; squadron. turpis, -e, adj., base, disgrace- ful, unbecoming, indecorous. turris, -is, f., totver, turret. tatus; -a, -um [p. a. of tueor, protect], (protected, and so) safe, secure. tuus, -a, -um, poss. pron. [conn. w. tu, thou], thy, your; tua re- fert, it concerns you, it is of im- portance to you. tyrannus, -T, M. [borrowed from the Greek], tyrant. U. ubi, adv. [= *cubi = ♦quobi, loc. fm. of pron. st. quo-], 1. (of place) WHEre; wuiirever. 2. (of time) whem; ubi primum, as soon as. Ubii, -oruni, m., the Ubii (a Ger- man people on the right bank of the Rhine). ubivis, adv. [ubT, wiiEre; vis (void), you will], wiiEre you WILL, in any place yfUAtever. ullus, -a, -um, adj. (used where a negative is expressed or im- plied) [dim. fr. iino- (st. of Onus), one], (least one, and so) ANy at all, Asy ; subst., an?/ one. ulterior, -ius, adj. [comp. of ♦ultcr, on the farther side], farther. Superl. , Gltimus, -a, -um, farthest^ remotest. ultimus, -a, -um, supcrL of ulterior, (j. v. ultra, adv. and prep. w. ace. [abl. fein. of *rilter, on the farther ifide], beyond. ultro, adv. [case fm. of *ulter, /* the farther side, used atlv,], to 'he farther side, beyond ; without rging, of one's own motion, volun- lurily, spontaneously. Umbrenusy -I, M., Umbrenus (freedman implicated in Cati- line's conspiracy G3 n.c). umerus, -i, m., shoulder. uinquam, see unquam. ' una, adv. [abl. feui. of unus, one], in company, together, in common, at the same time. undevicesiinus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. [undevlginti, one from TWENTY or wineTEEN], nine- TEE^ th. undique, adv., on all sides, from all parts or quarters. uni- versus, -a, -um, adj. [uno- (st. of iinus), one; versus, perf. part, of verto, turn], (all com- bined in one, and so) all together, all in A body. uuqnain or umquam, adv. (generally used where a neg. is expressed or implied; cf. quis- quam), ever, at any time. Gnus, -a, -um, num. adj., one; A single, a; the same; alO'SE, onZ?/, sole. In pi., (usu.) «Zone; (with substs. pi. in form, but sing, in sense) one. urbanus, -a, -um, adj. [urbi- (st. of urbs), city], belonging to the city, in the city. urbs, -is, F., city, town. urus, -T, M., the ure-ox. usura, -ae, f. [base ut- (in utor) use], use, enjoyment. Gsus, -us, u. [base ut- (in utor), use], use; advantage; experience, skill, acquaintance; service; occa- sion, need, necessity; ex usu, ex- pedient, advantageous ; ex usO, w. gen., /or the advantage. ut or uti, adv. and conj., now; as, in proportion as; ut . . . sio, as . . . so, although . . . yet; (w. perf. Indie.) as soon as, wifeu; (in final clauses) in order that, that; (after verbs of fearing) that not; (In clauses of result) so that, that. ut<»r, utra, utriim, intcrrog. and indef. rel. pron. [ - *cut('r r= *quo- ter, coujp. f in. of pron. st. (juo- ; cf. English wiio and whetheu], 306 uterque vero 1. interrog. v,iiich (of two). 2. inclef. rel., ^,yuichever (of two). uterque, utraque, utrumque, iudef. prou. [uter; cf. quisque from quis], each of two, both. Utica, -ae, f., Utica (city in uortheni Africa, north of Car- thage). utilis, -e, adj. [base ut- (in utor), use'], useful. atilitas, -atis, f. [utili- (st. of fitills), useful], usefulness, service- ahleiiess, utility. utinam, adv. [uti (w. vowel sliortened) , now; nam, pray], that! would that! utor, -1, usus, use, make use of, emjjloy; enjoy. utrum, adv. [n. ace. of uter, WHIC^, Oftico], W^HETHER. uxor, -oris, f., wife. V. yacatio, -onis, f. [vaca- (st. of vaco), be free], (being free, and so) exemption. vaco, -are, -avi, -atum, be empty ; be free from; (of lands) lie un- occupied. vacuus, -a, -um, adj. [base vac- (in vaco), be empty], vacant, empty. valeo, -ere, -nl, (fut. part.) vali- turus, be strong (physically), be well; have power, be able; (in leave-takiug) farewell; minus valere, not to be strong enough, to be too weak. Valerius, see Procillus. • vallum, -T, N. [neut. of vallus, stake, used in collective sense], (collection of stakes, and so) wall, rampart (of earth sur- mounted by a palisading of sharpened stakes). vanitas, -atis, f. [vano- (st. of vanus), empty], emptiness; van- ity. _ Varus, -T, M., Publius Attius Varus (praetor in Africa and ad- herent of Pompey). vasto, -are, -avi, -atus [vasto- (st. of vastus), unoccupied, waste], lay waste. vectigal, -alls, x. [neut. of vectl- galis (w. final -e lost)], (payment for carriage, and so) tax; revenue. vectigalis, -e, adj. [conn. w. veho, carry], pertaining to pay- ment for carriage, pertaining to taxes or tribute ; subject to tribute, tnbutary. vehementer, adv. [vehemeut- (st. of vehemens), violent, vehe- ment], violently, impetuously; strongly, powerfully, greatly, ex- ceedingly, severely. vel, conj. [prob. imperat. of volo, wish, choose], (take your choice, aud so) or, or if you please ; xel . . . vel, either . . . or. velociter, adv. [veloci- (st. of velox), swift], swiftly, quickly. velox, -ocis, adj., swift. venatio, -onis, f. [vena- (st. of venor), hunt], hunting. ven-do, -ere, -did!, -ditus (ven- eo, -Ire, -ivi or -ii, -Itiim, is used as the pass.) [venum (ace. of place to which), s«?e; i\6, put], (expose for sale, aud so) sell. Veneti, -orum, m., the Veneti (tribe in Celtic Gaul on the coast). venio, -Tre, venT, ventura [v'ven-, come], come; in spem venire, to cherish or entertain hope. ventus, -1, M., WIND. verbum, -i, x. [v'ver-, speak], WORD ; in pi., WORDS, expressions. Vereingetorix, -igis, m., Vercin- getorix (prominei)t leader of the Gauls in the time of Caesar). vere, adv. [abl. fm. of verus, true], truly, rightly. vereor, -eii, -itus [v'ver-, be WAny (through presumed adj.)], fear. vergo, -ere, incline, slope, verge. vergobretus, -i, M., vergobretus, vergobret (title of the chief magis- trate of the Aedui). Veritas, -fitis, f. [vero- (st. of verus), true], truth. A^ero, adv. [n. abl. of verus, true], in truth, indeed, verily, pray ; but. versor vinco 307 versor, -iirl, -atus [inteus., fr. verso- (st. of perf. part, of verto, tunt)^, busy one's self, occupy one's self, enyaije ; versari in, to be en- compassed by, to expose one's self to. versus, -lis, M. [wort-, turn'], (lit., a turning [of the plow], and si>) furroic ; verse. verto, -ere, -tl, -sus, turn. verum, adv. [n. ace. of verus, true'], (but in truth, and so) but; verum etiain, but also. verus, -a, -um, adj., true ; subst., verum, -T, x., the truth. veseor, -T, take food, eat, subsist. Vesoiitio, -ouis, m., Vesontio (mod. Besan^on, chief town of the Sequani in Celtic Gaul). vesper, -eri and -eris,M., evening. vester, -tra, -trum, poss. prou. [vos, you], your (pi.). vestigium, -il, x. [conn. w. ve- st igo, track, trace], footstep, track; place, spot ; in vestfgio, on the spot, forthwith. vestio, -Ire, -TvT or -il, -Ttus [vesti- (St. of vestis), clothing], clothe. vestitus, -us, M. [vesti- (st. of vestio), clothe], clothing. vetus, -eris, adj., old; of long standing ; veteran ; for- mer. vexillum, -T, N., red flag hoi.tted on the gen- eral's tent as a signal for battle; sec Fig. 11, via, -ae, f. [Vveh-, move, carry; couu. w. veho, carry], way, highWAY, road, street ; journey, inarch ; distance ; method, WAY. ^8' 11- viator, -oris, m. [vlfir Vs*"'"""- (st. of vio), travel], traveller. VibulIiuB, sec Kufus. viceni, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. fconn. w. viginti, twenty], I WKXTY rarh, TWKNTY. vieesimuB, -a, -urn, ord. num. a4j. [Viglntl, TWENTY], twknti- e eth ; vicesimus sextus, twenty- sixth. victima, -ae, F. [Vvig-, be strong, w. superl. suft*. (the finest animals being selected for sacrifice)], victim for saciijice, sacrifice. victor, -oris, m. [VvIc-, conquer], victor ; used adj., victorious. victoria, -ao, f. [victor- (st. of victoi), victor], victory. victiis, -a, -uin [perf. part, of vinco, vanquish], vanquishcD; subst. victi, -oruin, m., the van- quishcD. victus, -us, M. [Vvigu-, live]., (living, and so) sustenance, food, maintenance ; cousuetudo vic- tus, manner of living, mode of life. vicus, -T, M. [Vvic-, settle; of. the ending -wick in English geo- graphical names; as, WarwiCK, BerwiCK], villngc. . video, -ere, vTdT, vTsus [Vvid-, see (through presumed adj. st.)], see. In pass., be seen ; seem ; seein good. vigeo, -ere [v'vig-, be strong (through presumed adj. st.) ; conn. w. vigil, rtWAKE], be vigor- ous, thrive, be in f tree. vigilia, -ae, f. [vigili- (st. of vigil), a wake], ^s \KVfulness ; WATCH (the Komans divided the night, i.e. the interval from sun- set to sunrise, into four equal parts called watches; hence the watch, lilgianvn, demitto.^ Casticus, Casticns, -7, m. catch, — sight of, conspicio.^ Catiline, CatHma, -ae, u. Cato, Cato, -onis, m. Caturiges, Caturiges, -um, m. cattle, pecus, -oris, x. cause, 1. subst., causa, -ae, f. 2. \h.,facio^; efficio.^ cavalry, 1. subst,, equitdtus, -us, M. ; equites, -um, m. (pi. of eques, horseman). 2. adj., equester, -tris, -trc, adj. cease, desisto ^ ; finem^facio.^ Celts (Kelts), Celtae, -drum, >r. centurion, centurio, -onis, m. Ceraunus, Ceraunus, -I, m. certain, a — , a — man, quidam, quaedam, quoddam and (subst.) quiddam. Cethegus, Cethegus, -1, m. change, — the direction of, converto.^ chariot-man (i.e. one who fights from a chariot), esseddrius, -ii, M. charioteer, auriga, -ae, M. cheap, vilis, -e, adj. cheese, cdseus, -i, m. cherish, — the memory of, memini, def . ; — hatred, ocZl, def. chief, 1. subst., prtnceps, -ipis, M. 2. adj., mdximus, -a, -um, adj. (supcrl. of mdgnus). chiefly, plerumque, adv. child, puer, -eri, m. children (in general) puerl, -drum, M.; (with reference to their parents) llberi, -drum, m. choose, — rather, mdlo. Cicero, Cicero, -onis, M. Clmbri, Cimbri, -drum, M. Cimon, Clmdn, -dnis, m. Cingetorlx, Cingetorix, -igis, M. circuit, circuitus, -us, M. 314 circuitous consume circuitous, by a — patli, f)i vircuitu. citizen, civis, -is, c. city, urhs, -is, v. ; in the — (= belonging to the city), urhdnus, -a, -urn, adj. civil, civilis, -e, adj. claim, have a — , oportet,^ im- pers. (w. ace. and infin.) ; lay — to, repeto.^ class, genus, -eris, n. Claudius, Claudius, -ii, m. clear, (= make vacant) vacue- facio^ ,' make — , exp)ldnd^ ; it is altogether — , satis constat, im- pers. climb, adscendo.^ Clodia, Clodia, -ae, r. close, at — quarters, commi- nus, adv. clothe, vestio.^ clothing, vestitus, -us, m. coast, ora, -ae, r. ; sea — , ora maHtima. cohort, coTiors, -tis, r. collect, co^o^; conligo^ ; com- paro} come, venio^ ; (== arrive) per- venio* ; — upon, occurro^ (w. dat.) ; — out, egredior^ ; — back, redeo^ ; to — oiff, se inde redpere ; to — up to, accedere ad (w. ace.) ; to — up withf venire ad (w. ace). command, 1. subst., mandd- tum, -I, N. ; (military) imperimn, -II, N. 2. vb., impero'^ ; be in — of, praesum (w. dat.) ; place in — of, praeficio^ (w. ace. pers. and dat. th.). commander, imperdtor, -oris, m. commend, {= praise) laudo.^ commit, (of an injury) facio^; (of crime) admitto'^ ; (= intrust) : permitto^ (w. ace. and dat.) ; com- mendfA (w. ace. and dat.). common, communis, -e, adj. commonwealth, res puhlica, rei puhlicae, v. community, civitds, -dtis, f. company, concilium, -ii, n. compare, comparo'^ (w. ace, and dat. or cum w. abl.). compassion, have — on, mi- sereor'^ (w. gen.). compel, cogo.^ comrade, comes, -itis, c. concerns, it — , interest, impers. concerning, de, prep. w. abl. condemn, damno^ (w. gen. of charge or penalty) ; condemno i (w. gen. of charge or penalty) ; 7nuUo 1 (w. ace. and abl.) ; to — to death, capitis damndre. condition, (= thing) res, ¥. conduct, (= manage) gero^ ; — across, trdduco.^ confer, ago.^ conference, conloquium, -ii, n. ; have a — , conloquor.^ confidence, Jides, -el {-ei, -e), f. confident, — expectation, ft- ducia, -ae, r. confines, fines, -ium, m. (pi. of finis) . conflagration, incendium, -ii, n^ confusion, tumultus, -us, m. conquer, vinco.^ conqueror, come off — , supje- rior discedo.^ conscious, conscius, -a, -um, adj. (w. gen, th. ; w. or without dat. pers.). conscript, conscriptus, -a,-um, p. a. consent, withhold — (= [be] unwilling), invitus, -a, -um, adj. consider, (= hold, regard) haheo^ (w. two aces, in act.) ; (= ponder) reputo.^ consign, mando ^ (w. ace. and dat.). consist, — in, sum (w. in antl abl.). conspiracy, conjUrdtio, -bnis, v. conspire, consentio.^ constitution, jUs, juris, n. constrain, cogo.^ consul, consul, -is, m. consulship, in the — of, consul (abl. abs. w. name of pers.). consult, consulo ^ (w. ace.) ; — for, — the interests of, con- sulo'^ (w. dat.). consume (by lire), cremo.^ contempt deliberate 315 contempt, contemptus, -us, m. contend, contendo^ (w. cum and abl.) ; certo^ (w. cum and e:sicel, praesto^ (w.dat.); supero^ (w. ace.) ; praecedo^ (av. ace). except, praeter, adv. and prep. w. ace. ; (= unless) nisi, conj. excessive, nimius, -a, -um, adj. exchange, to — , inter se dare. exclaim, concldmo.^ exculpate, purgo.^ execute, administro.^ exercise, (= apply; ./(l/n'hcn- ; — partiality, studeo- exhort, cohortor.^ ^ exile, exsilium, -u, n. expectation, opinio, -onis, f. ; confident — , fiducia, -ae, f. oxpol flee 319 expel, fxpdlo^ ; (= drive) •pello^ ; {= cast out) eicio.^ expense, snmptus, -us, m. experienee, 1. siibst., nsiis, -us, M. ; bitter — , acerbitds, -dtis, v. 2. vb. {= receive) accipio.^ experienced, peritus, -a, -um, p. a. (w. gen.). explain, (— set forth) expand.^ explanation, say by way of — , exph'ind.^ expression, vox, rods, f. extend, 1. intr., exeo*; (= lie open) pated^ ; (= look) specto.^ 2. tr. (= construct) perduco.^ extensive, Idtus, -a, -um, adj. extreme, extremus, -a, -um, adj. (superl.). eye, oculus, -1, m. eyes, in my — , miht (dat. ref.). Fabins, Fahins, -u, m. face, in the — of, contra , prep. w. ace. fact, (= thing) res, gen. ret (rn, re), f. ; in point of — , re (abl. of res). Faesulae, Faesulae, -drum, F. fail, 1. intr., desum. 2. tr. and intr., deficio.* 3. tr., desero.^ faint-heart«d = of feeble cour- age; sec feeble and courage. faithful, /7r?w», -a, um, adj. fall, (of javelins) arrido'* ; (= fall together, fall with a crash) corruo ; — upon, (— chance up- on) incido^ (w. in and ace). family, (= stock, race) genus, •eris, N. famoas, (= that) ille, ilia, illud, demonstr. pron. fancy, arbitror.^ FannluH, Fannius, -ii, m. far, lonf/e, adv. ; by — , lonye, adv. ; too — , lomjius, adv. (comp. of longe). farm, redimo.^ 'farther, ulterior, -ius, adj. fast, make — , di'stino.^ father, pater, -tris, M. ; (jenitor, -oris, M. I father-in-law, socer, -eri, m. fault, culpa, -ae, f. favor, /« wo 2 (w. dat.). favorable, (= good) bonus, -a, ■um, adj. ; — disposition, volun- tas, -dtis, F. favorableness, opportunitds, -dtis, V. favorably, — disposed, ami- cus, -a, -um, adj. fear, 1. subst., metus, -us, m. ; timor, -oris, yf. 2. vb., timeo'^ ; metuo^; vereor'^ ; paralyze Aith — , perten'eo.^ fearing (pres. part.), veritus, ■a, -tim (perf . part, of vereor) . feeble, Injirmus, -a, -um, adj. fellow, — citizen, dvis, -is, c. fertile, /cmo:, -dcis, adj. few, paucl, -ae, -a, adj. ; a — Avords, pauca, -drum, N. field, ager, -gri, m. fifteen, quindecim, indecl. num. adj. fifty, quinqudgintd, Indecl. num. adj. fight, 1. subst., pTigna, -ae, f. 2. \h.,pugnd'^; cdnfligd.^ fighting, piigna, -ae, f. ; (= battle) proelium, -ii, n. figure, (= body) corpus, -oris, n. fill, compled^; (= fill ftiU, crowd) refercid.^ find, (by search or inquiry) reperio out, (= trace out) investlgo.* finish, cduficid.^ fir, abics, -etis, f. fire, ignis, -is, m. firmly, become — established, inveterdsco, -ere, -dvi. Arst, Pflmus, -a, -um, adj.; pr'i- mum, adv. ; for the — time, prl- mum, adv. ; at — , prlmd, adv. five, quiiique, indecl. num. adj. ; in groups of — , quini, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. five hundred, qulngentl, -ae, -a, num. adj. fix, (= value, appraise) wsitwio.* flattery, adsentdtid, -dnis, v. Hec,fugid^; (— flee forth) pro- 320 fleet friendly fugid^ ; (= flee back) refugio^ ; to — for refuge, se recipere. fleet, cldssis, -is, r. flight, fuga, -ae, F. float, ratis, -is, f. flock, concurro.^ flow, (= flow into) influo ^ (w. in and ace.)- follow, sequor^; (= follow close upon) insequor^ (w. ace.)- following, *posterus, -era,, ■erum, adj. ; (= that about to be meiftioned) ille, ilia, illud, de- moustr. pron. ; (= of this sort) hujiisce modi. ifolloAvs, as — , h'lc, haec, hoc, demonstr. pron.; sic, adv.; sub- stantially as — , hujusce modi. folly, (= infatuation, madness) dementia, -ae, f. ; (= absence of reason) amentia, -ae, f. ; insane — , furor, -oris, m. fond, — of, studiosus, -a, -um, adj. (w. gen.) ; (— desirous of) cupidus, -a, -um., adj. (w. gen.). food, cibus, -I, M. foot, pes, pedis, m. foot-soldier, pedes, -itis, m. for, nam, conj. (begins the sen- tence or clause) ; enim, conj. (follows the first word or closely associated words) ; (= from) de, prep. w. abl. : as, qua de causa, for w^hat reason ; (= in behalf of) pro, prep. w. abl. : (= to- wards) ergd, prep. w. ace. ; (= dur- ing) sign of ace. of duration of time; (= concerning) de, prep. w. abl.; (= into) iw,- prep. w. ace. : as, to depart for, projicisci in; (expressing purpose) ad, prep. w. ace. (of gerund or gerun- dive) ; (expressing adaptation w. idoneus) ad, prep. w. ace, also dat. ; (= on account of) oh, prep. w. ace. forage, frumentor?- force, (— strength, violence) VIS, VIS, F. ; (= armed force, baud) manus, -Us, f. ; (= a multi- tude) muUitudo, -inis, f. ; to en- deavor to — , per vim tentdre. forced, (= the greatest possi- ble) quam mdximus, -a, -um, adj. forces, copiae, -drum, f., foremost, princeps, -ipis, adj. ; — man, princeps, -ipis, m. ; — place, prlncipdtus, -us, m. ; to be — , plurimum valere. foresee, praevideo.^ foreshadow, cano, -ere, cecini. forest, silva, -ae, f. forever, perpetud, adv. forget, obllviscor^ (w. gen., or [w. neut. pron.] ace). form, facio'^; (of a design) capio ^; to — (= to collect them- selves), se conligere. former, vetus, -eris, adj.; the — , ille, ilia, illud, demonstr. pron. forsake, (= withdraw from) discedo ^ (w. ab and abl.) ; (= lay aside) depono.^ forth, set — ,propdnd.^ fortify, munio.^ fortunate, fortundtus, -a, -um, p. a. fortune, fortuna, -ae, f. forty, quadrdgintd, indecl. num. adj. forw^ard, go — , exeo^ ; move — , promoveo.'^ founded, — in right, jws^ws, -a, -um, adj. four, quattuor, indecl. num. adj.; — each, quaterni, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. fourteenth, quartus decimus, -a, -um or decimus et quartus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. fourth, quartus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. fraught, — with danger, peri- culosus, -a, -um, adj. free, liber, -era, -erum, adj. ; — from, vacuus, -a, -um (w. ab or d and abl.); — from suspicion, purgdtus, -a, -um, p. a. ; — town, municipium,-!!,!^.', vb., llbero.^ freedom, llbertds, -dtis, f. frequent, creber, -bra, -brum, adj. friend, amicus, -i, m. friendly, amicus, -a, -um, adj. friendship srrouncl 321 friendship, amlcitia, -ae, f ; (= favor) gratia, -ae, f. from, de, prep. w. abl. ; (= away from) ah (before vowels aud some consonants), a (before consonants only), abs (sometimes before te), prep. w. abl. ; (= out of) ex, e, prep. w. abl. ; (after verbs of hindering) quominus, ne, (also, when there is a ueg. expressed or implied w. the vb.) quln{\y. subj.). front, in — of, pro, prep. w. abl. frost, fngus, -oris, n. fruit, fructus, -us, m. full, plenus, -a, -urn, adj. (w. gen.) ; — of courage, animosus, -a, -urn, adj. Furius, Furius, -u, M. furnislied, — with saddles, ephippidtus, -a, -urn, adj. further, (= furthermore) au- tern, con}, (placed not at the be- ginning of the sentence, but after one or more words) ; (= oftener, more) saepius, adv. future, futurus, -a, -um, p. a. ; the — ,futura, -drum, n. ; at some — time, aliquando, adv. Gabinius, Gahinius, -u, m. ^ain, — access, adeO.* <;aju8, C. (abbr. of Gdjus, Cdl, M.). Cialba, G'alba^ -ae, M. Gallic, Gallicus, -a, -um, adj. game, ferlua caro (Jerinus, -a, -um, of wild animals ; card, carnis, v., flesh). garrison, praesidium, -ii, N. gate, porta, -ae, v. gather, — themselves, con- gregd ' (In pa.ss.). Gaul, (iallia, -ae, v. Gauls, Galfi, -drum, m. ; of the — , Gallicus, -a, -um, a«lj. • gaze, — on, intueor'^ (w. ace). general, communis, -e, adj. ; (= military commander) impcrd- tor, -oris, m. : In — . omnlno, adv. generally, — speaking, ple- rumque, adv. ; it is — under- stood, constat, impers. generosity, benejicium, -u, n. Geneva, Gcndva, -ae, f. ; lake — , lacus Lemannus, -i, m. Germans, Germdni, -drum, m. get, — together, cdnferd. ^ir\, puella, -ae, f. give, dd; (= deliver) trddd^; to — battle, proelium committere. glance, — at, adspicid.^ glorious, praecldrus, -a, -um, adj. glory, gldria, -ae, f. go, ed^ ; {= set o\xV)proficiscor^ ; {= go apart) secedd^; go, — away, abed ■* ; go, — out : exed •* ; egredior'^ ; — away (= go out), exed*; — forward, exed*; — over, trdnsed.* god, deus, -I, M. good, bonus, -a, -um, adj.; — will, gratia, -ae, f. ; it seems — , placet;^ impers. (w. dat.). govern, imperd ^ (w. dat.). gradually, pawZa^iw, adv. grain, (= harvested grain), //•«- mentum, -i, n. ; (= standing grain) frumenta, -drum, n. ; res f rumen- tar ia. grandfather, avus, -I, m. grant, dd. gratifying, grdtus, -a, -um, adj. great, mdgnus, or, -oris, M. institution, Institutmn, -1, n. instruction, (= commission, injunction) munddtum, -7, x. intellect, ingenium, -fi, N. intelligence, receive — of, j cdgndsrd'^ (w. de and abl.). 1 intend, esse in animo (w. dat. I pers.). I intention, it is one's — , alicui est in animo. intercession, at the — of, de- precdtor, -oris, m. (abl. abs.). Intercessor, deprecdtor, -Oris, m. 324 interval learn interval, intervdllum, -i, N.; place at intervals, dispono? intervene, intercedo.'^ intimacy, usus, -us, M. into, in, prep. w. ace. intrust, mando ^ ; trddo.^ inured, — to, patiens, -entis, p. a. (w. gen.). iron-hearted, so — , illeferreus (-rt, -um). issue, to bring to a successful — , bene gerere. itf is, ea, id, pron.; omitted if implied in the ending of the verb or understood from the context. Italy, Italia, -ae, f. its, (referring to the subject) suus, -a, -um, poss. pron. itself, (intens.) ipse, ipsa, ip- sum, demonstr. pron. J. January, of — , Jdnudrius, -a, -um, adj. join, jiingo, -ere, junxi, junctus ; to — hattle, proelitim committere ; depart to — , proficiscor ^ (w. in and ace.). Juba, Juba, -ae, m. judge, judex, -ids, c. judgment, pass — upon, sen- tid^ (w. de and abl.). jugerum, jugerum, -i, N. ; in pL, jugera, -um, n. Jugurtha, Jugurtha, -ae, m. Julian, Julidnns, -a, -um, adj. Jupiter, Juppiter, Jovis, M. Jura, Jura, -ae, m. ^ust, jUstus, -a, -um, adj. K. Kalends, Kalendae, -drum, f. keep, teneo '^ ; (= keep togeth- er, confine) contineo ^ ; — back, tenfo ^ ; — apart, — asunder, distineo ^ ; — one's word, fidem servo y keeping,^des, gen., -'ei {-ei, -e),v. kill, interficio ^ ; (by cutting or striking down) occido.^ kind, (= sort) genus, -eris, n. king, rex, regis, m. kingdom, regnum, -i, N. Kinsmen fCdnsanguinei,-drum,M. knight, eques, -itis, m. know, scio^; (= understand) intellego ^ ; not — : Ignoro ' ; ne- scio^ known, notus, -a, -um, p. a. ; cognitus, -a, -um, p. a. ; make — , ostendo.^ Li. Labienus, Labienus, -i, M. Liacedaemon, Lacedaemon, -onis, F. lack, eged^ (w. gen. or abl.). Laeca, Laeca, -ae, m. lake, lacus, -Us, m. land, ager, -gri, m. ; by — , terra. language, lingua, -ae, f. ; (= phraseology) ordtid, -onis, f. large, mdgnus, -a, -um, adj. ; amplus, -a, -um, adj.; so — , tan- tus, -a, -um, adj. last, (— nearest, as in 'last night') proximus, -a, -um, adj.; (= remotest) extremus, -a,-um, adj. Isisting, perpetuus, -a, -um, adj. latter, hic, haec, hoc, demonstr. pron. lavish, profusus, -a, -um, p. a. law, lex, legis, P. lawful, it is — , licet,^ impers. (w. dat. pers.). lay, — claim to, repeto ^ ; to — down arms, ab armls discedere ; — waste, vasto ^ ; — aside, depo- no ^ ; to — the matter before, referre ad. lead, dmd ^ ; — across, trddu- c5 ^ (may take two aces.) ; — out, Mum 3 ; — away, abduco ^ ; — against, adduco ^ (w. ad and ace). leader, dux, duds, c. ; (= fore- most man) princeps, -ipis, m. league, unite in a sworn — , conjurn.^ learn, disco^ j (~ become ac- quainted with) cognosco^; (= find out by search or inquiry) re- perio*; (by looking at, examin- ing) perspicio? least marching' ^25 least, — of all, mhiime, adv. leave, relinqiio ^ ; — behind, rdinqiu).^ left, sinister, -tra, -trum, adj.; on the — , sinister; be — , siipcr- snm. legion, legio, -onis, f. length, in — , in longitndinem. less, minor, -us, adj.; (adv.) minus. ' lest, ne (w. subj.)- let, — loose, emUto.^ letter, epistula, -ae, f. level, coaequo.^ liberty, one Is at — , licet^ (w. dat. and inf. or ut w. subj.). lie, — prostrate, jaceo.^ lieutenant, legdtus, -i, M. life, vita, -lie, v. ; (with ref. to its several stages, as boyhood, youth, etc.) aetds, -iitis, f.; (= [mauner of] living) rictus, -us, m. light, (subst.) lux, lucis, f.; (adj.) levis, -e; to make — of, parvi pendere (w. ace). lightning, strilce by — , de cae- ir, percutio, -ere, -cuss'i, -cussus. line, (= line of battle) acies, gen. -e and -el, f.; — of march, iter, itineris, x. lip, lahrum, -I, N. list, ratio, -onis, f. listen, audio.* llttlct ptirv us, -a, -um, adj. ; very — , minimus, -a, -um, adj.; miniine, adv. ; a — (= by a little) paulo. live, vlvo.^ living, — creature, animal, dlis, N. long, longus, -a, -um, adj.; (= for a long time) din, adv., longe, adv.; how — , quam diH, adv.; (= how far) quousque, adv.; — st^Oyjnmpndein, adv. longer, {= for a longer time) diHtins, adv., longius, adv. look, (— look at) adspicio * ; — for, exspecto.^ loose, let — , emitto.* lose, dmitto.* loss, detrimentum, -i, n. ; to risk the — of, dmittere. lot, (= fortune) fortuna, -ae, F.; (= condition) condicio, -onis, ¥. love, 1. subst., amor, -oris, m. 2. \h., amo^ ; (= esteem highly) dlligo.^ low, humilis, -e, adj. loAver, inferior, -ius, adj. Lucius, Lucius, -u, M., abbr. L. luxury, hixuria, -ae, v. Lycouiedes, Lycomedes, -is, m. Ijysander, Lysander, -dri, m. M. made, be — , fid. magistracy, magistrdtus, -us,t,\. maiden, virgo, -inis, v. main, — question, sententia, -ae, F. maintain, (of one's rights) ex- sequor^ ; — one's position, cfm- sisto * ; — one's ground, (= withstand) siibsisto^; the fight was maintained, pugndtam est. majority, major pars. make, facio'^; (— render) effi,- cio^; (= choose, elect, appoint) creo ^ ; (of a speech) habeo ^ ; — for, peto^; — out (of a list) conjicio.^ man, (= human being, and so including woman) homo, -inis, c; (= an adult male person; opp. mulier, woman) vir, viri, m.; (= man of noble qualities) vir, viri, M. manage, administro.^ Manilius, Mdnllius, -u, m. maniple, manipulus, A, M. Manlius, Manlius, -ii, m. many, multl, -ae, -a, adj. ; a great — , very — , complures, -a (-ia), gen. -ium, adj.; so — , tot, Indccl. adj.; so — things, ita mult a. Marcellus, Mdrcellus, -I, m. march, 1. subst., iter, itineris, N. ; line of — , iter, itineris, n. 2. vb., iter facio.^ marches, (- frontiers) fines, -ium, M. marching, iter, itineris, N. 326 Marcus more Marcus, Marcus, -i, m., abbr. M. maritime, maritimns, -a, -nm, adj. Mariiis, Manns, -u, m. raiarlf, — out, mel07\^ marriage, to give in — : nup- tum (snp-) dare; conloco^ (w. or Avithout nuptuYfi) . marry, (of the woman) nuho^ ; see also marriage. Marseilles, from — , Massilien- sis, -e, adj. marsh, palus, -udis, r. mass, — meeting, contio, -onis, F. massacre, caedes, -is, f. Massiva, Massiva, -ae, m. master, magister, -tri, m. ; domi- nus, -I, M. match, to be a — for, par (gen. parts) esse; — against, ohi- cio^ (w. ace. and dat.). matter, (= thing) res, gen. rei (m, re), r. matters, it — , interest, refert or refert; (subst.) res, rerum, f. me, to — (= in my estimation), apud me. mean, to — ,sih'i velle^see volo). means, (= resources) facultd- tes, -um, f. (pi.) ; — of defence, reraedium, -il, N. ; by no — , mi- nime, adv. meantime, (of an event ex- tending through the interval) in- tered, adv. ; (of an event occurring w^ithin the interval) irderim, adv. meanwhile, intenm, adv. ; in- tered, adv. See also meantime. measure, (= thing) res, gen. rel (rei, re), f. Medea, Medea, -ae, f. meet, to — , (w. vbs. of motion) ohviara, adv. meeting, mass — , cdntid,-onis,¥. memory, memoria, -ae, f. ; cherish the — of, mernini, def . men, (w. poss. pron.) omitted : as, our — , nostri, -drum, m. merchant, mercdtor, -oris, m. mere, ipse, ipsa, ipsum, de- monstr. pron. merely, solum, adv. messenger, uuntius, -it, m. Messalla, Messdlla, -ae, M. mid, — summer, media aestds (-dtis, ¥.). middle, — of, medius, -a, -um, adj. midst, medius, -a, -um, adj. ; through the — of them, per medios. mile, mille passus ; mille pas- suum. miles, milia (m'lUia) passuum ; milia {so,, passuum) . military, militdris, -e, adj. ; — tribune, tribunus militum. milk, lac, lactis, n. • mind, animus, -i, m. ; ingenium,. -il, N. ; mens, mentis, f. ; (= pur- pose, intention) mens, mentis, f. ; call to — , recordor'^ (usu. w. ace.) ; recall to — , reminiscor, -i (w. gen.; also w. ace). When reminiscor and recordor are dis- tingnished, the former means ' recall to mind,' the latter ' re- flect on' or 'review.' mindful, memor, -oris, adj. (w. gen.). mischief, maleficium, -ii, N. misery, malum, -i, N. misfortune, fortHna, -ae, f. (the misfortune is here implied in the context). miss, desidero} mistakes, make — , pecco ^ ; to make the same — , eadem peccdre. mob, multitudo, -inis, f. mock, eludo, -ere, -si, -sus. mode, consuetudo, -inis, f. ; (= kind) genus, -eris, n. modestly, modeste, adv. moment, (= time) tempus, -oris, N. ; at the — when, turn cum; for the — , jam, adv. moon, luna, -ae, f. Moor, Maurus, -i, m. Moorish, Maurus, -a, -um, adj. morally, — bad, improbus, -a, -um, adj. morals, mores, -um, M. (pi.). more, magis, adv. ; (of quan- 3Iorini Nuiuicliaiis 32T tity; plus, comp. adj. used subst. (w. part, gen.) ; (f requentl)^ w. ex- pressious of number) amplius,a,dy. Morini, Morinl, -drum, M. mortification, dolor, -oris, m. most, — people, plenque, adj. used subst. mother, mater, -tris, f. mound, earth — , tuimtlus, -i, M. mount, mons, montis, M. mountain, mons, montis, M. move, moveo^; forward, promoved ^ ; — deeply, permoveo '^ / to — on, pergere hinc. movement, (= thing) res, gen. rn (rei, re), f. much, mnlttis, -a, -itni, adj. ; very — , plurimus, -a, -um, adj.; (adv. = by much) multo ; how — , qnantus, -a, -nm, adj. multitude, muUitudo., -inis, v. music, musice, -es, f. my, mens, -a, -um, poss. pron.; — own, mens ; it is — pleasure, mih\ placet ; for — part, equidem, adv. myself, oblique case of ego, met, pers. pron. N. name, nomen, -inis, n. named, (= by name) nomine. Nantuates, Nantudtes, -um, M. Naples, Xfilpolis, -is, v. naturally, naturd (abl.). nature, ndtftra, -ae, v. near, ad, prep. w. ace. nearest, proximus, -a, -um, adj. nearly, fere, adv. necessary, o;)Mj*,N,,used as nom. and ace. only (w. dat. pers. and abl. th.). need, opwf, N. (see foregoing word) ; (vb.) indigeo^ (w. gen. or abl.). neglect, negle.go.* neighbors, finitimi, -drttm, M. (adj. used subst.). neighboring, flnitimns, -a, -um, adj.; (= nearest) proximus, -a, ■um, adj. ! neither, neqite, nee, conj. ; — • I party, neutrl, -drum, m. Nero, Nero, -onis, m. Nervii, Xervil, -drum, M. never, nunquam or numquam, adv. nevertheless, tamcn, conj. ne^v, novus, -a, -um, adj. nex.t, proximus, -a, -um, adj. night, nox, noctis, v. night-fall, (= first part of the night) prima nox (gen. noctis, v.). ninth, nonus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. no, 7iullus, -a, -um, adj.; (em- phatic) nemo (used adj.); (= not) non, adv.; — one: nemo (see nemo in Latin-English vo- cabulary) ; uTilhis, -tus (adj. used subst.) ; — one but, nemo nisi; by — means, minime, adv. (superl.). nobility, nobilitds, -dtis, v. noble, nobilis, -e, adj.; subst., nohiUs, -is, M. nor, neque, nee, conj. north, septentno, -dnis, m. north-east, see ' north ' and ' east.' not, non, adv.; haud, adv. (usu. w. adverbs; also w. 8cid)\ (= less) minus, adv. ; (in ques- tions implying an affirmative answer) nonne, interrog. particle; and — , neque, nee, conj. ; that — , not (in final, hortatory, imperat., and optative clauses) ne; that — any, that no (in final and imperat. clauses), ne qui, qua or quae, quod, indef. adj. ; not . . . either . . . or, neque . . . neque. note, animndvortd.^ nothing, nihil or nil, n., def. ; nulla res; — but, nihil nisi. now, nunc, adv. ; j«m, adv. Numantia, Nnmantia, -ae, v. number, numerus, -%, .m. numbers, great — , mdgnae cdpiae (-drum), v.; in great — , frequens, -eniis, adj. numerous, crebcr, -bra, -brum, atlj. Niuoldlaus, Nuniidae, -drum, M. 328 ont O, oh, o, inter j. obedience, yield — , pared, -err, -HI. obey, pared ^ (w. dat.). object', recuso'^ ; to — to, re- rnsdre de (w. abl.). _ ^ ob'ject, res, gcu. re'i (j'ei, re), v. obscurity, ohscuntds, -dtis, v. observe, animadverto.^ obtain, ohtined'^ {\y. ace); (= prepare) comparo'^ ; (= obtain pos- session of) potior * (w. abl. ; also w. gen.) ; — a request, inipetro.^ occur, accido ^ ; fid. Octodurus, Octodurus, -i, M. odds, struggle against — , la- horo.^ Oedipus, Oedipus, -odis or -i,M. of, sign of gen. ; (= about, con- cerning) de, prep. w. abl.; (= from) ab, a, ex, e, de, preps, w. abl. ; out — , ex, e, prep. w. abl. off, to come — , se inde recipere ; to come — conqueror, superior discedere; carry — , ahducd^ ; cut — : excipio^; (from supplies) prohibeo ^ (w. ace. and abl.) ; ward — from, propulso ^ (w. ab, a and abl.); hold — , abstineo.'^ offence, res, gen. ret (m, re), r. offer, — resistance, resisto? office, {= duty, function) mu- nus, -eris, n. often, saepe, adv. oftentimes, saepenumero, adv. old, vetus, -eris, adj. ; — man, senex, senis, m. old age, senectus, -utis, f. on, in, prep. w. abl. ; (desig- nating the point from which) ab, a, ex, e, preps, w, abl. ; (= con- cerning) de, prep. w. abl. ; (= against) in, prep. w. ace. ; (= from this place) hinc, adv.; On! agite (imperat.) ; (in expressions of time) sign of abl. of time. once, quondam, adv. ; at — (== at one time) ilno tempore. one, unus, -a, -wm, num adj. ; (of two) alter, -era, -erum ; (w. substs. pi. in form, but sing, in meaning) uni, -ae, -a (pi. of unus) ; — by — , singull, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. ; this — thing, id unum ,' one . . . another, alius . . . alius ; at one time . . . at another, alias . . . alias. one's self, siii, sib'i, se (sese), reflexive pron. ; devote — , servio * (w. dat.). only, (= altogether, in all) omnlnd, adv.; if — , dum, conj. (w. subj.) ; the — one, unus, -a, -um, num. adj.; not only . . . but also, et . . . et, ndn modo or ndn solum . . . sed etiam or verum etiam ; and not only . . . but also, neque solum . . . sed etiam. onset, impetus, -us, m. open, laxo^ ; to — an engage- ment, proelium committere. openly, aperte, adv. opinion, sententia, -ae., r.; opi- nio, -onis, F. opportune, opportunus, -a, -um, adj. opportunity, occdsid, -dnis, f. ; facultds, -dtis, f. opposed, diversus, -a, -um, adj. or, aut, conj.; either ... or: (when a choice is offered) vel . . . vel ; (when one excludes the other) aut. . .aut; not. . .either . . . or, neque . . . neque. orator, ordtor, -dris, m. order, 1. subst., imperium, -li, N. 2. vb., jubed (w. infin.). 3. conj., in — to: ut (w. subj.); (w. comp.) qud (w. subj.). Orgetorix, Orgetorix, -igis, m. other, alius, -a, -ud, adj. and subst. ; some . . . others, pars . . . alii ; (= the rest of) ceteri, -ae, -a, adj.(usu. pi.) ; with each — , inter se ; some . . . the others, alterl . . . alteri ; others', alienus, -a, -um, adj. ought, debed'^ ; oportet^^ im- pers. (w. ace. and infln. as sub- ject; also w. subj. clause). our, — own, noster, -tra, -trum, poss. pron.; — men, — party, nostri, -drum, m. out Pompey 329 out, — of, ex, -e, prep. w. abl. outcry, vox, vocis. f. outstretch, pando.^ over, see 'go' or 'step.' overcome, — with terror, per- terreo.- overlook, condonb} overwhelm, opprimo.^ owing, — to, propter, prep. w. ace. own, his — , their — , suus, -a, -urn, poss. pron.; our — , noster, -tra, -trum, poss. pron. ; my — , mens, -a, -umy poss. pron. P. pace, j)ass«s, -us, m. pain, dolor, -oris, M. pains, opera, -ae, f. panic, there is a — , trepiddtur. paralyze, — with fear, per- terreo.^ pardon, ignosm? parent, parens, -entis, c. Parmenio, Parmenio, -onis, m. part, pars, partis, f. ; for my — , equidem, adv. ; take — in, in- tersum (w. dat.). partiality, exercise — , studeo.^ party, pars, partis, f.; our — , nostn, -drum, m. pass, effluo, -ere, -x'l; — Judg- ment upon, sentio* (w. de and abl.); — round, circumfero; — through, tr'insed* passage, iter, itineris, N. passion, give way to — , ird- 8Cor.^ passionate, Irdcundus, -a, -um, adj. past, the — , praeterita, -drum, N., p. a. used subst. path, by a circuitous — , in circnUa. patience, patientia, -ae, v. patrimony, res familidris, adj. patriotism, amor patriae. pay, — respects to, salUtO.^ peace, pox, pacts, f. Peluslum, PHusium, -u, N. penalty, />(/ena, -ae, f.; (= fine) fis, litis, F. penetrate, — to, adeo* (w. ad and ace.). penetrating, deer, -cris, -ere, adj. people, populus, -i, m. ; com- mon — , plebs, -is, f. ; most — , pler'ique, M. pi. adj. used subst. perceive, animuni adverto or animadverto^ (vv. ace.) ; perspicio.^ perform, praesto^ (w. ace.). peril, perlculum, -i, x. perilous, perlculosus, -a, -um, adj. period, tempus, -oris, N. permit, patior.^ permitted, it is — , licet,^ im- pers. (w. dat. pers.). pernicious, perniciosus, -a, -um, adj. persevere, — in, cdnjirmd.^ personally, he, they, etc. — , proper form of ipse. persons, these same — , Idem (raasc. pi.), demonstr. pron. persuade, persuaded'^ (w. dat. pers.). Picene, Plcenus, -a, -um, adj. pile, tignum, -i, n. pilot, guherndtor, -oris, M. Piso, Piso, -onis, M. pitcla., pond.* pitiable, miser, -era, -erum, adj. pity, misereor'^ (w. gen.). place, 1. subst, locus, -i, m.; in pi. (usually) loca, -drum, n.; In that — , ilil, adv. ; to some — , ali- quo, adv. ; take — , f'lo. 2. vb., pdnd^ ; conloco.^ plan, consilium, -fi, n. pleasant, grdtus, -a, -um, adj. please, delecto^; (== wish, choose) volo. pleasure, it is one's — , placet^^ inipers. (w. dat. pers.). point, to that — , eo, adv. ; in — of fact, re ; to make a — of, dare operam ut (w. subj.) ; — out, pxpono.^ policy, consilium, -it, N. political, — power, polentia, -ae, V. Pompey, Pompous, Pompel, m. 330 Pontus pnt Pontiis, Pontus, -i, m. poor, pauper, -eris, adj. popular, {■= acceptable) accep- tns, -a, -um, p. a. population, hominum numerus, -i, M. position, (= place) locus, -i, m. ; take — , maintain one's — , con- sisto.^ possess, possideo.^ possession, possessio, -onis, r. ; obtain — of, potior^ (w. abl.; also w. gen.) ; take — of, seize, occupo 1 (w. ace). possible, possibly, (w. superl.) quam, adv. (w. or without proper fill, of j^ossum) ; It is — , (= it is permitted) licet,^ impers. (w. dat. pers.). post, constitud^; be posted, consisto.^ posterity, posteri, -drum, M. (adj. used subst.). poverty, inopia, -ae, f. power, potestds, -dtis, f. powerful, potens, -entis, adj.; to be very — , largiter posse. practice, consuetudo, -inis, f. ; (== training) exercitdtib, -onis, f. praetor, praetor, -oris, m. praise, laudo.^ pray (exclam.), tandem, adv. precautions, take special — , mdgnopere praecaveo {-ere, -cdvi, -cantus). preceding, superior, -ius, adj. corap.; on the — day, pridie, adv. prefer, antepono'^ (w. ace. and dat.) ; (= wish rather) mdlo. preoccupation, cogitdtio, -onis, f. prepare, ^aro.i presence, praesentia, -ae, f. present, x)raesens, -entis, adj. ; the — , praesentia, -iiim, neut. pi. adj. used subst. ; be — , adsum. preserve, conservo} preserved, salvus, -a, -um, adj. press, — earnestly, postulb^ (w. ace. th., and abl. pers. w. ah, a). prevail, — upon, persuaded'^ (w. dat, pers.). prevent, prohibeo.^ price, at the highest possible — , quam plurimb. priestly, — dignity, sacerdo- tium, -u, N. principle, recognized — , jus., juris, N. private, — citizen, privdtiis, -i, M. (p. a. used subst.) ; — re- sources, res familidris. Procillus, Procilhis, -i, m. proclaim, (= declare, pro- nounce) judico.^ produce, fructus, -us, m. progress, be In — , fid. promise, polliceor.'^ proper, it is — , oportet,^ impers. prophetess, prophet, vdtes, -is, c. prospect, spes, gen. spei (B), f. prosperous, /ore?is, -entis, p. a. prostrate, lie — , jaceo.^ protect, munio * ; circummu- nio^; — from, prohibeo^ (w. ab and abl.). protection, praesidium, -ii, n. provide, provided.^ provided, dum, dummodo (w. subj.). province, 2)7'dvincia, -ae, f. provisions, res frumentdria. provocation, without — , in- juria. public, publicus, -a, -um, adj. ; — enemy, hostis, -is, c. pnni&h.f punio.^ punishment, supplicium, -ii, N. ; (= expiation or penalty) poena, -ae, f. pupil, discipulus, -i, m. purificatory, — sacrifice, lu- strum, -I, N. purpose, mens, mentis, f. ; (= wish) voluntas, -dtis, f. ; for the — of, causd (w. gen._ preceding) ; (= thing) res, gen. rei {rei, re), v. pursue, sequor.^ put, — aside, deponb^ ; . — to death, need ^ ; — to flight, In fu- gam conicid.^ quantity remiss 331 Q. quantity, a great — of, inghis, -entls, adj. quarter, (= part, direction) pars, partis, v. quarters, winter — , Mherna, -ontyn, n. ; at close — , comminus, adv. quest, go in — of, peto.^ question, main — , sententia, -ae, F. quickly, celeriter, adv. quiot, be — , quiesco.^ quietly, modesfe, adv. quite, plane, adv. R. race, genua, -eris, n. ; (= peo- ple) populus, -I, M. raid, to make a — on, se eicere (w. in and ace.)- raise, exstruo.^ rampart, vallum, -i, N. rank, ordo, -inis, m. ; (= nobil- ity) nobilitds, -dtis, f. ; of high — , Hohilis, -e, adj. rapidly, strhiue, adv. rate, at any — , crrte, adv. rather, (w. an adj.) sign of com p. ; choose — , mdlo. reach, evddo, -ere, -s'l, -siis (w. in and ace). readily, /act7f?, adv. rear, novissimum agrnen, -inis, N. ; In the — : ab novissimls ; a novissimo agmine. reason, causa, -ae, r. ; for what — , qiu'i de causa. recall, — to mind, reminiscor, •l (w. gen.; also w. ace); (= witlidraw) deduco? recalling, (= mindful of) me- mor, -oris, adj. (w. gen.). receive, accipio^ ; (= take) ca- pio.^ recent, recena^ -entis, adj. nH'klefisly, temere, adv. re<*kle«8iiess, auddeia, -ne, v. recognized, — principle, jm, juriif, N. recollection, animus, A, m. recompense^ remuneror} recount, memoro^; commemo- ro} recourse, have — to, descendo ^ (w. ad and ace.) ; declino'^ (w. ad and ace). recover, to — (intr.), se reci- pere ; (from illness) convalesco, -ere, -ui. redoubt, cnstelhnn, -t, n. reduce, redigd.^ reenforcement, suhsidium, -li, N. reference, make — to, refero (w. ad and ace.). reflect, — on, recorder^ (usu. w. ace). refrain, — from, tempero (w. ah andabl.), refuge, to flee for — , se reci- pare. refuse, recuso ^ ; to — to : recil- sdre quominus or qu'in (w. subj.) ; also recusdre w. infln.; to — to pay, recusdre de (w. abl.). regard, (— consider) Iiabeo'^; (= respect, heed) spectd ^ ; have — for, cdnsulo^ (w. dat). region, regio, -onis, v. regret, paenitet,'^ impers. (w. ace pers. and gen. tli.). reject, rcpudid} release, Hbero^ (w. ace and abl.). relief, subsidium, -ft, s. relieve, (= succor) sublevo ^ (w. ace) ; (= set free) I'lbero.^ remain, maneo^ ; (= stay be- hind) remaned^; (= stay through) pcnnanro^ ; (= be) sum. remaining, reliquus, -a, -um, adj. Keman, Rhnus, -i, M. remarkable, (= great) md- gnus, -a, -um, adj. remember, memini, dof. (w. gen.; also w. ace); memorid teni'o^ remembrance, mntioria, -ae, v. Keml, /ieiin, -orum, M. remind, admoneo'^ (w. ace pers. and gen. th.; also abl. th. w. de). remiss, be — , desum. 832 remotest saddles remotest, — part of, extremus, -a, -um, adj. remove, removed ^ ; (= move to a distance) amoved '^ ; (= do away with, destroy) tollo.^ render, efficio^; {= bring) /ero. renew, renovo} renown, of the highest — , cldrissimus, -a, -um^ adj. reparation, make — , satisfa- cid^ (w. dat.). repel, defendd? repent, paenitet,'^ impers. (w. ace. pers. and gen. th,). reply, tell in — , responded.'^ report, nuntio'^ ; {= divulge) enuntio'^; (= bring back word) renuntio.^ reprobate, improbiis, -a, -um, adj. reputation, opinio, -onis, y. request, obtain a — , impetroA require, egeo'^ (w. gen. or abl.). requisition, make a — for, im- pero'^ (w. ace. and dat.). rescue, eripid.^ resist, resistd.^ resistance, offer — , resistd.^ resolve, cdnstitud.^ resources, opes, -\im, f. ; (= private resources) res familidris. respect, spectd ^ ; ohservd} respects, pay — ■ to, salutd^ respond, responded,''^ rest, the — of, reliquus, -a, 'Um, adj.; the — : reliqui, -drum, masc. adj. used subst. ; cete7% -drum, masc. adj. used subst. ; set at — , compdnd^ ; (vb.) requiescd, -ere, -evi, -etus (adj.). restore, reddd ^ ; restitud.^ restrain, to — one's inclina- tion, sibitemper(lrequi)i(w. subj.). result, the — is, j^f (fid). results, it — , Jit (fid). retain, retined.'^ retard, tardd.^ return, 1. intr., revertd^ ; re- vertor^ ; reded.'^ 2. ir., reddd.^ revenue, vectigal, -dlis, n. review,recor(?ori (usu.w.acc.) ; recdgnosco.^ revile, carpd.^ revolt, — from, desciscd^ (w. ah or a and abl.). reward, praemium^ -n, N. Rhine, lihenus, -i, M. Rhone, Rhodanus, -I, m. riches, divitiae, -drum, r. ridge, jugum, -i, n. right, dexter, -tra, -trum, also -tera, -terum, adj. ripe, mdturus, -a, -um, adj. rise, orior* (w. some fms. of the 3d conjugation). rising, ortus, -us, m. ; — ground, tumulus, -I, M. risk, periculum, -i, n. ; — the loss of, dmittd^ ,' w^ithout — of injury, si7ie fraude. river, Jlumen, -inis, N. road, iter, itineris, n. ; (= the travelled road) via, -ae, r. rob, exspolid ^(vv. ace. and abl.). rock, rupes, -is, f. Roman, lldmdnus, -a, -um, adj. Romans, Rdmdni, -drum, M. Rome, Rdma, -ae, f. room, locus, -i, M. rough, asper, -era, -erum, adj. round, pass — , circumferd. rout, (= drive before one's self) prdpelld, -ere, -pidi, -pulsus; (= throw into confusion) per- turhd.^ route, iter, itineris, n. royal, regius, -a, -um, adj. rugged, asper, -era, -erum, adj. ruinous, pernicidsus, -a, -um, adj. rule, regd.^ rush, make a — , concurfo.^ S. Sabinus, Sahinus, -i, m. _^ sacrifice, 1. subst., supplicia, -drum, N. ; purificatory — , lu- strum, -I, N. 2. vb., (of victims) immold ^ ; (= lose) dmittd.^ sacrificial, — dish, patera, -ae, F. sad, tristis, -e, adj. saddles, furnished w^ith — , ephippidtus, -a, -um, adj. sadly shut 383 sadly, (= sad) tristis, -e, adj. safe, salvns, -a, -urn, adj. safety, salus, -utis, f. sail, iiavigb.^ sailor, nanta, -ae, M. sake, for the — of, cmisd (w. gen. preceding). Sambre, Sabis, -is, M. (ace. -im; abl. -I). same. Idem, eadem, idem, de- monstr. pron.; these — persons, idem (pi. masc.) ; at the — time, simul, adv. Santones, Santones, -urn, m. sate, expleoP- satisfaction, give — , satisfacio ^ (w. dat.). satisfy, expleo.^ savage, barbarus, -a, -um, adj. say, dicd^; says he, inquit (placed after one or more words of a direct quotation) ; — not, nef/o.^ Scipio, Scipio, -bnis, m. sea, mare, -is, n. ; (w. ref. to the surface) aequor, -oris, n.; by — : mari; (adj.) maritimtis, -a, -um. search, quaero.^ season, winter — , bruma, -ae, V. second, secundtis, -a, -um, adj. ; a — time, iterum, adv. secondly, deinde, adv. secret, in — , occulto, adv. secure. make munio * ; strive to — , appeto.^ see, vided^; cernb^ ; (= descry) conspicio*; (= provide or see to) provideo.^ seek, peto ^ ; — after, appet^.^ seem, videor.^ seems, it — good, placet,^ im- pers. S^usiavl, Segusidvl, -orum^ m. seize, (= grasp firmly) compre- Jtendo*; (= takeaway) detraho* (w. ace. th. and dat. pers.); (= take possession of) occupu.^ select, dUiffo^ Sena, Sena, -ae, v. eenate, aendtust -w, u. senator, senator, -oris, m. send, mitto ^ ; — forward, — in advance, praemitto ^ ; — back, remitto ^ ; — for, arcesso.^ separate, divido ^ ; secerno.^ Sequani, Sequani, -Drum, m. Sequanian, Sequan^is, -a, -um, adj. serve, to — as, esse (w. dat.). service, beneficium, -li, n. services, opera, -de, v. serviceable, idoneus, -a, -um, adj. Servius, Servius, -li, m. set, — up, constitud ^ ; — out, projiciscor^ ; — forth, propono^ ; — at rest, compbnb.^ setting, occdsus, -us, m. settle, (of disputes) componb.^ sever, — themselves, pass, of discernb, -ere, -crevi, -cretus. several, cojnpZiirea, -a (-ia),gen. •ium, adj. severe, gravis, -e, adj. severely, graviter, adv.; vehe- menter, adv. shake, concutib, -ere, -ctissi, -cussus. shameless, — course, avMdda, -ae, F. shames, it — , pudet^ (w. ace. pers. and gen. th.). shape, Jigura, -ae, f. shave, rddb, -ere, -st, -sua. she, ea (fern, of is) ; omitted when implied in the context. shed, vinea, -ae, v. shield, scutum, -i, N. ship, ndvis, -is, f. ; — of war, ndvis longa. shipwreck, naufragium, -it, n. shore, (of the sea) I'ltuif, -oris, N. short, hrevis, -e, adj. shortest, proximus, -a, -um, adj. shouting, clamor, -oris, m. show, ostendb ■' ; doceb.'^ shrink, — from, deprecor} shudder, — at, perhorrisco, ■ere, -horru'i. shut, — up, claursus, -a, -um, p. a. 334 sick steadfastness sick, aeger, -gra, -grum, adj. side, latus, -eris, n. ; (= part) pa7's, partis, f. sight, conspectus, -us, m. ; (= eyes) ocull, -drum, m. ; catch — of, conspicid.^ signal, signum, -i, n. Silanus, Sildnus, -i, m. similar, similis, -e, adj. since, quoniam, conj. ; cwm, couj. (w. subj.). single, singuli, -ae, -a, distr, num. adj.; a — , unus, -a, -urn, nnm. adj. site, locus, -I, M. six, sex, indecl. num. adj. sixty, sexdgintd, indecl. num. adj. slcilled, peritus, -a, -um, p. a. (w. gen.). skillful, perttuSf -a, -um, p. a. (w. gen.). skin, pellis, -is, F. slaughter, caedes, -is, f. slave, servus, -i, m. slavery, servitus, -utis, f. slaves, familia, -.ae, f. ; servi- tium, -II, N. (in sing, or pi.). slh,y, occldo? sleep, (= rest) requiesco, -ere, -evi, -etus (adj.). slight, parvus, -a, -um, adj. ; mediocris, -e, adj. sloping, declwis, -e, adj. small, parvus, -a, -um, adj. ; (= low) humilis, -e, adj. smaller, minor, -us, adj. smoke, /zl?»«s, -i, m. so, sic, adv. ; ita, adv. ; tarn, adv. ; and — , itaque, couj. ; so . . . that, sic or ita . . . uti or ut (w. subj.) ; so ... as, tarn . . . quam. soil, ager, -gri, m. soldier, miles, -itis, m. ; com- mon — , miles, -itis, m. ; foot — , pedes, -itis, m. solicit, postulo.^ solicitude, kind — , voluntds, -dtis, f. solitude, sdlitudo, -inis, f. some, aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, indef . adj. pron. ; — one, — thing, aliquis, aliquid, indef. pron.; some (pi.), aliqui, quidam ; some... others, a?u or pars . . . alii; some . . . the others (the whole num- ber being made up of two parties), alterl . . . alterl; to — place, ali- qiio, adv. son, fllius, -11, M. son-in-law, gener, -eri, M. soon, as — as, simul atque, uhi pnmum. sooner, celerius, adv.; mdtH- rius, adv. sorry, I am — , me miseret,^ impers. (w. gen.). sort, of such a — , ejus 7nodi. source, (= head) caput, -itis, n. sovereign, — power, — au- thority, regnum, -I, n. space, spatium, -n, n. spare, 1. vb., parco^ (w. dat.). 2. adj., exiguus, -a, -um. speak, loquor^ ; dlcd.^ speaking, generally — , ple- rumque, adv. special, (= specially) mdgno- pere, adv. speed, celeritds, -dtis, f. speedily, celeriter, adv. speedy, celer, -eris, -ere, adj. spend, — the w^inter. Memo} spirit, animiis, -I, m. spiritless, iners, -ertis, adj. spring, ver, veris, x. Spurius, Spurius, -fi, u., abbr. Sp. squander, profundo, -ere, -fud^, -fusus. stable, firmus, -a, -um. stage, gradus, -Us, m. stand, (= keep erect) sto'^; stand, make a — , consisto^ ; — by, adsum (w. dat.). standards, slgna, -drum, n. state, clvitds, -dtis, f. ; res pU- blica, rel publicae, f. Statilius, Statilius, -il, m. station, constituo^ ; conlocoA stature, statura, -qp, f. ; dimin- utive — , hrevitds, -dtis, v. steadfastness, constantia, -ae, f. stealthily sworn 335 stealthily, furtim, adv. steep, (^ high) altus, -a, -urn, p. a. steer, guherno} step, — over, transgredioi', -I, -gressus (w. ace). stern, puppis, -is, f. still, (= nevertheless) tamen, conj. stimulate, excito.^ stone, saxum, -I, N. stores, copiae, -drum, p. storm, tempestds, -dtis, F. storj^, tabuldtum, -i, N. strange, mirits, -a, -urn, adj.; (= new) 7ioims, -a, -um, adj. stratagem, cdtisilium, -ii, s. strengthen, con'oboro.^ stretch, tendoJ^ strife, (of political parties) studUim, -ii, n. strilte, (by lightning) percutio, -ere, -aissl, -cussus. strive, — to secure, appeto.^ strong, so — a, tantus, -a, -um, adj. struggle, 1. subst., contentio, -onis, F. 2. vb., — against odds, lahoro.^ subject, res, gen. m (rel, re), F. ; (= tributary) stlpetididrius, -rt, •um, adj. submit, servio * (w. dat.) ; — to: potior^; subeo* (w. ace). subsist, vf'scor^ (w. abl.). substantially, (:= almost) fere, adv.; — as follows, hHjusce modi. successful, secAtndus, -a, -um, adj ; bring to a — issue, bene gero.* succession, in — , contiiiuus, -a, -um, adj. successive, continuus, -a, -um, adj. such, talis, -e, adj.; is, ea, id, dcmonstr. pron. ; of — a sort, ejus modi; (= so great) tantus, -a, -um, adj. sudden, rependnus, -a, -um, adj. suddenly, 8ubito, adv.; rqpente, adv. Suebi, Siiehl, -drum, m. Suessiones, Suessiones, -um, m. suflFer, potior.^ sutTerable, ferendus, -a, -um (ger. otfero). sufficient, satis (w. part, gen.) ; — time, spatium, -ii, n. suitable, idonetts, -a, -um, adj. (w. ad and ace, or w. dat; also w. rel. clause containing subj.). Sulla, Sfdla, -ae, m.; of — , Sul- Idnus, -a, -um, adj. sum, summas -ae, f. summer, «es^ds, -dtis, f.; mid — , media aestds. summit, summus, -a, -um, adj. summon, evoco} sun, sol, solis, M. sunrise, ortus sdlis (prtus, -us, M.). sunset, solis occdsus, -Us, m. supplication, in — , supplex, -ids, adj. supplies, commedtus^ -Us, m. supply, copia, -ae, f. support, send to the — of, submitto'^ (w. dat. pers.); come to the — of, subvenio* (w. dat). suppose, (ironical) crMo* ; (= believe) credo^; (= think) existi- nio * ; (= judge) jndico} supremacy, prlncipdtus, -us, m. supreme, — authority, impe- rium, -ii, n. surpass, supo'o.^ surrender, trddo^ ; dedofi surround, circumstoA suspicion, (-- opinion) opinio, -onis, F. ; ground of — , suspicio, -onis, F. ; free from — , purgdtus, -a, -um, p. a. sustain, sustineo^ ; toleroA Swablans, Suebi, -orum, ^f. sway, ihipcrium, -ii, n. swear, juro.^ swift, cehr, -eris, -ere, adj.; velox, -or in, adj. swiftness, celeritds, -dtis, P. sword, gladius^ -il, M.; /e»Tt/w», -I, N. sworn, unit« in a — league, cot^jOrO} 336 take those T. take, capio^ ; (= lead out) educo^ ; — from or away, adimo ^ or eripio'^ (w. ace. th. and dat. pers.). talent, talentum, -i, n. talk, — of, dico.^ Tarquinii, Tarquinu, -drum, m. task, take to — : incuso^ (w. aee.) ; accuso'^ (w. aee.). teach, doceo'^ (w. two aecs.). teacher, magister, -trl, m. ; prae- ceptor, -oris, m. tear, lacrima, -ae, r. tell, — in reply, responded.^ tempest, tempestds, -dtis, f. temple, templum, -i, n. ten, decern, indecl. num. adj.; — each, denl, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj. tenth, decimus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. territory, fines, -ium, M. terror, overcome with — , pei'- terreo.^ Teacri, Teucrl, -drum, m. than, quam. thanks, grdtiae, -drum, r. that, ille, -a, -ud, demonstr. pron.; (weaker than ille) is, ea, id, demonstr. pron.; (= that of yours) iste, -a, -ud, demonstr. pron.; (stronger tlian iste) iste tuus ; (contemptuous) 2S«e, -a, -ud ; — one, ille ; (= who or which) qui, quae, quod, rel. pron. ; (in final clauses) : ut, uti (w. subj.) ; (w. comp.) quo (w. subj.) ; — not, we (w. subj.) ; (in clauses of re- sult) ut, uti (w. subj.); (after ueg. expressions or interrog. ex- pressions implying a ueg.) quin (w. subj.) ; (after verbs of fear- ing) ne (w. subj.); would — , uti- nam (w. opt. subj.); in — the, qui (= cum is) w. subj. the . . . the, quo . . . eo. Thebes, Thebae, -drum, f. their, (referring to the subject) — own, suus, -a, -um, poss. pron. ; (= of them, of these) eorum, edrum (gen. pi. of is) ; omitted when readily understood from the context. them, (pers. pron.) proper fm. of is, ea, id. themselves, (reflex.) sui, sibi, se or sese ; (intens.) ipsi, -ae, -a. then, (of time) turn, adv. ; (= secondly) deinde (pronounced : de'inde), adv. ; (of inference or transition) igitur, conj. (usu. fol- lows the first word of the sent.). thence, ijide, adv. there, iJn, adv. ; (= thither) ed or illo, adv. therefore, qua re ; proinde (pro- nounced : pro'inde), adv. these, pi. of Mc, haec, hoc; (weaker) pi. of is, ea, id; — things, haec ; these . . . those, hi . . . nil. they, (emphatic, = they them- selves), ipsi. thing, res, gen. rel (ret, re), f. ; this one — , id unum. think, puto^; (of a personal opinion) oplnor'^ ; {= reckon, consider) existimo'^ ; (= ponder, reflect on) cogito'^; (— feel, be sensible of) sentio^ ; (= judge) judico'^; (of an official opinion, as of a senator) cmseo.^ third, tertius, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. thirst, sitis, -is, f. thirteenth, (of a month) Tdus, -uum, F. thirty, trigintd, indecl. num. adj. this, hlc, haec, hoc, demonstr. pron. ; (weaker than hlc) is, ea, id, demonstr. pron. ; (j= which) qui, quae, quod, rel. pron. ; — man, hlc ; — one thing, id unum. thither, eo, adv. thoroughly, — inform, — train, edoceo'^ (w. two aces.). those, pi. of ille ; (= those of yours) pi. of iste; (contemptu- ous) pi. of iste; (ant. of rel.) pi. of is ; [those] who, qui ; these . . . those, hi . . . nil. though under 337 though, quamv'is (w. siibj. ) ; licet (w. subj.) ; even — , etiamsi (w. indie, and subj. like si; the indie, is more common). thought, take — for, consulo * (w. dat.). thousand, mllle^ indeel. adj.; also rnHZe(as nom. and aec. sing.), subst. (w. part, gen.) ; in pi., milia or millia, subst. (w. part, gen.). threaten, minitor'^ (w. dat. pers. and abl. or aec. th.). three, tres, tria, num. adj.; (w. substs. pi. in form, but sing, in meaning) tfini, -ae, -a. through, j[;er, prep. w. aec. throughout, totus, -a, -um, adj. throw, (= throw to, as of a javelin) adicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectus; — a-way, emitto^; — away (of on opportunity) dmitto.^ thus, ita, adv. tides, maritiml aestua. Tigurine, rf^wnn2ts,-a,-mn,adj. timber, materia^ -ae, f. time, tempus, -oris, n. ; (= sea- son) tempestds, -dtis, F.; at any — , at some — , aliquando, adv.; at the same — , siniul, adv. ; at that — , tum^ adv.; up to this — , adhiic, adv.; at one time ... at another, alias . . . alids. tithes, decimae, -drum, f. Titurius, Titurius, -li, m. Titus, Titus, -i, m., abbr. T. to, sign of dat,; (w. expres- sions of motion) ad, prep. w. aec; (= into) in, prep. w. ace.; (ex- pressing purpose) ut or (w. comp.) quo w. subj. together, (= in company) una, atlv. ; — with, una cum (w. abl.) ; (= Id succession) continuiis, -a, •um, adj.; come — , convenio* ; get — (tr.), confero; call — , convoco^; to Join — (tr.), inter aejungere. toil, labor, -oris, m. too, (before an adj.) sign of comp.; (= also) etiam; (= exces- sively) nimia, adv. topmost, summus, -a, -um, adj. Torquatus, Torqudtus, -i, M. total, sum — , summa omnium. Toulouse, Tolosa, -ae, f. towards, ergd, prep. w. ace. ; (= into or against) in, prep. w. ace. ; — the setting, sub occdstim. tow^er, turris, -?'.s, f. town, oppidum, -I, n. ; free — , municipium, -il, N.; belonging to the — , oppiddnus, -a, -um, adj. trader, mercdtor, -oris, m. train, exerceo.^ transport, trdnsporto.^ treat, ago.^ Treveri, Treveri, -orww, M. trial, periculum, -i, N.; with- out — , indcmndtus, -a, -um, adj. tribune, tribunus, -l, m. tributary, vectigdlis, -e, adj. tribute, stipendium, -li, n. troops, copiae, -drum, f. trouble, molestia, -ae, f. Troy, Troja, -ae, f. true, verus, -a, -um, adj. truly, vere, adv. trumpet, tuba, -ae, f. truth, veritds, -dtis, F. try, tento ^ or temptoA tumult, tumultus, -us, M. twelfth, duodecimus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. twelve, duodecim, indeel. num. adj. twenty, vigintl, Indeel. num. adj.; — sixth, sextus et vlcesimus or vlcesimus sextus, -a, -um, ord. num. adj. two, duo, dtiae, duo, uum adj. ; (w. substs. pi. in form, but sing, in meaning) b'lni, -ae, -a, distr. num. adj.; — each, — and — , blnl, -ae, -a, dIstr. num. adj. tyrant, tyrannus, -I, m. U. IJbii, Ubfi, -ontm, m. unable, be — , mm possum. unacquainted, — with, IgtM- rus, -rt, -um (w. gen.). under, (w. vb. of rest) sub, prep. \v. abl. ; (w. vb. of motion) 338 nnderstand ward sub, prep. w. ace; — arms, in ariius. understand, intellego? understood, it is generally — , constat} undertake, siiscipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus ; (= prepare) paro.^ undertaking, (= work) opus, -eris, N. unfair, iniquus, -a, -um, adj. unfavorable, aliemis, -a, -um, adj. unfortunate, miser, -era, -erum, adj. unharmed, incolumis, -e, adj. uninjured, incolumis, -e, adj. uninterrupted, continmis, -a, -um, adj. unite, conjungo^ (w. ace. and dat. or C2im w. abl.). unjustly, injuste, adv. unless, 7iisi, conj. xmraoxed, firmus, -a, -um, adj. unparalleled, singularis, -e, adj. unreasonable, iniquus, -a, -um, adj. unsuccessful, adversus, -a, -um, p. a. until, (= up to) ad, prep. w. acc; dum, quoad, conj.; (= be- fore) antequam, priusquam, adv. unwilling, invitus, -a, -um, adj. ; be — , nold. up, see verb or other promi- nent word of the phrase. upbraid, inciiso^ (w. acc). upon, see verb or other promi- nent word of the phrase. upper, superior, -ius, adj. urge, hortor^ ; — to, hortor^ (w. ut and siibj.) ; — on, impello.^ use, utor^ (w. abl.) ; (= be wont) soleo^ ; to — force, vim facer e. useful, (= for use) usui. usual, as — , ex consuetudine. Utica, Utica, -ae, f. utmost, sign of superl. utterly, sign of superl. Vaga, Vaga, -ae, f. vain, in — , nequiquam, adv. valor, virtus, -litis, f. value, existimo.^ vanity, vdnitds, -dtis, f. Venelli, Venelll, -drum, m. Venetia, Venetia^ -ae, f. Veneti, Veneti, -drum, m. venture, aiideo.^ Veragri, Veragri, -drum, m. Verbigene, Verbigenus, -a, -um, adj. verily, vero, adv. very, sign of superl. ; (= self) i2)se, -a, -um, demonstr. pron. ; — easily, (after a neg.) satis com- mode ; — first, primus statim. Vesontio, Vesontio, -onis, m. veteran, miles vetus Q-eris, adj.). vice, vitium, -li, n. victor, victor, -oris, m. victory, victoria, -ae, f. vie, certo} view, in — of, prae, prep. w. abl.; have in — ,provided^; burst into — , erumpo.^ vigor, vis, VIS, F. village, vicus, -i, u. violence, vis, vis, f. violent, saevus, -a, -um^ adj. virtue, virtus, -utis, f. visit, — with, adficio^ (w. acc. and abl.). Volusenus, Volusenus, -i, m. vote, 1. \h.,decernd.^ 2. subst., consilium, -li, n. voyage, make a — , ndvigo^ W. wage, — against, infero (w. acc. and dat.). w^agon, carrus, -i. m. wait, — for, exspecto)- w^all, (generic term) murus, -i, M. ; (— rampart about a camp) vallum, -I, N. want, (= wish) volo. vi^anting, be — , desum. war, bellum, -I, n. ; ship of — , ndvis longa ; to make — on, bel- lum facere (w. dat). ward, — off from, prop u I so ^ (w. ab or a and abl.). warlike words 339 warlike, hdlicdsus, -a, -um^ adj. \^'arn, moneb.'^ waste, lay — , vasto) watchmen, vigiliae, -drum, f. water, aqua, -ae, f. ■way* give — to passion, Ird- scor •■' ; be on one's — ,pergd -^ ; in what — , quern ad modum. we, nbSy nostri and nostrum, pers. pron. wealth, divitiae, -drum, f. wearyffessus, -a, -iim, p. a. (\v. abl.); I am — , me taedet,^ im- pers., w. gen. weep, ^€0.2 welfare, res, gen. r?i (ret, re), v. Avell, bene, adv.; — enough, commode, adv. w^hat, (interrog.) qui, quae, quod (adj.) and quid (subst.); 1= of wliat sort) qxidlis, •€, inter- rog. and rel. adj.; (= that which) id quod, whatever, any — , quivls, qttae- vis, quodv'is and (subst.) quidvls, indcf. pron. when, uVi, postquam, posted quam, 7U (w. indie, usu. the pcrf. or hist, pros.) ; cum. whenever, cum (w. indie). where, ubt, interrog. and rel adv. wherefore, quam oh rem. whether, num, interrog. parti- cle; -ne, interrog. particle. which, qui, quae, quod, reL and interrog. pron. while, dum, conj. who, qui (M.), quae (p.), rel. pron. ; qnis, int<.Trog. pron. whoever,whatever,7WM*wm9T<«, quaerumque, quodrumque, indcf. rel. pron.; — you please, 7 j/i/jVm/!, qnuelihet, qttodWie.t, and (subst.) qnidlibet, indef. pron. whole, tbtus, -a, -urn, adj. ; (= all joined or massed together) cunctus, -a, -urn, adj. why, cur, adv.; (= for what reason) qua de causa; quid (n. ace. used adv.). wide, Idtus, -a, -Mm, adj. i widely, late, adv.; more — , hltius, adv. width, Idtitudb, -inis, F. wife, conjunx, -jugis, v. wild, /erw.s, -a, -um, adj. will, good — , gratia, -ae, f. willing, be not — , nolo. wine, r'lnura, -I, N. wing, (of an army)cornM, -us, x. winter, Jdems (hiemps), -emis, f. ; — quarters, Kiberna, -drum, N. ; spend the — , hie mo} wish, void ; cupib^ ; — well to, cupio^ (w. dat.) ; — rather, maid. with, cum, prep. w. abl. (w. the abl. of pers. and rel. prons., ciim is appended ; as, tecum, qui- busc2(m)', (in an expression of manner in which the subst. is limited by an adj.) sign of the abl. ; — each other, inter se {se- se) ; have to do — , pertineo^ (w. ad &ud ace). withdraw, 1. intr., discedo* ; decedo^ ; excedo^ ; (less often) concedo.^ 2. tr., subduco^ ; (= lead out) educo.^ withhold, — consent, (= [be] unwilling), invltus, -a, -um, adj. within, sign of abl. of time within which. without, sine, prep. w. abl.; (w. participial noun after ncg. expressions) quln (w. subj.); — trial, indemndtus, -a, -um, adj.; — provocation, injuria (abl. of manner). withstand, stistined^ (w. ace). %vitness, (= eye witness) arbi- ter, -tri, M. ; (one who attests) testis, -is, c. woman, mulier, -eris, v. wonder, — at-, mlror.^ wonderful, mirus, -a, -um, adj.; (= to be wondered at) mirdbilis, -€, adj. wont, inos, mbris, M. wood, silva, -ae, v. word, to keep one's — , fldem servdre. words, a few — , paucd, -orum, neut. pi. adj. used subst. 340 work zeal work, opus, -eris, n. ■worst, pessimus, -a, -um, adj. worthy, dignus, -a, -um, adj. (w. abl.; also w. rel. clause w. subj.). would, — that, utinam (w. opt. subj.). w^ound, vulnei'o.^ w^rest, enpio^ (w. ace. th. and dat. pers.). wretched, miser, -era, -erum, adj. write, scribo.^ wrong, injuria, -ae, f. Xenophon, Xenophbn, -ontis, m. year, annus, -i, m. ; the — after, anno post. yet, (= nevertheless) tamen, conj. ; and — , quamquam, conj.; not — , nondum, adv. yield, — obedience, pared? yoke, jugum, -i, n. yonder, (= that) ille, ilia, illud, demonstr. pron. you, (sing.) tu, tui; (pi.) vos, gen. vesti'l and vestrum, pers. pron.; to — , (=: thither where you are) istuc (accent the last syllable), adv. your, (sing.) tuiis, -a, -um ; (pi.) vester, -tra, -trum, poss. pron. ; (contemptuous) iste, ista, istud. yours, that of — , iste tuus. yourself, tui, tibi, te, pers. pron. used reflex. yourselves, vos (pi. of tu, used reflex.). youth, adulescentia, -ae, f. ; (— young person) adulescens, -entis, c. Z. Zama, the people of — , Za- menses, -ium, m. zeal, studium, -ilf n. ^j^^ Of THE itiiversity; 14 DAY USE RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED LOAN DEPT. This book is due on the last date stamped below, or on the date to which renewed. Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 200i ;l 'CIKL r:::c'D ld ■;: 2 01962. WAR 13 1985 wc c iro M A R 18 1985 LD 21A-50m-12,'60 (B6221sl0)476B General Library University of California Berkeley \ LJ —r v«/ f c-